Sie sind auf Seite 1von 827

LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS PRACTICE TEST

ENGLISH

(RANDOM)

1. The tribulations that I faced were _______ for me to overcome.


A. So much B. Too much C. Very much D. So more
2. In Benjamin Franklins Poor Richards Almanac it was said that: early to bed,
_______ makes a man healthy
A. Early rising B. Rising early C. Early to rise D. Waking up early
3. Which among these words has the voiceless /th/ sound?
A. This B. Gather C. Think D. There
4. Which word must have the primary stress in the sentence below if we want to
emphasize possessions?
That is my boyfriend
A. That B. Is C. My D. Bag
5. I would not leave you come hell or high water. Based on the given sentence, we can
surmise that:
A.
The speaker wont leave the person no matter what.
B.
The speaker warns the person of a forthcoming disaster.
C.
The speaker wants the person to give up
D.
The speaker wants the person to continue fighting.
6. Which does not belong?
A. Assumption B. Summary

C. Synthesis

D. Generalization

7. Complete the statement: Blessed are _____ poor for _____ shall be welcomed in
heaven.
A. The-you B. The-they C. You-the D. They-they
8. Your brother isnt supporting you, ______?
A. Isnt she B. Is she C. Arent she D. Is he
9. The Rubaiyat has a theme:
A. Always looking forward a new day
B. Never giving in to death easily
C. Grasping pleasure while you can
D. Creating your own world and beautify it
10. What is True Learning as exemplified in this quotation: Only one who burst with
eagerness do I instruct. Only one who bubbles with excitement do I enlighten.
A. Learning makes human beings a follower of instructions
B. Learning involves patience and tenacity
C. Learning has the ability to make a man
D. Learning is a coupled with commitment and passion.

(WORD ANALOGY)

11. GNASH is related to TEETH as LISTEN is related to ____________.


a. hear
b. ears
c. resolve
d. dissuade
12. BREAD is related to BUTTER as POTATOES is related to ____________.
a. gravy
b. Steak
c. Margarine
d. lamb
13. PORCINE is related to PIG as BOVINE is related to ____________.
a. boy
b. Cow
c. Sheep
d. iodine
14. TAILOR is related to NEEDLE as MECHANIC is related to ____________.
a. engineer
b. Screwdriver
c. tool chest
d. brush
15. DISTANCE is related to MILE as LIQUID is related to ____________.
a. milk
b. Quart
c. Water
d. meter
16. AUTOMOBILE is related to HIGHWAY as LOCOMOTIVE is related to ____________.
a. station
b. Train
c. Track
d. engine
17. SUGGEST is related to REQUIRED as REQUEST is related to ____________.
a. ask
b. Demand
c. Suspect
d. allow
18. PROBLEM is related to SOLUTION as POISON is related to ____________.
a. hemlock
b. Nitrate
c. Arsenic
d. antidote
19. SAW is related to CUT as YARDSTICK is related to ____________.
a. foot
b. Inch
c. Measure
d. tool
20. AMBIGUOUS is related to CLARITY as TEMPORARY is related to ____________.
a. transient
b. Permanence
c. Clear
d. fragile
21. BOOK is related to CHAPTER as SONG is related to ____________.
a. stanza
b. Sing
c. Music
d. instrument
22. DELICACY is related to GOURMET as INSECT is related to ____________.
a. bee
b. Pollen
c. Frog
d. hive
23. AGILE is related to NIMBLE as FAST is related to ____________.
a. swift
b. Slow
c. Perpetual
d. racy
24. CHEMIST is related to LABORATORY as ARTIST is related to ____________.
a. canvas
b. Museum
c. Easel d. studio
25. MOVIES is related to PROJECTOR as RECORDS is related to ____________.
a. speakers
b. tape recorder
c. Phonograph
d. radio

26. STOOPED is related to POSTURE as SLURRED is related to ____________.


a. diction b. Stance c. Music d. action
27. RETRACT is related to STATEMENT as VOID is related to ____________.
a. escape b. Avoidance c. Contract d. empty
28. FELONY is related to MISDEMEANOR as KILL is related to ____________.
a. maim b. Bury c. Murder d. guilty
29. BEGGAR is related to POOR as FOX is related to ____________.
a. skunk b. Slow c. Large d. sly
30. SCALPEL is related to KNIFE as NURSE is related to ____________.
a. doctor b. Assistant c. Hospital d. operation

THE 1987 CONSTITUTION OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES


Preamble:
We, the sovereign Filipino people, imploring the aid of Almighty God, in order
to build a just and humane society and establish a Government that shall
embody our ideals and aspirations, promote the common good, conserve and
develop our patrimony, and secure to ourselves and our posterity the
blessings of independence and democracy under the rule of law and a regime
of truth, justice, freedom, love, equality, and peace, do ordain and promulgate
this Constitution.
Article 1:
National Territory
The national territory comprises the Philippine archipelago, with all the
islands and waters embraced therein, and all other territories over which the
Philippines has sovereignty or jurisdiction, consisting of its terrestrial, fluvial,
and aerial domains, including its territorial sea, the seabed, the subsoil, the
insular shelves, and other submarine areas. The waters around, between, and
connecting the islands of the archipelago, regardless of their breadth and
dimensions, form part of the internal waters of the Philippines.

Article 2:
Declaration of Principles and State Policies
Principles
SEC. 1.
The Philippines is a democratic and republican State. Sovereignty resides in
the people and all government authority emanates from them.
SEC. 2.
The Philippines renounces war as an instrument of national policy, adopts the
generally accepted principles of international law as part of the law of the
land and adheres to the policy of peace, equality, justice, freedom,
cooperation, and amity with all nations.
SEC. 3.
Civilian authority is, at all times, supreme over the military. The Armed Forces
of the Philippines is the protector of the people and the State. Its goal is to
secure the sovereignty of the State and the integrity of the national territory.
SEC. 4.
The prime duty of the Government is to serve and protect the people. The
Government may call upon the people to defend the State and, in the
fulfillment thereof, all citizens may be required, under conditions provided by
law, to render personal military or civil service.
SEC. 5.
The maintenance of peace and order, the protection of life, liberty, and
property, and the promotion of the general welfare are essential for the
enjoyment by all the people of the blessings of democracy.

SEC. 6.
The separation of Church and State shall be inviolable.
State Policies
SEC. 7.
The State shall pursue an independent foreign policy. In its relations with
other states the paramount consideration shall be national sovereignty,
territorial integrity, national interest, and the right to self-determination.
SEC. 8.

The Philippines, consistent with the national interest, adopts and pursues a
policy of freedom from nuclear weapons in its territory.
SEC. 9.
The State shall promote a just and dynamic social order that will ensure the
prosperity and independence of the nation and free the people from poverty
through policies that provide adequate social services, promote full
employment, a rising standard of living, and an improved quality of life for all.

SEC. 10.
The State shall promote social justice in all phases of national development.
SEC. 11.
The State values the dignity of every human person and guarantees full
respect for human rights.
SEC. 12.
The State recognizes the sanctity of family life and shall protect and
strengthen the family as a basic autonomous social institution. It shall equally
protect the life of the mother and the life of the unborn from conception. The
natural and primary right and duty of parents in the rearing of the youth for
civic efficiency and the development of moral character shall receive the
support of the Government.
SEC. 13.
The State recognizes the vital role of the youth in nation-building and shall
promote and protect their physical, moral, spiritual, intellectual, and social
well-being. It shall inculcate in the youth patriotism and nationalism, and
encourage their involvement in public and civic affairs.
SEC. 14.
The State recognizes the role of women in nation-building, and shall ensure
the fundamental equality before the law of women and men.
SEC. 15.
The State shall protect and promote the right to health of the people and
instill health consciousness among them.
SEC. 16.
The State shall protect and advance the right of the people to a balanced and
healthful ecology in accord with the rhythm and harmony of nature.
SEC. 17.
The State shall give priority to education, science and technology, arts,
culture, and sports to foster patriotism and nationalism, accelerate social
progress, and promote total human liberation and development.
SEC. 18.
The State affirms labor as a primary social economic force. It shall protect the
rights of workers and promote their welfare.
SEC. 19.
The State shall develop a self-reliant and independent national economy
effectively controlled by Filipinos.
SEC. 20.
The State recognizes the indispensable role of the private sector, encourages

private enterprise, and provides incentives to needed investments.


SEC. 21.
The State shall promote comprehensive rural development and agrarian
reform.
SEC. 22.
The State recognizes and promotes the rights of indigenous cultural
communities within the framework of national unity and development.
SEC. 23.
The State shall encourage non-governmental, community- based, or sectoral
organizations that promote the welfare of the nation.
SEC. 24.
The State recognizes the vital role of communication and information in
nation-building.
SEC. 25.
The State shall ensure the autonomy of local governments.
SEC. 26.
The State shall guarantee equal access to opportunities for public service, and
prohibit political dynasties as may be defined by law.
SEC. 27.
The State shall maintain honesty and integrity in the public service and take
positive and effective measures against graft and corruption.
SEC. 28.
Subject to reasonable conditions prescribed by law, the State adopts and
implements a policy of full public disclosure of all its transactions involving
public interest.

Article 3:
Bill of Rights
Principles
SEC. 1.
No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of
law, nor shall any person be denied the equal protection of the laws.
SEC. 2.
The right of the pepole to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and
effects against unreasonable searches and seizures of whatever nature and
for any purpose shall be inviolable, and no search warrant or warrant of arrest
shall issue except upon probable cause to be determined personally by the
judge after examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant and the
witnesses he may produce, and particularly describing the place to be
searched and the persons or things to be seized.
SEC. 3.
(1) The privacy of communication and correspondence shall be inviolable
except upon lawful order of the court, or when public safety or order requires
otherwise as prescribed by law.
(2) Any evidence obtained in violation of this or the preceding section shall be
inadmissible for any purpose in any proceeding.
SEC. 4.

No law shall be passed abridging the freedom of speech, of expression, or of


the press, or the right of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the
Government for redress of grievances.
SEC. 5.
No law shall be made respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting
the free exercise thereof. The free exercise and enjoyment of religious
profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall forever be
allowed. No religious test shall be required for the exercise of civil or political
rights.
SEC. 6.
The liberty of abode and of changing the same within the limits prescribed by
law shall not be impaired except upon lawful order of the court. Neither shall
the right to travel be impaired except in the interest of national security,
public safety, or public health, as may be provided by law.
SEC. 7.
The right of the people to information on matters of public concern shall be
recognized. Access to official records, and to documents, and papers
pertaining to official acts, transactions, or decisions, as well as to government
research data used as basis for policy development, shall be afforded the
citizen, subject to such limitations as may be provided by law.
SEC. 8.
The right of the people, including those employed in the public and private
sectors, to form unions, associations, or societies for purposes not contrary to
law shall not be abridged.
SEC. 9.
Private property shall not be taken for public use without just compensation.
SEC. 10.
No law impairing the obligation of contracts shall be passed.
SEC. 11.
Free access to the courts and quasi-judicial bodies and adequate legal
assistance shall not be denied to any person by reason of poverty.
SEC. 12.
(1) Any person under investigation for the commission of an offense shall
have the right to be informed of his right to remain silent and to have
competent and independent counsel preferably of his own choice. If the
person cannot afford the services of counsel, he must be provided with one.
These rights cannot be waived except in writing and in the presence of
counsel.
(2) No torture, force, violence, threat, intimidation, or any other means which
vitiate the free will shall be used against him. Secret detention places,
solitary, incommunicado, or other similar forms of detention are prohibited.
(3) Any confession or admission obtained in violation of this or Section 17
hereof shall be inadmissible in evidence against him.
(4) The law shall provide for penal and civil sanctions for violations of this
section as well as compensation to and rehabilitation of victims of torture or
similar practices, and their families.
SEC. 13.
All persons, except those charged with offenses punishable by reclusion
perpetua when evidence of guilt is strong, shall, before conviction, be bailable

by sufficient sureties, or be released on recognizance as may be provided by


law. The right to bail shall not be impaired even when the privilege of the writ
of habeas corpus is suspended. Excessive bail shall not be required.
SEC. 14.
(1) No person shall be held to answer for a criminal offense without due
process of law.
(2) In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall be presumed innocent until
the contrary is proved, and shall enjoy the right to be heard by himself and
counsel, to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation against
him, to have a speedy, impartial, and public trial, to meet the witnesses face
to face, and to have compulsory process to secure the attendance of
witnesses and the production of evidence in his behalf. However, after
arraignment, trial may proceed notwithstanding the absence of the accused
provided that he has been duly notified and his failure to appear is
unjustifiable.
SEC. 15.
he privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended except in
cases of invasion or rebellion when the public safety requires it.
SEC. 16.
All persons shall have the right to a speedy disposition of their cases before
all judicial, quasi-judicial, or administrative bodies.
SEC. 17.
No person shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.
SEC. 18.
(1) No person shall be detained solely by reason of his political beliefs and
aspirations.
(2) No involuntary servitude in any from shall exist except as punishment for a
crime whereof the party shall be duly convicted.
SEC. 19.
(1) Excessive fines shall not be imposed, nor cruel, degrading or inhuman
punishment inflicted. Neither shall death penalty be imposed, unless, for
compelling reasons involving heinous crimes, the Congress hereafter provides
for it. Any death penalty already imposed shall be reduced to reclusion
perpetua.
(2) The employment of physical, psychological, or degrading punishment
against any prisoner or detainee or the use of substandard or inadequate
penal facilities under subhuman conditions shall be dealt with by law.
SEC. 20.
No person shall be imprisoned for debt or non-payment of a poll tax.
SEC. 21.
No person shall be twice put in jeopardy of punishment for the same offense.
If an act is punished by a law and an ordinance, conviction or acquittal under
either shall constitute a bar to another prosecution for the same act.

SEC. 22.
No ex post facto law or bill of attainder shall be enacted.
Article 4:
Citizenship
SEC. 1.

The following are citizens of the Philippines :


(1) Those who are citizens of the Philippines at the time of the adoption of
this Constitution;
(2) Those whose fathers or mothers are citizens of the Philippines;
(3) Those born before January 17, 1973, of Filipino mothers, who elect
Philippine citizenship upon reaching the age of majority; and
(4) Those who are naturalized in accordance with law.
SEC. 2.
Natural-born citizens are those who are citizens of the Philippines from birth
without having to perform any act to acquire or perfect their Philippine
citizenship. Those who elect Philippine citizenship in accordance with
paragraph (3), Section 1 hereof shall be deemed natural-born citizens.
SEC. 3.
Philippine citizenship may be lost or reacquired in the manner provided by
law.
SEC. 4.
Citizens of the Philippines who marry aliens shall retain their citizenship,
unless by their act or omission they are deemed, under the law, to have
renounced it.
SEC. 5.
Dual allegiance of citizens is inimical to the national interest and shall be
dealt with by law.

Article 5:
Suffrage
SEC. 1.
Suffrage may be exercised by all citizens of the Philippines not otherwise
disqualified by law, who are at least eighteen years of age, and who shall have
resided in the Philippines for at least one year and in the place wherein they
propose to vote for at least six months immediately preceding the election. No
literacy, property, or other substantive requirement shall be imposed on the
exercise of suffrage.
SEC. 2.
The Congress shall provide a system for securing the secrecy and sanctity of
the ballot as well as a system for absentee voting by qualified Filipinos
abroad.
The Congress shall also design a procedure for the disabled and the illiterates
to vote without the assistance of other persons. Until then, they shall be
allowed to vote under existing laws and such rules as the Commission on
Elections may promulgate to protect the secrecy of the ballot.

Article 6:
Legislative Department
SEC 1.
The legislative power shall be vested in the Congress of the Philippines which
shall consist of a Senate and a House of Representatives, except to the extent
reserved to the people by the provision on initiative and referendum.
SEC. 2.
The Senate shall be composed of twenty-four Senators who shall be elected at

large by the qualified voters of the Philippines, as may be provided by law.


SEC. 3.
No person shall be a Senator unless he is a natural-born citizen of the
Philippines, and, on the day of the election, is at least thirty-five years of age,
able to read and write, a registered voter, and a resident of the Philippines for
not less than two years immediately preceding the day of the election.
SEC. 4.
The term of office of the Senators shall be six years and shall commence,
unless otherwise provided by law, at noon on the thirtieth day of June next
following their election. No Senator shall serve for more than two consecutive
terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any length of time shall not be
considered as an interruption in the continuity of his service for the full term
for which he was elected.
SEC. 5.
(1) The House of Representatives shall be composed of not more than two
hundred and fifty members, unless otherwise fixed by law, who shall be
elected from legislative districts apportioned among the provinces, cities, and
the Metropolitan Manila area in accordance with the number of their
respective inhabitants, and on the basis of a uniform and progressive ratio,
and those who, as provided by law, shall be elected through a party-list
system of registered national, regional, and sectoral parties or organizations.
(2) The party-list representatives shall constitute twenty per centum of the
total number of representatives including those under the party list. For three
consecutive terms after the ratification of this Constitution, one-half of the
seats allocated to party-list representatives shall be filled, as provided by law,
by selection or election from the labor, peasant, urban poor, indigenous
cultural communities, women, youth, and such other sectors as may be
provided by law, except the religious sector.
(3) Each legislative district shall comprise, as far as practicable, contiguous,
compact, and adjacent territory. Each city with a population of at least two
hundred fifty thousand, or each province, shall have at least one
representative.
(4) Within three years following the return of every census, the Congress shall
make a reappointment of legislative districts based on the standards provided
in this section.
SEC. 6.
No person shall be a Member of the House of Representatives unless he is a
natural-born citizen of the Philippines and, on the day of the election, is at
least twenty-five years of age, able to read and write, and, except the partylist representatives, a registered voter in the district in which he shall be
elected, and a resident thereof for a period of not less than one year
immediately preceding the day of the election.
SEC. 7.
The Members of the House of Representatives shall be elected for a term of
three years which shall begin, unless otherwise provided by law, at noon on
the thirtieth day of June next following their election.
No member of the House of Representatives shall serve for more than three
consecutive terms. Voluntary renunciation of the office for any length of time
shall not be considered as an interruption in the continuity of his service for
the full term for which he was elected.
SEC. 8.
Unless otherwise provided by law, the regular election of the Senators and the

Members of the House of Representatives shall be held on the second Monday


of May.
SEC. 9.
In case of vacancy in the Senate or in the House of Representatives, a special
election may be called to fill such vacancy in the manner prescribed by law,
but the Senator or Member of the House of Representatives thus elected shall
serve only for the unexpired term.
SEC. 10.
The salaries of Senators and Members of the House of Representatives shall
be determined by law. No increase in said compensation shall take effect until
after the expiration of the full term of all the Members of the Senate and the
House of Representatives approving such increase.
SEC. 11.
A Senator or Member of the House of Representatives shall, in all offenses
punishable by not more than six years imprisonment, be privileged from
arrest while the Congress is in session. No member shall be questioned nor be
held liable in any other place for any speech or debate in the Congress or in
any committee thereof.
SEC. 12.
All Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives shall, upon
assumption of office, make a full disclosure of their financial and business
interests. They shall notify the House concerned of a potential conflict of
interest that may arise from the filing of a proposed legislation of which they
are authors.
SEC. 13.
No Senator or a Member of the House of Representatives may hold any other
office or employment in the Government, or any subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled
corporations or their subsidiaries, during his term without forfeiting his seat.
Neither shall he be appointed to any office which may have been created or
the emoluments thereof increased during the term for which he was elected.
SEC. 14.
No Senator or Member of the House of Representatives may personally appear
as counsel before any court of justice or before the Electoral Tribunals, or
quasi-judicial and other administrative bodies. Neither shall he, directly or
indirectly, be interested financially in any contract with, or in any franchise or
special privilege granted by the Government, or any subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof, including any government-owned or controlled
corporation, or its subsidiary, during his term of office. He shall not intervene
in any matter before any office of the Government for his pecuniary benefit or
where he may be called upon to act on account of his office.
SEC. 15.
The Congress shall convene once every year on the fourth Monday of July for
its regular session, unless a different date is fixed by law, and shall continue
to be in session for such number of days as it may determine until thirty days
before the opening of its next regular session, exclusive of Saturdays,
Sundays, and legal holidays. The President may call a special session at any
time.
SEC. 16.
(1) The Senate shall elect its President and the House of Representatives its

Speaker, by a majority vote of all its respective Members.


Each House shall choose such other officers as it may deem necessary.
(2) A majority of each House shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a
smaller number may adjourn from day to day and may compel the attendance
of absent Members in such manner, and under such penalties, as such House
may provide.
(3) Each House may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its
Members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two-thirds of
all its Members, suspend or expel a Member. A penalty for suspension, when
imposed, shall not exceed sixty days.
(4) Each House shall keep a Journal of its proceedings, and from time to time
publish the same, excepting such parts as may, in its judgment, affect national
security; and the yeas and nays on any question shall, at the request of onefifth of the members present, be entered in the Journal.
Each House shall also keep a Record of its proceedings.
(5) Neither House during the sessions of the Congress shall, without the
consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other place
than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.

SEC. 17.
The Senate and the House of Representatives shall each have an Electoral
Tribunal which shall be the sole judge of all contests relating to the election,
returns, and qualifications of their respective Members. Each Electoral
Tribunal shall be composed of nine Members, three of whom shall be Justices
of the Supreme Court to be designated by the Chief Justice, and the remaining
six shall be Members of the Senate or the House of Representatives, as the
case may be, who shall be chosen on the basis of proportional representation
from the political parties and the parties or organizations registered under
the party-list system represented therein. The senior Justice in the Electoral
Tribunal shall be it Chairman.
SEC. 18.
There shall be a Commission on Appointments consisting of the President of
the Senate, as ex officio Chairman, twelve Senators, and twelve Members of
the House of Representatives, elected by each House on the basis of
proportional representation from the political parties or organizations
registered under the party-list system represented therein. The Chairman of
the Commission shall not vote, except in case of a tie. The Commission shall
act on all appointments submitted to it within thirty session days of the
Congress from their submission. The Commission shall rule by a majority vote
of all the Members.
SEC. 19.
The Electoral Tribunals and the Commission on Appointments shall be
constituted within thirty days after the Senate and the House of
Representatives shall have been organized with the election of the President
and the Speaker. The Commission on Appointments shall meet only while the
Congress is in session, at the call of its Chairman or a majority of all its
Members, to discharge such powers and functions as are herein conferred
upon it.
SEC. 20.
The records and books of accounts of the Congress shall be preserved and be
open to the public in accordance with law, and such books shall be audited by
the Commission on Audit which shall publish annually an itemized list of
amounts paid to and expenses incurred for each Member.

SEC. 21.
The Senate or the House of Representatives or any of its respective
committees may conduct inquiries in aid of legislation in accordance with its
duly published rules of procedure. The rights of persons appearing in or
affected by such inquiries shall be respected.
SEC. 22.
The heads of departments may upon their own initiative, with the consent of
the President, or upon the request of either House, as the rules of each House
shall provide, appear before and be heard by such House on any matter
pertaining to their departments. Written questions shall be submitted to the
President of the Senate or the Speaker of the House of Representatives at
least three days before their scheduled appearance. Interpellations shall not
be limited to written questions, but may cover matters related thereto. When
the security of the State or the public interest so requires and the President
so states in writing, the appearance shall be conducted in executive session.
SEC. 23.
(1) The Congress, by a vote of two-thirds of both Houses in joint session
assembled, voting separately, shall have the sole power to declare the
existence of a state of war.
(2) In times of war or other national emergency, the Congress may, by law,
authorize the President, for a limited period and subject to such restrictions
as it may prescribe, to exercise powers necessary and proper to carry out a
declared national policy. Unless sooner withdrawn by resolution of the
Congress, such powers shall cease upon the next adjournment thereof.
SEC. 24.
All appropriation, revenue or tariff bills, bills authorizing increase of public
debt, bills of local application, and private bills shall originate exclusively in
the House of Representatives, but the Senate may propose or concur with
amendments.
SEC. 25.
(1) The Congress may not increase the appropriations recommended by the
President for the operation of the Government as specified in the budget. The
form, content, and manner of preparation of the budget shall be prescribed by
law.
(2) No provision or enactment shall be embraced in the general appropriations
bill unless it relates specifically to some particular appropriation therein. Any
such provision or enactment shall be limited in its operation to the
appropriation to which it relates.
(3) The procedure in approving appropriations for the Congress shall strictly
follow the procedure for approving appropriations for other departments or
agencies.
(4) A special appropriations bill shall specify the purpose for which it is
intended, and shall be supported by funds actually available as certified by
the National Treasurer, or to be raised by a corresponding revenue proposed
therein.
(5) No law shall be passed authorizing any transfer of appropriations;
however, the President, the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House
of Representatives, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, and the
Constitutional Commissions may, by law, be authorized to augment any item
in the general appropriations law for their respective offices from savings in
other items of their respective appropriations.
(6) Discretionary funds appropriated for particular officials shall be disbursed
only for public purposes to be supported by appropriate vouchers and subject
to such guidelines as may be prescribed by law.

(7) If, by the end of any fiscal year, the Congress shall have failed to pass the
general appropriations bill for the ensuing fiscal year, the general
appropriations law for the preceding fiscal year shall be deemed reenacted
and shall remain in force and effect until the general appropriations bill is
passed by the Congress.
SEC. 26.
(1) Every bill passed by the Congress shall embrace only one subject which
shall be expressed in the title thereof.
(2) No bill passed by either House shall become a law unless it has passed
three readings on separate days, and printed copies thereof in its final form
have been distributed to its members three days before its passage, except
when the President certifies to the necessity of its immediate enactment to
meet a public calamity or emergency. Upon the last reading of a bill, no
amendment thereto shall be allowed, and the vote thereon shall be taken
immediately thereafter, and the yeas and nays entered in the Journal.
SEC. 27.
(1) Every bill passed by the Congress shall, before it becomes a law, be
presented to the President. If he approves the same, he shall sign it;
otherwise, he shall veto it and return the same with his objections to the
House where it originated, which shall enter the objections at large in its
Journal and proceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two-thirds
of all the Members of such House shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent,
together with the objections, to the other House by which it shall likewise be
reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of all the Members of that House,
it shall become a law. In all such cases, the votes of each House shall be
determined by yeas or nays, and the names of the Members voting for or
against shall be entered in its Journal. The President shall communicate his
veto of any bill to the House where it originated within thirty days after the
day of receipt thereof; otherwise, it shall become a law as if he had signed it.
(2) The President shall have the power to veto any particular item or items in
an appropriation, revenue, or tariff bill, but the veto shall not affect the item
or items to which he does not object.
SEC. 28.
(1) The rule of taxation shall be uniform and equitable. The Congress shall
evolve a progressive system of taxation.
(2)The Congress may, by law, authorize the President to fix within specified
limits, and subject to such limitations and restrictions as it may impose, tariff
rates, import and export quotas, tonnage and wharfage dues, and other
duties or imposts within the framework of the national development program
of the Government.
(3)Charitable institutions, churches and parsonages or covenants appurtenant
thereto, mosques, non-profit cemeteries, and all lands, buildings, and
improvements, actually, directly, and exclusively used for religious, charitable,
or educational purposes shall be exempt from taxation.
(4) No law granting any tax exemption shall be passed without the
concurrence of a majority of all the Members of the Congress.
SEC. 29.
(1) No money shall be paid out of the Treasury except in pursuance of an
appropriation made by law.
(2) No public money or property shall be appropriated, applied, paid, or
employed, directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or support of any sect,
church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion, or of any
priest, preacher, minister, or other religious teacher, or dignitary as such,
except when such priest, preacher, minister, or dignitary is assigned to the

armed forces, or to any penal institution, or government orphanage or


leprosarium.
(3) All money collected on any tax levied for a special purpose shall be treated
as a special fund and paid out for such purpose only. If the purpose for which
a special fund was created has been fulfilled or abandoned, the balance, if
any, shall be transferred to the general funds of the Government.
SEC. 30.
No law shall be passed increasing the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme
Court as provided in this Constitution without its advice and concurrence.
SEC. 31.
No law granting a title of royalty or nobility shall be enacted.
SEC. 32.
The Congress shall, as early as possible, provide for a system of initiative and
referendum, and the exceptions therefrom, whereby the people can directly
propose and enact laws or approve or reject any act or law or part thereof
passed by the Congress or local legislative body after the registration of a
petition therefor signed by at least ten per centum of the total number of
registered voters, of which every legislative district must be represented by
at least three per centum of the registered voters thereof.

Article 7:
Executive Department
SEC 1.
The executive power shall be vested in the President of the Philippines.
SEC. 2.
No person may be elected President unless he is a natural-born citizen of the
Philippines, a registered voter, able to read and write, at least forty years of
age on the day of the election, and a resident of the Philippines for at least
ten years immediately preceding such election.
SEC. 3.
There shall be a Vice-President who shall have the same qualifications and
term of office and be elected with and in the same manner as the President.
He may be removed from office in the same manner as the President.
The Vice-President may be appointed as a Member of the Cabinet. Such
appointment requires no confirmation.
SEC. 4.
The President and the Vice-President shall be elected by direct vote of the
people for a term of six years which shall begin at noon on the thirtieth day of
June following the day of the election and shall end at noon of the same date
six years thereafter. The President shall not be eligible for any reelection. No
person who has succeeded as President and has served as such for more than
four years shall be qualified for election to the same office at any time.
No Vice-President shall serve for more than two consecutive terms. Voluntary
renunciation of the office for any length of time shall not be considered as an
interruption in the continuity of the service for the full term for which he was
elected.
Unless otherwise provided by law, the regular election for President and VicePresident shall be held on the second Monday of May.
The returns of every election for President and Vice-President, duly certified
by the board of canvassers of each province or city, shall be transmitted to

the Congress, directed to the President of the Senate. Upon receipt of the
certificates of canvass, the President of the Senate shall, not later than thirty
days after the day of the election, open all certificates in the presence of the
Senate and the House of Representatives in joint public session, and the
Congress, upon determination of the authenticity and due execution thereof
in the manner provided by law, canvass the votes.
The person having the highest number of votes shall be proclaimed elected,
but in case two or more shall have an equal and highest number of votes, one
of them shall forthwith be chosen by the vote of a majority of all the Members
of the Congress, voting separately.
The Congress shall promulgate its rules for the canvassing of the certificates.
The Supreme Court, sitting en banc, shall be the sole judge of all contests
relating to the election, returns, and qualifications of the President or VicePresident, and may promulgate its rules for the purpose.
SEC. 5.
Before they enter on the execution of their office, the President, the VicePresident, or the Acting President shall take the following oath or affirmation :
"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfill
my duties as President (or Vice-President or Acting President) of the
Philippines, preserve and defend its Constitution, execute its laws, do justice
to every man, and consecrate myself to the service of the Nation. So help me
God." (In case of affirmation, last sentence will be omitted.)
SEC. 6.
The President shall have an official residence. The salaries of the President
and Vice-President shall be determined by law and shall not be decreased
during their tenure. No increase in said compensation shall take effect until
after the expiration of the term of the incumbent during which such increase
was approved. They shall not receive during their tenure any other
emolument from the Government or any other source.
SEC. 7.
The President-elect and the Vice-President-elect shall assume office at the
beginning of their terms.
If the President-elect fails to qualify, the Vice-President-elect shall act as
President until the President-elect shall have qualified.
If a President shall not have been chosen, the Vice-President-elect shall act as
President until a President shall have been chosen and qualified.
If at the beginning of the term of the President, the President-elect shall have
died or have become permanently disabled, the Vice-President-elect shall
become President.
Where no President and Vice-President shall have been chosen or shall have
qualified, or where both shall have died or become permanently disabled, the
President of the Senate or, in case of his inability, the Speaker of the House of
Representatives shall act as President until a President or a Vice-President
shall have been chosen and qualified.
The Congress shall provide for the manner in which one who is to act as
President shall be selected until a President or a Vice-President shall have
qualified, in case of death, permanent disability, or inability of the officials
mentioned in the next preceding paragraph.
SEC. 8.
In case of death, permanent disability, removal from office, or resignation of
the President, the Vice-President shall become the President to serve the
unexpired term. In case of death, permanent disability, removal from office, or
resignation of both the President and Vice-President, the President of the
Senate or, in case of his inability, the Speaker of the House of

Representatives, shall then act as President until the President or VicePresident shall have been elected and qualified.
The Congress shall, by law, provide who shall serve as President in case of
death, permanent disability, or resignation of the Acting President. He shall
serve until the President or the Vice-President shall have been elected and
qualified, and be subject to the same restrictions of powers and
disqualifications as the Acting President.
SEC. 9.
Whenever there is a vacancy in the Office of the Vice-President during the
term for which he was elected, the President shall nominate a Vice-President
from among the Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives
who shall assume office upon confirmation of a majority vote of all the
Members of both Houses of the Congress, voting separately.
SEC. 10.
The Congress shall, at ten o'clock in the morning of the third day after the
vacancy in the offices of the President and Vice-President occurs, convene in
accordance with its rules without need of a call and within seven days enact a
law calling for a special election to elect a President and a Vice-President to b
held not earlier than forty-five days nor later than sixty days from the time of
such call. The bill calling such special election shall be deemed certified under
paragraph 2, Section 26, Article VI of this Constitution and shall become law
upon its approval on third reading by the Congress. Appropriations for the
special elections shall be charged against any current appropriations and shall
be exempt from the requirements of paragraph 4, Section 25, Article VI of this
Constitution. The convening of the Congress cannot be suspended nor the
special election postponed. No special election shall be called if the vacancy
occurs within eighteen months before the date of the next presidential
election.
SEC. 11.
Whenever the President transmits to the President of the Senate and the
Speaker of the House of Representatives his written declaration that he is
unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office and until he transmits
to them a written declaration to the contrary, such powers and duties shall be
discharged by the Vice-President as Acting President.
Whenever a majority of all the Members of the Cabinet transmit to the
President of the Senate and to the Speaker of the House of Representatives
their written declaration that the President is unable to discharge the powers
and duties of his office, the Vice-President shall immediately assume the
powers and duties of the office as Acting President.
Thereafter, when the President transmits to the President of the Senate and
to the Speaker of the House of Representatives his written declaration that no
inability exists, he shall reassume the powers and duties of his office.
Meanwhile, should a majority of all the Members of the Cabinet transmit
within five days to the President of the Senate and to the Speaker of the
House of Representatives their written declaration that the President is
unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office, the Congress shall
decide the issue. For that purpose, the Congress shall convene, if it is not in
session, within forty-eight hours, in accordance with its rules and without
need of call.
If the Congress, within ten days after receipt of the last written declaration,
or, if not in session, within twelve days after it is required to assemble,
determines by a two-thirds vote of both Houses, voting separately, that the
President is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office, the VicePresident shall act as the President; otherwise, the President shall continue
exercising the powers and duties of his office.

SEC. 12.
In case of serious illness of the President, the public shall be informed of the
state of his health. The Members of the Cabinet in charge of national security
and foreign relations and the Chief of Staff of the Armed Forces of the
Philippines, shall not be denied access to the President during such illness.
SEC. 13.
The President, Vice-President, the Members of the Cabinet, and their deputies
or assistants shall not, unless otherwise provided in this Constitution, hold
any other office or employment during their tenure. They shall not, during
said tenure, directly or indirectly, practice any other profession, participate in
any business, or be financially interested in any contract with, or in any
franchise, or special privilege granted by the Government or any subdivision,
agency, or instrumentality thereof, including government-owned or controlled
corporations or their subsidiaries. They shall strictly avoid conflict of interest
in the conduct of their office.
The spouse and relatives by consanguinity or affinity within the fourth civil
degree of the President shall not during his tenure be appointed as members
of the Constitutional Commissions, or the Office of the Ombudsman, or as
Secretaries, Undersecretaries, chairmen or heads of bureaus or offices,
including government-owned or controlled corporations and their subsidiaries.

SEC. 14.
Appointments extended by an Acting President shall remain effective, unless
revoked by the elected President within ninety days from his assumption or
reassumption of office.
SEC. 15.
Two months immediately before the next presidential elections and up to the
end of his term, a President or Acting President shall not make appointments,
except temporary appointments to executive positions when continued
vacancies therein will prejudice public service or endanger public safety.
SEC. 16.
The President shall nominate and, with the consent of the Commission on
Appointments, appoint the heads of the executive department, ambassadors,
other public ministers and consuls, or officers of the armed forces from the
rank of colonel or naval captain, and other officers whose appointments are
vested in him in this Constitution. He shall also appoint all other officers of
the Government whose appointments are not otherwise provided for by law,
and those whom he may be authorized by law to appoint. The Congress may,
by law, vest the appointment of other officers lower in rank in the President
alone, in the courts, or in the heads of departments, agencies, commissions,
or boards.
The President shall have the power to make appointments during the recess
of the Congress, whether voluntary or involuntary, but such appointments
shall be effective only until after disapproval by the Commission on
Appointments or until the next adjournment of the Congress.
SEC. 17.
The President shall control of all the executive departments, bureaus and
offices. He shall ensure that the laws be faithfully executed.
SEC. 18.
The President shall be the Commander-in-Chief of all armed forces of the
Philippines and whenever it becomes necessary, he may call out such armed

forces to prevent or suppress lawless violence, invasion or rebellion. In case


of invasion or rebellion, when the public safety requires it, he may, for a
period not exceeding sixty days, suspend the privilege of the writ of habeas
corpus or place the Philippines or any part thereof under martial law. Within
forty-eight hours from the proclamation of martial law or the suspension of
the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus, the President shall submit a report
in person or in writing to the Congress. The Congress, voting jointly, by a vote
of at least a majority of all its Members in regular or special session, may
revoke such proclamation or suspension, which revocation shall not be set
aside by the President. Upon the initiative of the President, the Congress may,
in the same manner, extend such proclamation or suspension for a period to
be determined by the Congress, if the invasion or rebellion shall persist and
public safety requires it.
The Congress, if not in session, shall, within twenty-four hours following such
proclamation or suspension, convene in accordance with its rules without any
need of a call.
The Supreme Court may review, in an appropriate proceeding filed by any
citizen, the sufficiency of the factual basis of the proclamation of martial law
or the suspension of the privilege of the writ or the extension thereof, and
must promulgate its decision thereon within thirty days from its filing.
A state of martial law does not suspend the operation of the Constitution, nor
supplant the functioning of the civil courts or the legislative assemblies, nor
authorize the conferment of jurisdiction on military courts and agencies over
civilians where civil courts are able to function, nor automatically suspend the
privilege of the writ.
The suspension of the privilege of the writ shall apply only to persons
judicially charged for rebellion or offenses inherent in or directly connected
with the invasion.
During the suspension of the privilege of the writ, any person thus arrested or
detained shall be judicially charged within three days, otherwise he shall be
released.
SEC. 19.
Except in cases of impeachment, or as otherwise provided in this Constitution,
the President may grant reprieves, commutations and pardons, and remit
fines and forfeitures, after conviction by final judgment.
He shall also have the power to grant amnesty with the concurrence of a
majority of all the Members of the Congress.
SEC. 20.
The President may contract or guarantee foreign loans on behalf of the
Republic of the Philippines with the prior concurrence of the Monetary Board,
and subject to such limitations as may be provided by law. The Monetary
Board shall, within thirty days from the end of every quarter of the calendar
year, submit to the Congress a complete report of its decisions on applications
for loans to be contracted or guaranteed by the Government or governmentowned and controlled corporations which would have the effect of increasing
the foreign debt, and containing other matters as may be provided by law.
SEC. 21.
No treaty or international agreement shall be valid and effective unless
concurred in by at least two-thirds of all the Members of the Senate.
SEC. 22.
The President shall submit to the Congress within thirty days from the
opening of the regular session, as the basis of the general appropriations bill,
a budget of expenditures and sources of financing, including receipts from
existing and proposed revenue measures.

SEC. 23.
The President shall address the Congress at the opening of its regular
session. He may also appear before it at any other time.

Article 8:
Judicial Department
SEC. 1.
The judicial power shall be vested in one Supreme Court and in such lower
courts as may be established by law.
Judicial power includes the duty of the courts of justice to settle actual
controversies involving rights which are legally demandable and enforceable,
and to determine whether or not there has been a grave abuse of discretion
amounting to lack or excess of jurisdiction on the part of any branch or
instrumentality of the Government.
SEC. 2.
The Congress shall have the power to define, prescribe, and apportion the
jurisdiction of various courts but may not deprive the Supreme Court of its
jurisdiction over cases enumerated in Section 5 hereof.
No law shall be passed reorganizing the Judiciary when it undermines the
security of tenure of its Members.
SEC. 3.
The Judiciary shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Appropriations for the Judiciary may
not be reduced by the legislature below the amount appropriated for the
previous year and, after approval, shall be automatically and regularly
released.
SEC. 4.
(1) The Supreme Court shall be composed of a Chief Justice and fourteen
Associate Justices. It may sit en banc or, in its discretion, in divisions of three,
five, or seven Members. Any vacancy shall be filled within ninety days from
the occurrence thereof.
(2) All cases involving the constitutionality of a treaty, international or
executive agreement, which shall be heard by the Supreme Court en banc,
and all other cases which under the Rules of Court are required to be heard en
banc, including those involving the constitutionality, application, or operation
of presidential decrees, proclamations, orders, instructions, ordinances, and
other regulations, shall be decided with the concurrence of a majority of the
Members who actually took part in the deliberations on the issues in the case
and voted thereon.
(3) Cases or matters heard by a division shall be decided or resolved with the
concurrence of a majority of the Members who actually took part in the
deliberations on the issues in the case and voted thereon, and in no case,
without the concurrence of at least three of such Members. When the required
number is not obtained, the case shall be decided en banc; Provided, that no
doctrine or principle of law laid down by the court in a decision rendered en
banc or in division may be modified or reversed except by the court sitting en
banc.
SEC. 5.
The Supreme Court shall have the following powers:
(1) Exercise original jurisdiction over cases affecting ambassadors, other
public ministers and consuls, and over petitions for certiorari, prohibition,
mandamus, quo warranto, and habeas corpus.
(2) Review, revise, modify , or affirm on appeal on certiorari, as the law or the

Rules of Court may provide, final judgments and orders of lower courts in:
(a) All cases in which the constitutionality or validity of any treaty,
international or executive agreement, law, presidential decree, proclamation,
order, instruction, ordinance, or regulation is in question.
(b) All cases involving the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, or toll, or
any penalty imposed in relation thereto.
(c) All cases in which the jurisdiction of any lower court is in issue.
(d)All criminal cases in which the penalty imposed is reclusion perpetua or
higher.
(e) All cases in which only an error or question of law is involved.
(3) Assign temporarily judges of lower courts to other stations as public
interest may require. Such temporary assignment shall not exceed six months
without the consent of the judge concerned.
(4) Order a change of venue or place of trial to avoid a miscarriage of justice.
(5) Promulgate rules concerning the protection and enforcement of
constitutional rights, pleading, practice, and procedure in all courts, the
admission to the practice of law, the Integrated Bar, and legal assistance to
the underprivileged. Such rules shall provide a simplified and inexpensive
procedure for the speedy disposition of cases, shall be uniform for all courts
of the same grade, and shall not diminish, increase, or modify substantive
rights. Rules of procedure of special courts and quasi-judicial bodies shall
remain effective unless disapproved by the Supreme Court.
(6) Appoint all officials and employees of the judiciary in accordance with the
Civil Service Law.

SEC. 6.
The Supreme Court shall have the administrative supervision over all courts
and the personnel thereof.
SEC. 7.
(1) No person shall be appointed Member of the Supreme Court or any lower
collegiate court unless he is a natural-born citizen of the Philippines. A
Member of the Supreme Court must be at least forty years of age and, must
have been for fifteen years or more a judge of a lower court or engaged in the
practice of law in the Philippines.
(2) The Congress shall prescribe the qualifications of judges of lower courts,
but no person may be appointed judge thereof unless he is a citizen of the
Philippines and a member of the Philippine Bar.
(3) A Member of the Judiciary must be a person of proven competence,
integrity, probity, and independence.
SEC. 8.
(1) A Judicial and Bar Council is hereby created under the supervision of the
Supreme Court composed of the Chief Justice as ex officio Chairman, the
Secretary of Justice, and a representative of the Congress as ex officio
Members, a representative of the Integrated Bar, a professor of law, a retired
Member of the Supreme Court, and a representative of the private sector.
(2) The regular Members of the Council shall be appointed by the President for
a term of four years with the consent of the Commission on Appointments. Of
the Members first appointed, the representative of the Integrated Bar shall
serve for four years, the professor of law for three years, the retired Justice
for two years, and the representative of the private sector for one year.
(3) The Clerk of the Supreme Court shall be the Secretary ex officio of the
Council and shall keep a record of its proceedings.
(4) The regular Members of the Council shall receive such emoluments as may
be determined by the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court shall provide in its
annual budget the appropriations for the Council.

(5) The Council shall have the principal function of recommending appointees
to the Judiciary. It may exercise such other functions and duties as the
Supreme Court may assign to it.
SEC. 9.
The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of lower courts shall be
appointed by the President from a list of at least three nominees prepared by
the Judicial and Bar Council for every vacancy. Such appointments need no
confirmation.
For the lower courts, the President shall issue the appointments within ninety
days from the submission of the list.
SEC. 10.
The salary of the Chief Justice and of the Associate Justices of the Supreme
Court, and of judges of lower courts shall be fixed by law. During their
continuance in office, their salary shall not be decreased.
SEC. 11.
The Members of the Supreme Court and judges of lower courts shall hold
office during good behavior until they reached the age of seventy years or
become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office. The Supreme
Court en banc shall have the power to discipline judges of lower courts, or
order their dismissal by a vote of a majority of the Members who actually took
part in the deliberations on the issues in the case and voted thereon.
SEC. 12.
The Members of the Supreme Court and of other courts established by law
shall not be designated to any agency performing quasi-judicial or
administrative functions.
SEC. 13.
The conclusions of the Supreme Court in any case submitted to it for decision
en banc or in division shall be reached in consultation before the case is
assigned to a Member for the writing of the opinion of the Court. A
certification to this effect signed by the Chief Justice shall be issued and a
copy thereof attached to the record of the case and served upon the parties.
Any Member who took no part, or dissented, or abstained from a decision or
resolution must state the reason therefor. The same requirements shall be
observed by all lower collegiate courts.
SEC. 14.
No decision shall be rendered by any court without expressing therein clearly
and distinctly the facts and the law on which it is based.
No petition for review or motion for reconsideration of a decision of the court
shall be refused due course or denied without stating the legal basis therefor.
SEC. 15.
(1) All cases or matters filed after the effectivity of this Constitution must be
decided or resolved within twenty-four months from date of submission for
the Supreme Court, and, unless reduced by the Supreme Court, twelve months
for all lower collegiate courts, and three months for all other lower courts.
(2) A case or matter shall be deemed submitted for decision or resolution
upon the filing of the last pending, brief, or memorandum required by the
Rules of Court or by the court itself.
(3) Upon the expiration of the corresponding period, a certification to this
effect signed by the Chief Justice or the presiding judge shall forthwith be
issued and a copy thereof attached to the record of the case or matter, and
served upon the parties. The certification shall state why a decision or

resolution has not been rendered or issued within said period.


(4) Despite the expiration of the applicable mandatory period, the court,
without prejudice to such responsibility as may have been incurred in
consequence thereof, shall decide or resolve the case or matter submitted
thereto for determination, without further delay.
SEC. 16.
The Supreme Court shall, within thirty days from the opening of each regular
session of the Congress, submit to the President and the Congress an annual
report on the operations and activities of the Judiciary.

Article 9:
Constitutional Commissions
A. Common Provisions
SEC 1.
The Constitutional Commissions, which shall be independent, are the Civil
Service Commission, the Commission on Elections, and the Commission on
Audit.
SEC. 2.
No Member of a Constitutional Commission shall, during his tenure, hold any
other office or employment. Neither shall he engage in the practice of any
profession or in the active management or control of any business which in
any way be affected by the functions of his office, nor shall he be financially
interested, directly or indirectly, in any contract with, or in any franchise or
privilege granted by the Government, any of its subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities, including government-owned or controlled corporation or
their subsidiaries.
SEC. 3.
The salary of the Chairman and the Commissioners shall be fixed by law and
shall not be decreased during their tenure.
SEC. 4.
The Constitutional Commissions shall appoint their officials and employees in
accordance with law.
SEC. 5.
The Commission shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Their approved annual
appropriations shall be automatically and regularly released.
SEC. 6.
Each Commission en banc may promulgate its own rules concerning pleadings
and practice before it or before any of its offices. Such rules, however, shall
not diminish, increase, or modify substantive rights.
SEC. 7.
Each Commission shall decide by a majority vote of all its Members any case
or matter brought before it within sixty days from the date of its submission
for decision or resolution. A case or matter is deemed submitted for decision
or resolution upon the filing of the last pleading, brief, or memorandum
required by the rules of the Commission or by the Commission itself. Unless
otherwise provided by this Constitution or by law, any decision, order, or
ruling of each Commission may be brought to the Supreme Court on certiorari
by the aggrieved party within thirty days from receipt of a copy thereof.
SEC. 8.
Each Commission shall perform such other functions as may be provided by
law.

B. The Civil Service Commission


SECTION 1.
(1) The Civil Service shall be administered by the Civil Service Commission
composed of a Chairman and two Commissioners who shall be natural-born
citizens of the Philippines and, at the time of their appointment, at least
thirty-five years of age, with proven capacity for public administration, and
must not have been candidates for any elective position in the elections
immediately preceding their appointment.
(2) The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the President
with the consent of the Commission on Appointments for a term of seven
years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, the Chairman shall
hold office for seven years, a Commissioner for five years, and another
Commissioner for three years, without reappointment. Appointment to any
vacancy shall be only for the unexpired term of the predecessor. In no case
shall any member be appointed or designated in a temporary or acting
capacity.
SEC. 2.
(1) The civil service embraces all branches, subdivisions, instrumentalities,
and agencies of the Government, including government-owned or controlled
corporations with original charters.
(2) Appointments in the civil service shall be made only according to merit and
fitness to be determined, as far as practicable, and, except to positions which
are policy-determining, primarily confidential, or highly technical, by
competitive examination.
(3) No officer or employee of the civil service shall be removed or suspended
except for cause provided by law.
(4) No officer or employee in the civil service shall engage, directly or
indirectly, in any electioneering or partisan political campaign.
(5) The right to self-organization shall not be denied to government
employees.
(6) Temporary employees of the Government shall be given such protection as
may be provided by law.
SEC. 3.
The Civil Service Commission, as the central personnel agency of the
Government, shall establish a career service and adopt measures to promote
morale, efficiency, integrity, responsiveness, progressiveness, and courtesy in
the civil service. It shall strengthen the merit and rewards system, integrate
all human resources development programs for all levels and ranks, and
institutionalize a management climate conducive to public accountability. It
shall submit to the President and the Congress an annual report on its
personnel programs.
SEC. 4.
All public officers and employees shall take an oath or affirmation to uphold
and defend this Constitution.
SEC. 5.
The Congress shall provide for the standardization of compensation of
government officials, including those in government-owned or controlled
corporations with original charters, taking into account the nature of the
responsibilities pertaining to, and the qualifications required for their
positions.
SEC. 6.

No candidate who has lost in any election shall, within one year after such
election, be appointed to any office in the Government of any governmentowned or controlled corporations or in any of its subsidiaries.
SEC. 7.
No elective official shall be eligible for appointment or designation in any
capacity to any public office or position during his tenure.
Unless otherwise allowed by law or by the primary functions of his position,
no appointive official shall hold any other office or employment in the
Government or any subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, including
government-owned or controlled corporations or their subsidiaries.
SEC. 8.
No elective or appointive public officer or employee shall receive additional,
double, or indirect compensation, unless specifically authorized by law, nor
accept without the consent of the Congress, any present, emolument, office,
or title of any kind from any foreign government.
Pensions or gratuities shall not be considered as additional, double, or
indirect compensation.
C. The Commission on Elections
SEC 1.
(1) There shall be a Commission on Elections composed of a Chairman and six
Commissioners who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at
the time of their appointment, at least thirty-five years of age, holders of a
college degree, and must not have been candidates for any elective position
in the immediately preceding elections. However, a majority thereof, including
the Chairman, shall be Members of the Philippine Bar who have been engaged
in the practice of law for at least ten years.
(2) The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the President
with the consent of the Commission on Appointments for a term of seven
years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, three Members shall
hold office for seven years, two Members for five years, and the last Members
for three years, without reappointment. Appointment to a vacancy shall be
only for the unexpired term of the predecessor. In no case shall any Member
be appointed or designated in a temporary or acting capacity.
SEC. 2.
The Commission on Elections shall exercise the following powers and
functions:
(1) Enforce and administer all laws and regulations relative to the conduct of
an election, plebiscite, initiative, referendum, and recall.
(2) Exercise exclusive original jurisdiction over all contests relating to the
elections, returns, and qualifications of all elective regional, provincial, and
city officials, and appellate jurisdiction over all contests involving elective
municipal officials decided by trial courts of general jurisdiction, or involving
elective barangay officials decided by trial courts of limited jurisdiction.
Decisions, final orders, or rulings of the Commission on election contests
involving elective municipal and barangay offices shall be final, executory, and
not appealable.
(3) Decide, except those involving the right to vote, all questions affecting
elections, including determination of the number and location of polling
places, appointment of election officials and inspectors, and registration of
voters.
(4) Deputize, with the concurrence of the President, law enforcement agencies
and instrumentalities of the Government, including the Armed Forces of the
Philippines, for the exclusive purpose of ensuring free, orderly, honest,

peaceful, and credible elections.


(5) Register, after sufficient publication, political parties, organizations, or
coalitions which, in addition to other requirements, must present their
platform or program of government; and accredit citizen's arms of the
Commission on Elections. Religious denominations and sects shall not be
registered. Those which seek to achieve their goals through violence or
unlawful means, or refuse to uphold and adhere to this Constitution, or which
are supported by any foreign government shall likewise be refused
registration.
Financial contributions from foreign governments and their agencies to
political parties, organizations, coalitions, or candidates related to elections
constitute interference in national affairs, and, when accepted, shall be an
additional ground for the cancellation of their registration with the
Commission, in addition to other penalties that may be prescribed by law.
(6) File, upon a verified complaint, or on its own initiative, petitions in court
for inclusion or exclusion of voters; investigate and, where appropriate,
prosecute cases of violations of election laws, including acts or omissions
constituting election frauds, offenses, and malpractices.
(7) Recommend to the Congress effective measures to minimize election
spending, including limitation of places where propaganda materials shall be
posted, and to prevent and penalize all forms of election frauds, offenses,
malpractices, and nuisance candidates.
(8) Recommend to the President the removal of any officer or employer it has
deputized, or the imposition of any other disciplinary action, for violation or
disregard of, or disobedience to its directive, order, or decision.
(9) Submit to the President and the Congress a comprehensive report on the
conduct of each election, plebiscite, initiative, referendum, or recall.

SEC. 3.
The Commission on Elections may sit en banc or in two divisions, and shall
promulgate its rules of procedure in order to expedite disposition of election
cases, including pre-proclamation controversies. All such election cases shall
be heard and decided in division, provided that motions for reconsideration of
decisions shall be decided by the Commission en banc.
SEC. 4.
The Commission may, during the election period, supervise or regulate the
enjoyment or utilization of all franchises or permits for the operation of
transportation and other public utilities, media of communication or
information, all grants, special privileges, or concessions granted by the
Government or any subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including
any government-owned or controlled corporation or its subsidiary. Such
supervision or regulation shall aim to ensure equal opportunity, time and
space, and the right to reply, including reasonable, equal rates therefor, for
public information campaigns and forums among candidates in connection
with the objective of holding free, orderly, peaceful, and credible elections.
SEC. 5.
No pardon, amnesty, parole, or suspension of sentence for violation of
election rules, and regulations shall be granted by the President without a
favorable recommendation of the Commission.
SEC. 6.
A free and open party system shall be allowed to evolve according to the free
choice of the people, subject to the provisions of this Article.
SEC. 7.

No votes cast in favor of a political party, organization, or coalition shall be


valid, except for those registered under the party-list system as provided in
this Constitution.
SEC. 8.
Political parties, or organizations or coalitions registered under the party-list
system, shall not be represented in the voters' registration boards, boards of
election inspectors, boards of canvassers, or other similar bodies. However,
they shall be entitled to appoint poll watchers in accordance with law.
SEC. 9.
Unless otherwise fixed by the Commission in special cases, the election period
shall commence ninety days before the day of the election and shall end thirty
days after.
SEC. 10.
Bona fide candidates for any public office shall be free from any form of
harassment and discrimination.
SEC. 11.
Funds certified by the Commission as necessary to defray the expenses for
holding regular and special elections, plebiscites, initiatives, referenda, and
recalls, shall be provided in the regular or special appropriations and, once
approved, shall be released automatically upon certification by the Chairman
of the Commission.
D. Commission on Audit
SEC 1.
(1) There shall be a Commission on Audit composed of a Chairman and two
Commissioners, who shall be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and, at
the time of their appointment, at least thirty-five years of age, certified public
accountants with not less than ten years of auditing experience, or members
of the Philippine Bar who have been engaged in the practice of law for at least
ten years, and must not have been candidates for any elective position in the
election immediately preceding their appointment. At no time shall all
Members of the Commission belong to the same profession.
(2) The Chairman and the Commissioners shall be appointed by the President
with the consent of the Commission on Appointments for a term of seven
years without reappointment. Of those first appointed, the Chairman shall
hold office for seven years, one Commissioner for five years, and the other
Commissioner for three years, without reappointment. Appointment to any
vacancy shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the predecessor.
In no case shall any Member be appointed or designated in a temporary or
acting capacity.
SEC. 2.
(1) The Commission on Audit shall have the power, authority and duty to
examine, audit, and settle all accounts pertaining to the revenue and receipts
of, and expenditures or uses of funds and property, owned or held in trust by,
or pertaining to, the Government, or any of its subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities, including government-owned and controlled corporations
with original charters, and on a post-audit basis: (a) constitutional bodies,
commissions and offices that have been granted fiscal autonomy under this
Constitution; (b) autonomous state colleges and universities; (c) other
government-owned or controlled corporations and their subsidiaries; and (d)
such non-governmental entities receiving subsidy or equity, directly or
indirectly, from or through the government, which are required by law of the

granting institution to submit to such audit as a condition of subsidy or


equity. However, where the internal control system of the audited agencies is
inadequate, the Commission may adopt such measures, including temporary
or special pre-audit, as are necessary and appropriate to correct the
deficiencies. It shall keep the general accounts of the Government and, for
such period as may be provided by law, preserve the vouchers and other
supporting papers pertaining thereto.
(2) The Commission shall have exclusive authority, subject to the limitations in
this Article, to define the scope of its audit and examination, establish the
techniques and methods required therefor, and promulgate accounting and
auditing rules and regulations, including those for the prevention and
disallowance of irregular, unnecessary, inexpensive, extravagant, or
unconscionable expenditures, or uses of government funds and properties.
SEC. 3.
No law shall be passed exempting any entity of the Government or its
subsidiary in any guise whatever, or any investment of public funds, from the
jurisdiction of the Commission on Audit.
SEC. 4.
The Commission shall submit to the President and the Congress, within the
time fixed by law, an annual report covering the financial condition and
operation of the Government, its subdivisions, agencies, and
instrumentalities, including government-owned or controlled corporations,
and non-governmental entities subject to its audit, and recommend measures
necessary to improve their effectiveness and efficiency. It shall submit such
other reports as may be required by law.

Article 10:
Local Government

General Provisions

SEC 1.
The territorial and political subdivisions of the Republic of the Philippines are
the provinces, cities, municipalities, and barangays. There shall be
autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and the Cordilleras as hereinafter
provided.
SEC. 2.
The territorial and political subdivisions shall enjoy local autonomy.
SEC. 3.
The Congress shall enact a local government code which shall provide for a
more responsive and accountable local government structure instituted
through a system of decentralization with effective mechanisms of recall,
initiative, and referendum, allocate among the different local government
units their powers, responsibilities, and resources, and provide for the
qualifications, election, appointment and removal, term, salaries, powers and
functions and duties of local officials, and all other matters relating to the
organization and operation of local units.
SEC. 4.
The President of the Philippines shall exercise general supervision over local
governments. Provinces with respect to component cities and municipalities,
and cities and municipalities with respect to component barangays shall
ensure that the acts of their component units are within the scope of their
prescribed powers and functions.

SEC. 5.
Each local government unit shall have the power to create its own sources of
revenues and to levy taxes, fees, and charges subject to such guidelines and
limitations as the Congress may provide, consistent with the basic policy of
local autonomy. Such taxes, fees, and charges shall accrue exclusively to the
local governments.
SEC. 6.
Local government units shall have a just share, as determined by law, in the
national taxes which shall be automatically released to them.
SEC. 7.
Local governments shall be entitled to an equitable share in the proceeds of
the utilization and development of the national wealth within their respective
areas, in the manner provided by law, including sharing the same with the
inhabitants by way of direct benefits.
SEC. 8.
The term of office of elective local officials, except barangay officials, which
shall be determined by law, shall be three years and no such official shall
serve for more than three consecutive terms. Voluntary renunciation of the
office for any length of time shall not be considered as an interruption in the
continuity of his service for the full term for which he was elected.
SEC. 9.
Legislative bodies of local governments shall have sectoral representation as
may be prescribed by law.
SEC. 10.
No province, city, municipality, or barangay may be created, divided, merged,
abolished, or its boundary substantially altered, except in accordance with the
criteria established in the local government code and subject to approval by a
majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite in the political units directly affected.

SEC. 11.
The Congress may, by law, create special metropolitan political subdivisions,
subject to a plebiscite as set forth in Section 10 hereof. The component cities
and municipalities shall retain their basic autonomy and shall be entitled to
their own local executives and legislative assemblies. The jurisdiction of the
metropolitan authority that will hereby be created shall be limited to basic
services requiring coordination.
SEC. 12.
Cities that are highly urbanized, as determined by law, and component cities
whose charters prohibit their voters from voting for provincial elective
officials, shall be independent of the province. The voters of component cities
within a province, whose charters contain no such prohibition, shall not be
deprived of their right to vote for elective provincial officials.
SEC. 13.
Local government units may group themselves, consolidate or coordinate their
efforts, services, and resources for purposes commonly beneficial to them in
accordance with law.
SEC. 14.
The President shall provide for regional development councils and other
similar bodies composed of local government officials, regional heads of

departments and other government offices, and representatives from nongovernmental organizations within the region for purposes of administrative
decentralization to strengthen the autonomy of the units therein and to
accelerate the economic and social growth and development of the units in
the region.
Autonomous Region

SEC. 15.
There shall be created autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and in the
Cordilleras consisting of provinces, cities, municipalities, and geographical
areas sharing common and distinctive historical and cultural heritage,
economic and social structures, and other relevant characteristics within the
framework of this Constitution and the national sovereignty as well as
territorial integrity of the Republic of the Philippines.
SEC. 16.
The President shall exercise general supervision over autonomous regions to
ensure that the laws are faithfully executed.
SEC. 17.
All powers, functions, and responsibilities not granted by this Constitution or
by law to the autonomous regions shall be vested in the National Government.

SEC. 18.
The Congress shall enact an organic act for each autonomous region with the
assistance and participation of the regional consultative commission
composed of representatives appointed by the President from a list of
nominees from multisectoral bodies. The organic act shall define the basic
structure of government from the region consisting of the executive
department and legislative assembly, both of which shall be reflective and
representative of the constituent political units. The organic acts shall
likewise provide for special courts with personal, family, and property law
jurisdiction consistent with the provisions of this Constitution and national
laws.
The creation of the autonomous region shall be effective when approved by
majority of the votes cast by the constituent units in a plebiscite called for the
purpose, provided that only provinces, cities, and geographic areas voting
favorably in such plebiscite shall be included in the autonomous region.
SEC. 19.
The first Congress elected under this Constitution shall, within eighteen
months from the time of organization of both Houses, pass the organic acts
for the autonomous regions in Muslim Mindanao and the Cordilleras.
SEC. 20.
Within its territorial jurisdiction and subject to the provisions of this
Constitution and national laws, the organic act of autonomous regions shall
provide for legislative powers over:
(1) Administrative organization;
(2) Creation of sources of revenues;
(3) Ancestral domain and natural resources;
(4) Personal, family, and property relations;
(5) Regional urban and rural planning development;
(6) Economic, social, and tourism development;
(7) Educational policies;
(8) Preservation and development of the cultural heritage; and

(9) Such other matters as may be authorized by law for the promotion of the
general welfare of the people of the region.
SEC. 21.
The preservation of peace and order within the regions shall be the
responsibility of the local police agencies which shall be organized,
maintained, supervised, and utilized in accordance with applicable laws. The
defense and security of the regions shall be the responsibility of the National
Government.

Article 11:
Accountability of Public Officers
SEC 1.
Public office is a public trust. Public officers and employees must at all times
be accountable to the people, serve them with utmost responsibility, integrity,
loyalty, and efficiency, act with patriotism and justice, and lead modest lives.
SEC. 2.
The President, Vice-President, the Members of the Supreme Court, the
Members of the Constitutional Commissions, and the Ombudsman may be
removed from office, on impeachment for, and conviction of, culpable violation
of the Constitution, treason, bribery, graft and corruption, other high crimes,
or betrayal of public trust. All other public officers and employees may be
removed from office as provided by law, but not by impeachment.
SEC. 3.
(1) The House of Representatives shall have the exclusive power to initiate all
cases of impeachment.
(2) A verified complaint may be filed by any Member of the House of
Representatives or by any citizen upon a resolution of endorsement by any
Member thereof, which shall be included in the Order of Business within ten
session days, and referred to the proper Committee within three session days
thereafter. The Committee, after hearing, and by a majority vote of all its
Members, shall submit its report to the House within sixty session days from
such referral, together with the corresponding resolution. The resolution shall
be calendared for consideration by the House within ten session days from
receipt thereof.
(3) A vote of at least one-third of all the Members of the House shall be
necessary either to affirm a favorable resolution with the Articles of
Impeachment of the Committee, or override its contrary resolution. The vote
of each Member shall be recorded.
(4) In case the verified complaint or resolution of impeachment is filed by at
least one-third of all the Members of the House, the same shall constitute the
Articles of Impeachment, and trial by the Senate shall forthwith proceed.
(5) No impeachment proceedings shall be initiated against the same official
more than once within a period of one year.
(6) The Senate shall have the sole power to try and decide all cases of
impeachment. When sitting for that purpose, the Senators shall be on oath or
affirmation. When the President of the Philippines is on trial, the Chief Justice
of the Supreme Court shall preside, but shall not vote. No person shall be
convicted without the concurrence of two-thirds of all the Members of the
Senate.
(7) Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than removal
from office and disqualification to hold any office under the Republic of the
Philippines, but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to
prosecution, trial, and punishment according to law.
(8) The Congress shall promulgate its rules on impeachment to effectively

carry out the purpose of this section.


SEC. 4.
The present anti-graft court known as the Sandiganbayan shall continue to
function and exercise its jurisdiction as now or hereafter may be provided by
law.
SEC. 5.
There is hereby created the independent Office of the Ombudsman, composed
of the Ombudsman to be known as Tanodbayan, one overall Deputy, and at
least one Deputy each for Luzon, Visayas, and Mindanao. A separate Deputy
for the military establishment may likewise be appointed.
SEC. 6.
The officials and employees of the Office of the Ombudsman, other than the
Deputies, shall be appointed by the Ombudsman according to the Civil Service
Law.
SEC. 7.
The existing Tanodbayan shall hereafter be known as the Office of the Special
Prosecutor. It shall continue to function and exercise its powers as now or
hereafter may be provided by law, except those conferred on the Office of the
Ombudsman created under this Constitution.
SEC. 8.
The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall be natural-born citizens of the
Philippines, and at the time of their appointment, at least forty years old, of
recognized probity and independence, and members of the Philippine Bar, and
must not have been candidates for any elective office in the immediately
preceding election. The Ombudsman must have for ten years or more been a
judge or engaged in the practice of law in the Philippines.
During their tenure, they shall be subject to the same disqualifications and
prohibitions as provided for in Section 2 of Article IX-A of this Constitution.
SEC. 9.
The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall be appointed by the President from a
list of at least six nominees prepared by the Judicial and Bar Council, and from
a list of three nominees for every vacancy thereafter. Such appointments shall
require no confirmation. All vacancies shall be filled within three months after
they occur.
SEC. 10.
The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall have the rank of Chairman and
Members, respectively, of the Constitutional Commissions, and they shall
receive the same salary, which shall not be decreased during their term of
office.
SEC. 11.
The Ombudsman and his Deputies shall serve for a term of seven years
without reappointment. They shall not be qualified to run for any office in the
election immediately succeeding their cessation from office.
SEC. 12.
The Ombudsman and his Deputies, as protectors of the people, shall act
promptly on complaints filed in any form or manner against public officials or
employees of the Government, or any agency, subdivision or instrumentality
thereof, including government-owned or controlled corporations, and shall, in
appropriate cases, notify the complainants of the actions taken and the result

thereof.
SEC. 13.
The Office of the Ombudsman shall have the following powers, functions, and
duties :
(1) Investigate on its own, or on complaint by any person, any act or omission
of any public official, employee, office or agency, when such act or omission
appears to be illegal, unjust, improper, or inefficient.
(2) Direct, upon complaint or at its own instance, any public official or
employee of the Government, or any subdivision, agency or instrumentality
thereof, as well as of any government-owned or controlled corporation with
original charter, to perform and expedite any act or duty required by law, or to
stop, prevent, and correct any abuse or impropriety in the performance of
duties.
(3) Direct the officer concerned to take appropriate action against a public
official or employee at fault, and recommend his removal, suspension,
demotion, fine, censure, or prosecution, and ensure compliance therewith.
(4) Direct the officer concerned, in any appropriate case, and subject to such
limitations as may be provided by law, to furnish it with copies of documents
relating to contracts and transactions entered into by his office involving the
disbursement or use of public funds or properties, and report any irregularity
to the Commission on Audit for appropriate action.
(5) Request any government agency for assistance and information necessary
in the discharge of its responsibilities, and to examine, if necessary, pertinent
records and documents.
(6) Publicize matters covered by its investigation when circumstances so
warrant and with due prudence.
(7) Determine the causes of inefficiency, red tape, mismanagement, fraud, and
corruption in the Government and make recommendations for their
elimination and the observance of high standards of ethics and efficiency.
(8) Promulgate its rules and procedure and exercise such other powers or
perform such functions or duties as may be provided by law.
SEC. 14.
The Office of the Ombudsman shall enjoy fiscal autonomy. Its approved annual
appropriations shall be automatically and regularly released.
SEC. 15.
The right of the State to recover properties unlawfully acquired by public
officials and employees, from them or from their nominees or transferees,
shall not be barred by prescription, laches, or estoppel.
SEC. 16.
No loan, guaranty, or other form of financial accommodation for any business
purpose may be granted, directly or indirectly, by any government-owned or
controlled bank or financial institution to the President, the Vice-President,
the Members of the Cabinet, the Congress, the Supreme Court, and the
Constitutional Commissions, the Ombudsman, or to any firm or entity in which
they have controlling interest, during their tenure.
SEC. 17.
A public officer or employee shall, upon assumption of office and as often
thereafter as may be required by law, submit a declaration under oath of his
assets, liabilities, and net worth. In the case of the President, the VicePresident, the Members of the Cabinet, the Congress, the Supreme Court, the
Constitutional Commissions and other constitutional offices, and officers of
the armed forces with general or flag rank, the declaration shall be disclosed
to the public in the manner provided by law.

SEC. 18.
Public officers and employees owe the State and this Constitution allegiance
at all times, and any public officer or employee who seeks to change his
citizenship or acquire the status of an immigrant of another country during his
tenure shall be dealt with by law.

Article 12:
National Economy and Patrimony
SEC 1.
The goals of the national economy are a more equitable distribution of
opportunities, income, and wealth; a sustained increase in the amount of
goods and services produced by the nation for the benefit of the people; and
an expanding productivity as the key raising the quality of life for all,
especially the underprivileged.
The State shall promote industrialization and full employment based on sound
agricultural development and agrarian reform, through industries that make
full and efficient use of human and natural resources, and which are
competitive in both domestic and foreign markets. However, the State shall
protect Filipino enterprises against unfair foreign competition and trade
practices.
In the pursuit of these goals, all sectors of the economy and all regions of the
country shall be given optimum opportunity to develop. Private enterprises,
including corporations, cooperatives, and similar collective organizations,
shall be encouraged to broaden the base of their ownership.
SEC. 2.
All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other
mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife,
flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the
exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be
alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources
shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may
directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint
venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or
corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is
owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding
twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under
such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. In cases of water rights
for irrigation, water supply, fisheries, or industrial uses other than the
development of water power, beneficial use may be the measure and limit of
the grant.
The State shall protect the nation's marine wealth in its archipelagic waters,
territorial sea, and exclusive economic zone, and reserve its use and
enjoyment exclusively to Filipino citizens.
The Congress may, by law, allow small-scale utilization of natural resources by
Filipino citizens, as well as cooperative fish farming, with priority to
subsistence fishermen and fishworkers in rivers, lakes, bays, and lagoons.
The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations
involving either technical of financial assistance for large-scale exploration,
development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils
according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real
contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In
such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local
scientific and technical resources.
The President shall notify the Congress of every contract entered into in
accordance with this provision, within thirty days from its execution.

SEC. 3.
Lands of the public domain are classified into agricultural, forest or timber,
mineral lands, and national parks. Agricultural lands of the public domain may
be further classified by law according to the uses which they may be devoted.
Alienable lands of the public domain shall be limited to agricultural lands.
Private corporations or associations may not hold such alienable lands of the
public domain except by lease, for a period not exceeding twenty-five years,
renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and not to exceed one
thousand hectares in area. Citizens of the Philippines may lease not more than
five hundred hectares, or acquire not more than twelve hectares thereof by
purchase, homestead, or grant. Taking into account the requirements of
conservation, ecology, and development, and subject to the requirements of
agrarian reform, the Congress shall determine, by law, the size of lands of the
public domain which may be acquired, developed, held, or leased and the
conditions therefor.
SEC. 4.
The Congress shall, as soon as possible, determine by law the specific limits of
forest lands and national parks, marking clearly their boundaries on the
ground. Thereafter, such forest lands and national parks shall be conserved
and may not be increased nor diminished, except by law. The Congress shall
provide, for such period as it may determine, measures to prohibit logging in
endangered forests and watershed areas.
SEC. 5.
The State, subject to the provisions of this Constitution and national
development policies and programs, shall protect the rights of indigenous
cultural communities to their ancestral lands to ensure their economic, social,
and cultural well-being.
The Congress may provide for the applicability of customary laws governing
property rights and relations in determining the ownership and extent of
ancestral domain.
SEC. 6.
The use of property bears a social function, and all economic agents shall
contribute to the common good. Individuals and private groups, including
corporations, cooperatives, and similar collective organizations, shall have the
right to own, establish, and operate economic enterprises, subject to the duty
of the State to promote distributive justice and to intervene when the
common good so demands.
SEC. 7.
Save in cases of hereditary succession, no private lands shall be transferred
or conveyed except to individuals, corporations, or associations qualified to
acquire or hold lands of the public domain.
SEC. 8.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 of this Article, a natural-born
citizen of the Philippines who has lost its Philippine citizenship may be a
transferee of private lands, subject to limitations provided by law.
SEC. 9.
The Congress may establish an independent economic and planning agency
headed by the President, which shall, after consultations with the appropriate
public agencies, various public sectors, and local government units,
recommend to Congress, and implement continuing integrated and

coordinated programs and policies for national development.


Until the Congress provides otherwise, the National Economic and
Development Authority shall function as the independent planning agency of
the government.
SEC. 10.
The Congress shall, upon recommendation of the economic and planning
agency, when the national interest dictates, reserve to citizens of the
Philippines or to corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of
whose capital is owned by such citizens, or such higher percentage as
Congress may prescribe, certain areas of investments. The Congress shall
enact measures that will encourage the formation and operation of
enterprises whose capital is wholly owned by Filipinos.
In the grant of rights, privileges, and concessions covering the national
economy and patrimony, the State shall give preference to qualified Filipinos.
The State shall regulate and exercise authority over foreign investments
within its national jurisdiction and in accordance with its national goals and
priorities.
SEC. 11.
No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation
of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to
corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at
least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall
such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a
longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be
granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment,
alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The
State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general
public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any
public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its
capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or
association must be citizens of the Philippines.
SEC. 12.
The State shall promote the preferential use of Filipino labor, domestic
materials and locally produced goods, and adopt measures that help them
competitive.
SEC. 13.
The State shall pursue a trade policy that serves the general welfare and
utilizes all forms and arrangements of exchange on the basis of equality and
reciprocity.
SEC. 14.
The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of
Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level
technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be
promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and
regulate its transfer for the national benefit.
The practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino
citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.
SEC. 15.
The Congress shall create an agency to promote the viability and growth of
cooperatives as instruments for social justice and economic development.
SEC. 16.

The Congress shall not, except by general law, provide for the formation,
organization, or regulation of private corporations. Government-owned or
controlled corporations may be created or established by special charters in
the interest of the common good and subject to the test of economic viability.
SEC. 17.
In times of national emergency, when the public interest so requires, the
State may, during the emergency and under reasonable terms prescribed by
it, temporarily take over or direct the operation of any privately owned public
utility or business affected with public interest.
SEC. 18.
The State may, in the interest of national welfare or defense, establish and
operate vital industries and, upon payment of just compensation, transfer to
public ownership utilities and other private enterprises to be operated by the
Government.
SEC. 19.
The State shall regulate or prohibit monopolies when the public interest so
requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition shall be
allowed.
SEC. 20.
The Congress shall establish an independent central monetary authority, the
members of whose governing board must be natural-born Filipino citizens, of
known integrity, and patriotism, the majority of whom shall come from the
private sector. They shall also be subject to such other qualifications and
disabilities as may be prescribed by law. The authority shall provide policy
direction in the areas of money, banking, and credit. It shall have supervision
over the operations of banks and exercise such regulatory powers as may be
provided by law over the operations of finance companies and other
institutions performing similar functions.
Until the Congress otherwise provides, the Central Bank of the Philippines,
operating under existing laws, shall function as the central monetary
authority.
SEC. 21.
Foreign loans may only be incurred in accordance with law and the regulation
of the monetary authority. Information on foreign loans obtained or
guaranteed by the Government shall be made available to the public.
SEC. 22.
Acts which circumvent or negate any of the provisions of this Article shall be
considered inimical to the national interest and subject to criminal and civil
sanctions, as may be provided by law.

Article 13:
Social Justice and Human Rights
SEC. 1.
The Congress shall give highest priority to the enactment of measures that
protect and enhance the right of all the people to human dignity, reduce
social, economic, and political inequalities, and remove cultural inequities by
equitably diffusing wealth and political power for the common good. To this
end, the State shall regulate the acquisition, ownership, use, and disposition
of property and its increments.
SEC. 2.

The promotion of social justice shall include the commitment to create


economic opportunities based on freedom of initiative and self-reliance.
Labor

SEC. 3.
The State shall afford full protection to labor, local and overseas, organized
and unorganized, and promote full employment and equality of employment
opportunities for all. It shall guarantee the rights of all workers to selforganizations, and peaceful concerted activities, including the right to strike
in accordance with law. They shall be entitled to security of tenure, humane
conditions of work, and a living wage. They shall also participate in policy and
decision-making processes affecting their rights and benefits as may be
provided by law. The State shall promote the principle of shared responsibility
between workers and employers and the preferential use of voluntary modes
in settling disputes, including conciliation, and shall enforce their mutual
compliance therewith to foster industrial peace. The State shall regulate the
relations between workers and employers, recognizing the right of labor to its
just share in the fruits of production and the right of enterprises to
reasonable returns on investments, and to expansion and growth.
Agrarian and Natural Resources Reform

SEC. 4.
The Sate shall, by law, undertake an agrarian reform program founded on the
right of farmers and regular farmworkers, who are landless, to own directly or
collectively the lands they till or, in the case of other farmworkers, to receive
a just share of the fruits thereof. To this end, the State shall encourage and
undertake the just distribution of all agricultural lands, subject to such
priorities and reasonable retention limits as the Congress may prescribe,
taking into account ecological, developmental, or equity considerations, and
subject to the payment of just compensation. In determining retention limits,
the State shall respect the rights of small landowners. The State shall further
provide incentives for voluntary land-sharing.
SEC. 5.
The State shall recognize the right of farmers, farmworkers, and landowners,
as well as cooperatives, and other independent farmers' organizations to
participate in the planning, organization, and management of the program,
and shall provide support to agriculture through appropriate technology and
research, and adequate financial, production, marketing, and other support
services.
SEC. 6.
The State shall apply the principles of agrarian reform or stewardship,
whenever applicable in accordance with law, in the disposition or utilization of
other natural resources, including lands of the public domain under lease or
concession suitable to agriculture, subject to prior rights, homestead rights of
small settlers, and the rights of indigenous communities to their ancestral
lands. The State may resettle landless farmers and farmworkers in its own
agricultural estates which shall be distributed to them in the manner provided
by law.
SEC. 7.
The State shall protect the rights of subsistence fishermen, especially of local
communities, to the preferential use of local marine and fishing resources,
both inland and offshore. It shall provide support to such fishermen through
appropriate technology and research, adequate financial, production, and
marketing assistance, and other services. The State shall also protect,

develop, and conserve such resources. The protection shall extend to offshore
fishing grounds of subsistence fishermen against foreign intrusion.
Fishworkers shall receive a just share from their labor in the utilization of
marine and fishing resources.
SEC. 8.
The State shall provide incentives to landowners to invest the proceeds of the
agrarian reform program to promote industrialization, employment creation,
and privatization of public sector enterprises. Financial instruments used as
payment for their lands shall be honored as equity in enterprises of their
choice.
Urban Land Reform and Housing

SEC. 9.
The State shall, by law, and for the common good, undertake, in cooperation
with the public sector, a continuing program of urban land reform and housing
which will make available at affordable cost decent housing and basic services
to underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban centers and resettlement
areas. It shall also promote adequate employment opportunities to such
citizens. In the implementation of such program the State shall respect the
rights of small property owners.
SEC. 10.
Urban or rural poor dwellers shall not be evicted nor their dwellings
demolished, except in accordance with law and in a just and humane manner.
No resettlement of urban and rural dwellers shall be undertaken without
adequate consultation with them and the communities where they are to be
relocated.
Health

SEC. 11.
The State shall adopt an integrated and comprehensive approach to health
development which shall endeavor to make essential goods, health and other
social services available to all people at affordable cost. There shall be priority
for the needs of the underprivileged sick, elderly, disabled, women, and
children. The State shall endeavor to provide free medical care to paupers.
SEC. 12.
The State shall establish and maintain an effective food and drug regulatory
system and undertake appropriate health manpower development and
research, responsive to the country's health needs and problems.
SEC. 13.
The State shall establish a special agency for disabled persons for
rehabilitation, self-development and self-reliance, and their integration into
the mainstream of society.
Women

SEC. 14.
The State shall protect working women by providing safe and healthful
working conditions, taking into account their maternal functions, and such
facilities and opportunities that will enhance their welfare and enable them to
realize their full potential in the service of the nation.
Role and Rights of People's Organizations

SEC. 15.
The State shall respect the role of independent people's organizations to
enable the people to pursue and protect, within the democratic framework,
their legitimate and collective interests and aspirations through peaceful and
lawful means. People's organizations are bona fide associations of citizens
with demonstrated capacity to promote the public interest and with
identifiable leadership, membership, and structure.
SEC. 16.
The right of the people and their organizations to effective and reasonable
participation at all levels of social, political, and economic decision-making
shall not be abridged. The State shall, by law, facilitate the establishment of
adequate consultation mechanisms.
Human Rights

SEC. 17.
(1) There is hereby created an independent office called Commission on
Human Rights. (2) The Commission shall be composed of a Chairman and four
Members who must be natural-born citizens of the Philippines and a majority
of whom shall be members of the Bar. The term of office and other
qualifications and disabilities of the Members of the Commission shall be
provided by law. (3) Until this Commission is constituted, the existing
Presidential Committee on Human Rights shall continue to exercise its present
functions and powers. (4) The approved annual appropriations of the
Commission shall be automatically and regularly released.
SEC. 18.
The Commission on Human Rights shall have the following powers and
functions: (1) Investigate, on its own or on complaint by any party, all forms of
human rights violations involving civil and political rights; (2) Adopt its
operational guidelines and rules of procedure, and cite for contempt for
violations thereof in accordance with the Rules of Court; (3) Provide
appropriate legal measures for the protection of human rights of all persons
within the Philippines, as well as Filipinos residing abroad, and provide for
preventive measures and legal aid services to the underprivileged whose
human rights have been violated or need protection; (4) Exercise visitorial
powers over jails, prisons, or detention facilities; (5) Establish a continuing
program of research, education, ad information to enhance respect for the
primacy of human rights; (6) Recommend to the Congress effective measures
to promote human rights and to provide for compensation to victims of
violations of human rights, or their families; (7) Monitor the Philippine
Government's compliance with international treaty obligations on human
rights; (8) Grant immunity from prosecution to any person whose testimony or
whose possession of documents or other evidence is necessary or convenient
to determine the truth in any investigation conducted by it or under its
authority; (9) Request the assistance of any department, bureau, office, or
agency in the performance of its functions; (10) Appoint its officers and
employees in accordance with law; and (11) Perform such other duties and
functions as may be provided by law.
SEC. 19.
The Congress may provide for other cases of violations of human rights that
should fall within the authority of the Commission, taking into account its
recommendations.

Article 14:
Education, Science and Technology, Arts, Culture, and Sports
Education

SEC 1.
The State shall protect and promote the right of all citizens to quality
education at all levels and shall take appropriate steps to make such
education accessible to all.
SEC. 2.
The State shall:
(1) Establish, maintain, and support a complete, adequate, and integrated
system of education relevant to the needs of the people and society;
(2) Establish and maintain a system of free public education in the elementary
and high school levels. Without limiting the natural right of parents to rear
their children, elementary education is compulsory for all children of school
age;
(3) Establish and maintain a system of scholarship grants, student loan
programs, subsidies, and other incentives which shall be available to
deserving students in both public and private schools, especially to the
underprivileged;
(4) Encourage non-formal, informal, and indigenous learning systems, as well
as self-learning, independent, and out-of-school study programs particularly
those that respond to community needs; and
(5) Provide adult citizens, the disabled, and out-of-school youth with training
in civics, vocational efficiency, and other skills.
SEC. 3.
(1) All educational institutions shall include the study of the Constitution as
part of the curricula.
(2) They shall inculcate patriotism and nationalism, foster love of humanity,
respect for human rights, appreciation of the role of national heroes in the
historical development of the country, teach the rights and duties of
citizenship, strengthen ethical and spiritual values, develop moral character
and personal discipline, encourage critical and creative thinking, broaden
scientific and technological knowledge, and promote vocational efficiency.
(3) At the option expressed in writing by the parents or guardians, religion
shall be allowed to be taught to their children or wards in public elementary
and high schools within the regular class hours by instructors designated or
approved by the religious authorities of the religion to which the children or
wards belong, without additional cost to the Government.
SEC. 4.
(1) The State recognizes the complementary roles of public and private
institutions in the educational system and shall exercise reasonable
supervision and regulation of all educational institutions.
(2) Educational institutions, other than those established by religious groups
and mission boards, shall be owned solely by citizens of the Philippines or
corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of the capital of which
is owned by such citizens. The Congress may, however, require increased
Filipino equity participation in all educational institutions.
The control and administration of educational institutions shall be vested in
citizens of the Philippines.
No educational institution shall be established exclusively for aliens and no
group of aliens shall comprise more than one-third of the enrollment in any
school. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to schools established
for foreign diplomatic personnel and their dependents and, unless otherwise
provided by law, for other foreign temporary residents.
(3) All revenues and assets of non-stock, non-profit educational institutions
used actually, directly, and exclusively for educational purposes shall be
exempt from taxes and duties. Upon the dissolution or cessation of the
corporate existence of such institutions, their assets shall be disposed of in

the manner provided by law.


Propriety educational institutions, including those cooperatively owned, may
likewise be entitled to such exemptions subject to the limitations provided by
law including restrictions on dividends and provisions for reinvestment.
(4) Subject to conditions prescribed by law, all grants, endowments,
donations, or contributions used actually, directly, and exclusively for
educational purposes shall be exempt from tax.
SEC. 5.
(1) The State shall take into account regional and sectoral needs and
conditions and shall encourage local planning in the development of
educational policies and programs.
(2) Academic freedom shall be enjoyed in all institutions of higher learning.
(3) Every citizen has a right to select a profession or course of study, subject
to fair, reasonable, and equitable admission and academic requirements.
(4) The State shall enhance the right of teachers to professional
advancement. Non-teaching academic and non-academic personnel shall enjoy
the protection of the State.
(5) The State shall assign the highest budgetary priority to education and
ensure that teaching will attract and retain its rightful share of the best
available talents through adequate remuneration and other means of job
satisfaction and fulfillment.
Language

SEC. 6.
The national language of the Philippines is Filipino. As it evolves, it shall be
further developed and enriched on the basis of existing Philippine and other
languages.
Subject to provisions of law and as the Congress may deem appropriate, the
Government shall take steps to initiate and sustain the use of Filipino as a
medium of official communication and as language of instruction in the
educational system.
SEC. 7.
For purposes of communication and instruction, the official languages of the
Philippines are Filipino and, until otherwise provided by law, English.
The regional languages are the auxiliary official languages in the regions and
shall serve as auxiliary media of instruction therein.
Spanish and Arabic shall be promoted on a voluntary and optional basis.
SEC. 8.
This Constitution shall be promulgated in Filipino and English and shall be
translated into major regional languages, Arabic, and Spanish.
SEC. 9.
The Congress shall establish a national language commission composed of
representatives of various regions and disciplines which shall undertake,
coordinate, and promote researches for the development, propagation, and
preservation of Filipino and other languages.
Science and Technology

SEC. 10.
Science and technology are essential for national development and progress.
The State shall give priority to research and development, invention,
innovation, and their utilization; and to science and technology education,
training, and services. It shall support indigenous, appropriate, and selfreliant scientific and technological capabilities, and their application to the

country's productive systems and national life.


SEC. 11.
The Congress may provide for incentives, including tax deductions, to
encourage private participation in programs of basic and applied scientific
research. Scholarships, grants-in-aid, or other forms of incentives shall be
provided to deserving science students, researchers, scientists, inventors,
technologists, and specially gifted citizens.
SEC. 12.
The State shall regulate the transfer and promote the adaptation of
technology from all sources for the national benefit. It shall encourage the
widest participation of private groups, local governments, and communitybased organizations in the generation and utilization of science and
technology.
SEC. 13.
The State shall protect and secure the exclusive rights of scientists, inventors,
artists, and other gifted citizens to their intellectual property and creations,
particularly when beneficial to the people, for such period as may be provided
by law.
Arts and Culture

SEC. 14.
The State shall foster the preservation, enrichment, and dynamic evolution of
a Filipino national culture based on the principle of unity in diversity in a
climate of free artistic and intellectual expression.
SEC. 15.
Arts and letters shall enjoy the patronage of the State. The State shall
conserve, promote, and popularize the nation's historical and cultural heritage
and resources, as well as artistic creations.
SEC. 16.
All the country's artistic and historic wealth constitutes the cultural treasure
of the nation and shall be under the protection of the State which may
regulate its disposition.
SEC. 17.
The State shall recognize, respect, and protect the rights of indigenous
cultural communities to preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and
institutions. It shall consider these rights in the formulation of national plans
and policies.
SEC. 18.
(1) The State shall ensure equal access to cultural opportunities through the
educational system, public or private cultural entities, scholarships, grants
and other incentives, and community cultural centers, and other public
venues.
(2) The State shall encourage and support researches and studies on the arts
and culture.
Sports

SEC. 19.
(1) The State shall promote physical education and encourage sports
programs, league competitions, and amateur sports, including training for
international competitions, to foster self-discipline, teamwork, and excellence

for the development of a healthy and alert citizenry.


(2) All educational institutions shall undertake regular sports activities
throughout the country in cooperation with athletic clubs and other sectors.

Article 15:
The Family
SEC. 1.
The State recognizes the Filipino family as the foundation of the nation.
Accordingly, it shall strengthen its solidarity and actively promote its total
development.
SEC. 2.
Marriage, as an inviolable social institution, is the foundation of the family
and shall be protected by the State.
SEC. 3.
The State shall defend :
(1) The right of spouses to found a family in accordance with their religious
convictions and the demands of responsible parenthood;
(2) The right of children to assistance, including proper care and nutrition,
and special protection from all forms of neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation,
and other conditions prejudicial to their development;
(3) The right of the family to a family living wage and income; and
(4) The right of families or family associations to participate in the planning
and implementation of policies and programs that affect them.
SEC. 4.
The family has the duty to care for its elderly members but the State may also
do so through just programs of social security.

Article 16:
General Provisions
SEC 1.
The flag of the Philippines shall be red, white, and blue, with a sun and three
stars, as consecrated and honored by the people and recognized by law.
SEC. 2.
The Congress may, by law, adopt a new name for the country, a national
anthem, or a national seal, which shall be truly reflective and symbolic of the
ideals, history, and traditions of the people. Such law shall take effect only
upon its ratification by the people in a national referendum.
SEC. 3.
The State may not be sued without its consent.
SEC. 4.
The Armed Forces of the Philippines shall be composed of a citizen armed
force which shall undergo military training and serve, as may be provided by
law. It shall keep a regular force necessary for the security of the State.
SEC. 5.
(1) All members of the armed forces shall take an oath or affirmation to
uphold and defend this Constitution.
(2) The State shall strengthen the patriotic spirit and nationalist
consciousness of the military, and respect for people's rights in the
performance of their duty.
(3) Professionalism in the armed forces and adequate remuneration and

benefits of its members shall be a prime concern of the State. The armed
forces shall be insulated from partisan politics.
No member of the military shall engage directly or indirectly in any partisan
political activity, except to vote.
(4) No member of the armed forces in the active service shall, at any time, be
appointed or designated in any capacity to a civilian position in the
Government including government-owned or controlled corporations or any of
their subsidiaries.
(5) Laws on retirement of military officers shall not allow extension of their
service.
(6) The officers and men of the regular force of the armed forces shall be
recruited proportionately from all provinces and cities as far as practicable.
(7) The tour of duty of the Chief of Staff of the Armed forces shall not exceed
three years. However, in times of war or other national emergency declared by
the Congress, the President may extend such tour of duty.
SEC. 6.
The State shall establish and maintain one police force, which shall be
national in scope and civilian in character, to be administered and controlled
by a national police commission. The authority of local executives over the
police units in their jurisdiction shall be provided by law.
SEC. 7.
The State shall provide immediate and adequate care, benefits, and other
forms of assistance to war veterans and veterans of military campaigns, their
surviving spouses and orphans. Funds shall be provided therefor and due
consideration shall be given them in the disposition of agricultural lands of
the public domain and, in appropriate cases, in the utilization of natural
resources.
SEC. 8.
The State shall, from time to time, review to upgrade the pensions and other
benefits due to retirees of both the government and the private sectors.
SEC. 9.
The State shall protect consumers from trade malpractices and from
substandard or hazardous products.
SEC. 10.
The State shall provide the policy environment for the full development of
Filipino capability and the emergence of communication structures suitable to
the needs and aspirations of the nation and the balanced flow of information
into, out of, and across the country, in accordance with a policy that respects
the freedom of speech and of the press.
SEC. 11.
(1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens
of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, whollyowned and managed by such citizens.
The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media
when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or
unfair competition therein shall be allowed.
(2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be
regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the
general welfare.
Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per
centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to
engage in the advertising industry.

The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such


industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof,
and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens
of the Philippines.
SEC. 12.
The Congress may create a consultative body to advise the President on
policies affecting indigenous cultural communities, the majority of the
members of which shall come from such communities.

Article 17:
Amendments or Revisions
SEC 1.
Any amendment to, or revision of, this Constitution may be proposed by:
(1) The Congress, upon a vote of three-fourths of all its Members; or
(2) A constitutional convention.
SEC. 2.
Amendments to this Constitution may likewise be directly proposed by the
people through initiative upon a petition of at least twelve per centum of the
total number of registered voters, of which every legislative district must be
represented by at least three per centum of the registered voters therein. No
amendment under this section shall be authorized within five years following
the ratification of this Constitution nor oftener than once every five years
thereafter.
The Congress shall provide for the implementation of the exercise of this
right.
SEC. 3.
The Congress may, by a vote of two-thirds of all its Members, call a
constitutional convention, or by a majority vote of all its Members, submit to
the electorate the question of calling such a convention.
SEC. 4.
Any amendment to, or revision of, this Constitution under Section 1 hereof
shall be valid when ratified by a majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite
which shall be held not earlier than sixty days nor later than ninety days after
the approval of such amendment or revision.
Any amendment under Section 2 hereof shall be valid when ratified by a
majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite which shall be held not earlier than
sixty days nor later than ninety days after the certification by the Commission
on Elections of the sufficiency of the petition.

Article 18:
Transitory Provisions
SEC 1.
The first elections of the Members of the Congress under this Constitution
shall be held on the second Monday of May, 1987.
The first local elections shall be held on a date to be determined by the
President, which may be simultaneous with the election of the Members of the
Congress. It shall include the election of all Members of the city or municipal
councils in the Metropolitan Manila area.
SEC. 2.
The Senators, Members of the House of Representatives, and the local officials

first elected under this Constitution shall serve until noon of June 30, 1992.
Of the Senators elected in the election of 1992, the first twelve obtaining the
highest number of votes shall serve six years and the remaining twelve for
three years.
SEC. 3.
All existing laws, decrees, executive orders, proclamations, letters of
instructions, and other executive issuances not inconsistent with this
Constitution shall remain operative until amended, repealed, or revoked.
SEC. 4.
All existing treaties or international agreements which have not been ratified
shall not be renewed or extended without the concurrence of at least twothirds of all the Members of the Senate.
SEC. 5.
The six-year term of the incumbent President and Vice-President elected in
the February 7, 1986 election is, for purposes of synchronization of elections,
hereby extended to noon of June 30, 1992.
The first regular elections for the President and Vice-President under this
Constitution shall be held on the second Monday of May, 1992.
SEC. 6.
The incumbent President shall continue to exercise legislative powers until
the first Congress is convened.
SEC. 7.
Until a law is passed, the President may fill by appointment from a list of
nominees by the respective sectors the seats reserved for sectoral
representation in paragraph (2), Section 5 of Article VI of this Constitution.
SEC. 8.
Until otherwise provided by the Congress, the President may constitute the
Metropolitan Authority to be composed of the heads of all local government
units comprising the Metropolitan Manila area.
SEC. 9.
A sub-province shall continue to exist and operate until it is converted into a
regular province or until its component municipalities are reverted to the
mother province.
SEC. 10.
All courts existing at the time of the ratification of this Constitution shall
continue to exercise their jurisdiction, until otherwise provided by law. The
provisions of the existing Rules of Court, judiciary acts, and procedural laws
not inconsistent with this Constitution shall remain operative unless amended
or repealed by the Supreme Court or the Congress.
SEC. 11.

The incumbent Members of the Judiciary shall continue in office until they
reach the age of seventy years or become incapacitated to discharge the
duties of their office or are removed for cause.
SEC. 12.
The Supreme Court shall, within one year after the ratification of this
Constitution, adopt a systematic plan to expedite the decision or resolution of
cases or matters pending in the Supreme Court or the lower courts prior to
the effectivity of this Constitution. A similar plan shall be adopted for all
special courts and quasi-judicial bodies.
SEC. 13.
The legal effect of the lapse, before the ratification of this Constitution, of the
applicable period for the decision or resolution of the cases or matters
submitted for adjudication by the courts, shall be determined by the Supreme
Court as soon as practicable.
SEC. 14.
The provisions of paragraphs (3) and (4), Section 15 of Article VIII of this
Constitution shall apply to cases or matters filed before the ratification of this
Constitution, when the applicable period lapses after such ratification.
SEC. 15.
The incumbent Members of the Civil Service Commission, the Commission on
Elections, and the Commission on Audit shall continue in office for one year
after the ratification of this Constitution, unless they are sooner removed for
cause or become incapacitated to discharge the duties of their office or
appointed to a new term thereunder. In no case shall any Member serve
longer than seven years including service before the ratification of this
Constitution.
SEC. 16.
Career civil service employees separated from the service not for cause but as
a result of the reorganization pursuant to Proclamation No. 3 dated March 25,
1986 and the reorganization following the ratification of this Constitution shall
be entitled to appropriate separation pay and to retirement and other benefits
accruing to them under the laws of general application in force at the time of
their separation. In lieu thereof, at the option of the employees, they may be
considered for employment in the Government or in any of its subdivisions,
instrumentalities, or agencies, including government-owned or controlled
corporations and their subsidiaries. This provision also applies to career
officers whose resignation, tendered in line with the existing policy, had been
accepted.
SEC. 17.
Until the Congress provides otherwise, the President shall receive an annual
salary of three hundred thousand pesos; the Vice-President, the President of
the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Chief Justice
of the Supreme Court, two hundred forty thousand pesos each; the Senators,
the Members of the House of Representatives, the Associate Justices of the
Supreme Court, and the Chairmen of the Constitutional Commissions, two
hundred four thousand pesos each; and the Members of the Constitutional

Commissions, one hundred eighty thousand pesos each.


SEC. 18.
At the earliest possible time, the Government shall increase the salary scales
of other officials and employees of the National Government.
SEC. 19.
All properties, records, equipment, buildings, facilities, and other assets of
any office or body abolished or reorganized under Proclamation No. 3 dated
March 25, 1986 or this Constitution shall be transferred to the office or body
to which its powers, functions, and responsibilities substantially pertain.
SEC. 20.
The first Congress shall give priority to the determination of the period for the
full implementation of free public secondary education.
SEC. 21.
The Congress shall provide efficacious procedures and adequate remedies for
the reversion to the State of all lands of the public domain and real rights
connected therewith which were acquired in violation of the Constitution or
the public land laws, or through corrupt practices. No transfer or disposition
of such lands or real rights shall be allowed until after the lapse of one year
from the ratification of this Constitution.
SEC. 22.
At the earliest possible time, the Government shall expropriate idle or
abandoned lands as may be defined by law, for distribution to the
beneficiaries of the agrarian reform program.
SEC. 23.
Advertising entities affected by paragraph (2), Section 11 of Article XVI of this
Constitution shall have five years from its ratification to comply on a
graduated or proportionate basis with the minimum Filipino ownership
requirement therein.
SEC. 24.
Private armies and other armed groups not recognized by duly constituted
authority shall be dismantled. All paramilitary forces including Civilian Home
Defense Forces not consistent with the citizen armed force established in this
Constitution, shall be dissolved or, where appropriate, converted into the
regular force.
SEC. 25.
After the expiration in 1991 of the Agreement between the Republic of the
Philippines and the United States of America concerning Military Bases,
foreign military bases, troops, or facilities shall not be allowed in the
Philippines except under a treaty duly concurred in by the Senate and, when
the Congress so requires, ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the people
in a national referendum held for that purpose, and recognized as a treaty by
the other contracting State.

SEC. 26.
The authority to issue sequestration or freeze orders under Proclamation No.
3 dated March 25, 1986 in relation to the recovery of ill-gotten wealth shall
remain operative for not more than eighteen months after the ratification of
this Constitution. However, in the national interest, as certified by the
President, the Congress may extend said period.
A sequestration or freeze order shall be issued only upon showing of a prima
facie case. The order and the list of the sequestered or frozen properties shall
forthwith be registered with the proper court. For orders issued before the
ratification of this Constitution, the corresponding judicial action or
proceeding shall be filed within six months from its ratification. For those
issued after such ratification, the judicial action or proceeding shall be
commenced within six months from the issuance thereof.
The sequestration or freeze order is deemed automatically lifted if no judicial
action or proceeding is commenced as herein provided.
SEC. 27.
This Constitution shall take effect immediately upon its ratification by a
majority of the votes cast in a plebiscite held for the purpose and shall
supersede all previous Constitutions.
Ratified: February 2, 1987

Salvadora - Spanish steamer


Universidad Central de Madrid He studied Medicine
and Philosophy & Letters
Academy of San Carlos He studied painting and
sculpture
Hall of Arms of Sanz y Carbonell He practiced
fencing and shooting
Consuelo Ortega y Rey (C.O. y R.) Rizals lover in
Madrid
2 reasons he did not allow the romance to go on:
1. He was still engaged to Leonor Rivera
2. Eduardo de Lete was in love with her
Juan Luna and Felix R. Hidalgo won the prize at the
National Exposition of Fine Arts in Madrid in 1884
Juan Luna painted Spolarium while Hidalgo painted
Christian Virgins Exposed to the Populace
Rizal in Paris

Dr.

Louis

de

Weckert

the

leading

French

ophthalmologist where he worked as assistant


Juan Lunas other paintings where he poses as a
model The Death of Cleopatra as Egyptian priest,
The Blood Compact as Sikatuna
To the Flowers of Heidelberg poem he wrote
because of the flowers forget-me-not
Ferdinand Blumentritt Rizals German friend
Arithmetica
(Arithmetic)
by
Rufino
Baltazar
Hernandez the book he sent to Blumentritt
Noli Me Tangere
Uncle Toms Cabin by Harriet Stowe & The Wandering
Jew by Eugene Sue Two books where Rizal got the
idea of writing the Noli Me Tangere
Maximo Viola the one who lends money to Rizal for
the printing of Noli
March 29, 1887 the date where Noli was published
The title Noli Me Tangere means Touch me not!
from the gospel of St. John
To the Philippines Rizals dedication of Noli
Characters
Crisostomo Ibarra a young and rich Filipino who had
just returned after seven years of study in Europe,
only son of Don Rafael Ibarra, escaped through the
boat, attacks Padre Damaso during dinner that result
in being excommunicated and his engagement to
Maria Clara was broken
Don Rafael Ibarra accused of killing the illiterate
Spanish tax collector and died in prison, buried in
consecrated ground but removed and thrown to the
river

Maria Clara Fiance of Crisostomo Ibarra, supposed


daughter of Kapitan Tiago and Pia Alba, became nun
in Santa Clara Nunnery after knowing that Ibarra was
dead and Padre Damaso was his true father through
the letters of her mother which Padre Salvi gave her
Kapitan Tiago father of Maria Clara, became an
opium addict and a human wreck
Padre Damaso Franciscan friar, true father of Maria
Clara, had been the parish priest of San Diego, he got
a bony neck and hard wing of the chicken tinola, who
ordered to remove the body of Don Rafael to the
cemetery, who ordered the yellowish man to kill
Crisostomo during the ceremony of the laying of the
schoolhouse, was transferred to a remote province
but the next morning he was found dead
Padre Sibyla Dominican parish priest of Binondo
Senyor Guevara an elderly and kind lieutenant of
the Guardia Civil
Don Tiburcio de Espadaa a bogus/quack/fake
Spanish doctor
Donya Victorina de los Reyes de De Espadaa (Donya
Victorina de Espadaa) vain, frustrated native
woman,

wife

of

Don

Tiburcio,

enemy

of

Donya

Consolacion
Padre Salvi Franciscan parish priest of San Diego
Pilosopo Tasyo came from a rich family who wants
to study but her mother wants him to become a
priest, but he refuses so he married a woman and
when the women died, he just read books and forget
their family business
Sisa formerly a rich girl, but became poor because
she married a gambler, she became crazy because
she lost her two sons

Crispin the younger son of Sisa, accused by the


brutal sacristan mayor of stealing the money of the
priest, he was tortured and died
Basilio the elder brother of Crispin, escaped from
the brutal sacristan mayor
Tiya Isabel Kapitan Tiagos cousin who take care of
Maria Clara after Pia Alba died
Elias Ibarra save Elias life and they became friends,
a wanted because of : 1. Assaulting Padre Damaso, 2.
Throwing the alferez into a mudhole, found Basilio in
the forest weeping over the body of Sisa and died, his
body and of Sisa were burned
Elias story: his grandfather (fathers side) was a
bookkeeper was accused of burning the warehouse
and flogged in public and was left in the street,
crippled and almost dead. His wife was pregnant,
begged for alms and became prostitute in order to
support her family. After her husband died, they fled
to

the

mountains.

Years

later,

Balat

(first

son)

became a tulisan and got caught and executed. The


second son (father of Elias) became labored in
Tayabas and fell in love with the masters daughter.
The master sent him to the jail and decided to raise
Elias and his sister. Until one day, they found out the
truth that their father was in jail and they became
ashamed and decided to leave Tayabas. His sister
commits suicide and the body found on the beach in
San Diego while Elias lived wandering from province
to province.
Alferez- the lieutenant of Guardia Civil, the husband
of Donya Consolacion
Donya Consolacion - the vulgar mistress of alferez

Nor Juan architect of the schoolhouse


Don Alfonso Linares de Espadaa cousin of Don
Tiburcio de Espadaa and godson of Padre Damasos
brother-in-law, a penniless and jobless who came to
the Philippines in search of a Filipino heiress and
fortune, failed to win Maria Claras affection and died
of dysentery and was buried in Paco cemetery
Rizal in Japan
Arrived in Yokohama
Juan Perez Caballero secretary of the Spanish
legation (Spanish Embassy) who invited him to live at
the Spanish Legation
Impressions of Japan 1. Beauty of the country, 2.
Cleanliness,

politeness

and

industry

of

Japanese

people, 3. Picturesque dress and simple charm of the


Japanese women, 4. There were very few thieves in
Japan, 5. Beggars were rarely seen in in the city
streets
Rickshaw human-pulled carts
O-Sei-San (Seiko Usui) Rizal met her in a big store in
Yokohama and had a relationship
Rizal in London
He annotated the Morgas Sucessos de las Islas
Filipinas
Gertrude Beckett Rizals lover in London
Rizals Four Sculptures 1. Prometheus Bound, 2. The
Triumph of Death over Life, 3. The Triumph of Science
over Death, 4. Heads of the Three Beckett Sisters

Rizal in Paris

Three clubs he founded: 1. Kidlat Club, 2. Indios


Bravos, 3. Asociacion Hispano-Filipina
Henry C. Kipping the English man that Leonor Rivera
will marry
Nelly Boustead Rizal proposed to her, but Rizal
refused to marry her because of her conditions: 1. He
becomes a Protestant like her, 2. Her mother opposes
the match because Rizal was not rich enough to
support a family in style
Rizal in Madrid
Rizal almost had a duel with: 1. Antonio Luna because
of Nelly Boustead, 2. Wenceslao Retana because
Retana used to attack the Filipinos
Marcelo H. Del Pilar Rizals enemy in the leadership
of Asociacion Hispano-Filipina and the Filipinos were
divided into two camps: Rizalistas and Pilaristas
El Filibusterismo
El Filibusterismo means the rebel or the rebellion
GOMBURZA the book was dedicated to Father
Mariano

Gomez,

Father

Jose

Burgos

and

Father

Jacinto Zamora
Valentin Ventura the one who helped Rizal to print
the El Fili
Characters
Simoun He was Crisostomo Ibarra of Noli who
escaped from the soldiers with the help of Elias. He
dug up his treasures and fled to Cuba and became
rich. He return to the Philippines as Jeweler and
adviser of the governor-general. He return because of
two reasons: 1. To rescue Maria Clara form the

nunnery of the Santa Clara, 2. To foment a revolution


against the hated Spanish masters. He was called
Brown Cardinal or Black Eminence
Paulita Gomez beautiful niece of Donya Victorina de
Espadaa, she will marry Juanito Pelaez
Isagani a poet nephew of Padre Florentino and lover
of Paulita but he was rejected, warned by Basilio
about

the

secret

of

the

lamp

that

contains

Nitroglycerine, after knowing it, he rushes to the


house where the weeding feast was held and seizes
the lighted lamp and hurls it into the river, where it
explodes.
Basilio son of Sisa, joined the revolutionary cause of
Simoun and knows that the lamp will be given to the
newly wed couple, in loved with Juli
Ben Zayb a Spanish journalist who writes silly
articles against the Filipinos
Padre Sibyla Vice-rector of the University of Santo
Tomas
Padre Camorra the parish priest of Tiani
Don Custodio a pro-Spanish Filipino holding a high
position in the government
Padre Salvi a Franciscan friar and former cura of
San Diego
Padre Irene a kind friar who was a friend of the
Filipino students
Padre Florentino a retired scholarly and patriotic
Filipino priest
Quiroga a rich Chinese merchant who wants to be
Chinese

consul

of

Manila

and

helps

Simoun

to

smuggle firearms
Maria Clara died in the nunnery because of sickness

Juli Daughter of Cabesang Tales who chooses to


jump out of the highest window of the church than
being dishonored by Padre Camorra
Cabesang Tales who dispossessed of his land in
Tiani by the friars and became a bandit chieftain
named Matanglawin
Tandang Selo father

of

Cabesang

Tales

and

grandfather of Juli who became mute


Makaraig a rich student and leader of the Filipino
students in their movement to have an academy
where they could learn Spanish and refused by Seor
Pasta
Seor Pasta the old Filipino lawyer who refuses to
help the Filipino students in their petition to the
government for educational reforms
Padre Millon who teaches Physician
University

of

Santo

Tomas

without

at

the

scientific

experiments, professor of Placido Penitente


Placido Penitente becomes discontented with the
poor method of instruction in the university
Exile in Dapitan
La Liga Filipina Rizals founded organization in the
home of Doroteo Ongjunco with Ambrosio Salvador as
president, Agustin de la Rosa as fiscal, Bonifacio
Arevalo

as

treasurer

and

Deodato

Arellano

as

secretary
Aims of La Liga Filipina 1. To unite the whole
archipelago into one compact and homogenous body,
2. Mutual protection in every want and necessity, 3.
Defense

against

all

violence

and

injustice,

4.

Encouragement

of

instruction,

agriculture

and

commerce, 5. Study and application of reforms


Governor-general Despujol who summoned Rizal to
Malacaan, who ordered to deport Rizal to Dapitan,
Zamboanga del Norte
Captain Ricardo Carnicero the warden in Dapitan
who became his friend
Captain Juan Sitges the one who replaced Captain
Carnicero as warden in Dapitan
Father Pablo Pastells
Draco rizali (a flying dragon), Apogonia rizali (a small
beetle) and Rhacophorus rizali (a rare frog) three
discoveries of Rizal that named after him
Syria Rizals dog in Dapitan
Four sculptural works of Rizal in Dapitan 1. The
Mothers Revenge, 2. Bust of Father Guerrico, 3. The
Dapitan Girl, 4. Bust of St. Paul
Josephine Bracken the girl who Rizal loved in
Dapitan, they had a baby that lived for three hours
and was named Francisco
Mr. Taufer Step Father of Josephine Bracken who is
blind
Dr. Pio Valenzuela the emissary to Dapitan to inform
Rizal about the uprising of revolution, he arrived at
Dapitan with Raymundo Mata, a blind man
Governor-general Ramon Blanco governor-general
Despujols successor who Rizal wrote a letter saying
that he offering his service as military doctor in Cuba
Trial of Rizal
Fort Santiago where he was imprisoned in the
Philippines after arresting him in the Singapore and
jailed him in Barcelona

Lt. Luis Taviel de Andrade Rizals chosen defender,


brother

of

Lt.

Jose

Taviel

de

Andrade,

Rizals

bodyguard in Calamba
Rizal was accused of three crimes: 1. Rebellion, 2.
Sedition, 3. Illegal Association
Governor Camilo C. de Polavieja the one who signed
Rzals execution of Rizal in Bagumbayan on December
30, 1896
Mi Ultimo Adios Rizals poem of farewell written in
his cell in Fort Santiagos

1. Only 35% of the total number of students


_____able to pass.
GENED SET A1.
Which statement is TRUE of the pre- Spanish Filipino
government?
a. The datu exercised all the powers of government.
b. Laws were formulated by a law making body elected by
the datu.
c. Laws were formulated by a law making body elected by
the community.
d. There was a court created by the datu to hear
complaints.
2. What characteristic/s of the government is established
by the 1987 Constitution?

I.

Presidential

system

of

government

with

three

branches.
II. Parliamentary system of government.
III. The three branches of government are separate and
independent of one another.
IV. The three branches of government have a check and
balance over one another.
a. I only
b. II only
c. II, III, and IV
d. I, III, and IV
3. If our present government is a democracy, where does
power reside?
a. In the Filipino people
b. In Congress
c. In the President
d. In the Supreme Court
4. In President Quezons time, the country had the
Philippine
Philippine

Commonwealth.

What

Commonwealth?

is

The

TRUE

about

Filipino

the

people

_____________________.
a. Were fully independent.
b. Were partially independent.
c. Were granted total freedom to course their destiny
only in matters of education.
d. Were citizens of the United States.
5. In the decade of the 70s, one clamor of the activists
who staged street demonstration on the streets was

Down

with

the

oligarchs!

What

did

they

accuse

government of as suggested by the underlined word?


a. A rule of the few rich
b. A form of dictatorship
c. Anti-poor
d. Elitist
6. With the Batasang Pambansa performing legislative
and executive powers in the Marcos regime, which form
of government was implemented?
a. Parliamentary
b. Dictatorial
c. Monarchial
d. Presidential
7. What form of government is characterized by the
separation of powers?
a. Parliamentary
b. Presidential
c. Aristocracy
d. Monarchical
8. To which type of political system do we belong?
a. Colonialism
b. Totalitarianism
c. Democracy
d. Capitalism
9. In which form of government does power or authority
reside in a few persons who govern for their own
interest?

a. Oligarchy
b. Monarchy
c. Democracy
d. Parliamentary
10. Which of the following represents the smallest
subunit of government in the Philippines?
a. Purok
b. Barangay
c. Sitio
d. Zone
11. The Philippine government is divided into three
branches: executive,

legislative

and

judiciary.

Which

among the following doctrines best describes the model


of governance in the Philippines?
a. Tricameralism
b. Separation of powers
c. Emancipation of state
d. Division of labor
12. The Philippine legislature is divided into two major
bodies, the Senate and the House of Representatives.
Which among the following describes this division of the
legislative body of the country?
a. Bipartisanism
b. Co- legislative power
c. Unicameralism
d. Bicameralism

13. Which type of governance is characterized by a union


of partially self- governing states or regions united by a
central government?
a. Federalism
b. Socialism
c. Democracy
d. Totalitarianism
14. In England, Queen Elizabeth acts as a head of state.
This country also has a parliament and a Prime Minister.
Which

among

the

following

describes

the

form

of

government?
a. Totalitarianism
b. Constitutional monarchy
c. Oligarchy
d. Aristocracy
15. What right is violated when one opens a letter
without permission from the addressee?
a.

Right

to

privacy

of

communication

and

correspondence.
b. Right to read a letter.
c. Right to open the envelope without permission.
d. Right to private affairs.
16. When an individual is imprisoned without proper
investigation, what right is violated?
a. Right to due process of law
b. Right to secure persons
c. Right to process paper
d. Right to protection

17. What law was passed by the Philippine Congress in


1995 which affirms the total integration of persons with
disabilities into the mainstream of society?
a. Republic Act No. 7277
b. Republic Act No. 7784
c. Republic Act No. 7722
d. Republic Act No. 7776
18. An individual has the right to file writ of amparo
before the investigation of an administrative case filed
against him/ her. What fundamental right is invoked by
the individual?
a. Right to life, liberty and security
b. Right to due process
c. Right to be defended by a public attorney
d. Right to self- defense
19. What is the writ of habeas corpus?
a. Right to information privacy
b. Right to accumulate data
c. Right to transmit data
d. Right to search for private information
20. Which principle states that no man in his country is
above the law and that laws must be obeyed by all and
applied to everyone rich or poor, lowly or powerful,
without fear or favor?
a. Rule of law
b. Rule of the majority
c. Separation of church and state

d. Social justice
21.In connection with government transactions involving
public interest which policy is adopted in the Constitution
to assure public of accountability and transparency?
a. Full public disclosure
b. Balanced and healthful ecology
c.

Private

enterprise

and

incentives

to

needed

investments
d. Rural development and agrarian reform
22. Filipino citizens have the power to participate in the
establishment or administration of government such as
right to vote and be voted upon as an exercise of
____________________.
a. Political rights
b. Civil rights
c. Social rights
d. Economic rights
23. Which right is violated by wiretapping?
a. Freedom of conversation
b. The right to private property
c. The right to privacy of communication
d. Right to information on matters of public concern
24.In Philippine history, who was known as The Great
Dissenter?
a. Camilo Osias
b. Manuel Roxas
c. Claro M. Recto

d. Eulogio Rodriguez
25.Who

first

introduced

the

Islamic

religion

to

the

Philippines?
a. Rajah Baguinda
b. Idi Amin
c. Mukdum
d. Abu Bakr
26. The Japanese successful invasion was climaxed by the
surrender of the joint Filipino American forces on May 6,
1942. Where did this happen?
a. Bataan
b. Corregidor
c. Capas
d. Manila
27. Who is the President who is known for his Filipino
First Policy and Austerity Program?
a. Diosdado Macapagal
b. Carlos P. Garcia
c. Manuel Roxas
d. Ramon Magsaysay
28. With whom is the Strong Republic associated?
a. Fidel V. Ramos
b. Joseph Estrada
c. Gloria Macapagal- Arroyo
d. Corazon Aquino

29. When one company controls the supply of sugar,


which term applies?
a. Monopoly
b. Inflation
c. Economic stability
d. Equilibrium
30. Tomatoes as off season and so price for tomatoes are
up. Which law/principle in Economics explains it?
a. Substitution effect
b. Law of cause and effect
c. Principle of marginal utility
d. Law of supply and demand
31. Which explains GNP?
a. The total value in pesos of goods and services
produced during the year.
b. The total value in pesos of goods produced during the
year.
c. The total value in pesos of services produced during
the year.
d. The total value in pesos of goods and services
produced for 2 quarters.
32. Which term refers to social aspects of sex or to
socially

defined

roles

associated with sex?


a. Social differentiation
b. Social class
c. Gender
d. Cultural context

and

expectations

that

are

33. Which does one portray when he thinks that what is


foreign is best and that what is local is inferior?
a. Xenocentrism
b. Relativism
c. Ethnocentrism
d. Favoritism
34. The statement that success often comes to those with
humble beginnings would apply best to which of the
following figures?
a. Ramon Magsaysay
b. Gloria M. Arroyo
c. Corazon C. Aquino
d. Joseph E. Estrada
35.

Which

of

the

following

represent

ethnocentric

behavior?
a. A tourist who lectures his foreign hosts on the
"uncivilized" nature of their marriage customs
b. A student who tutors an immigrant in English
c. A Hispanic community group demands that public aid
forms be published in English and Spanish
d. A Peace Corps volunteer who helps digs wells in
Central Africa
36. With the promotion of social justice in mind, which
does NOT belong to the group?
a. Equitable access to education
b. Profit sharing
c. Diffusion of wealth

d. Absolute right over property


37.

Which

part

of

the

Visayas

receives

the

least

precipitation?
a. Northern
b. Eastern
c. Western
d. Central
38.When the Filipino reformists asked for the assimilation
of the Philippines by Spain, what did they ask for? For the
Philippines to ________.
a. become independent from Spain
b. become a province of Spain
c. be independent from Spain with certain conditions
d. be represented in the Spanish Cortes
39. How is the so-called colonial mentality manifested?
a. Cultural relativism
b. Cultural diversity
c. Xenocentrism
d. Ethnocentrism
40. The maximum price that can be legally changed for a
good or service is called _____.
a. minimum wage
b. price floor
c. legal wage
d. price ceiling

41.The

following

are

legitimate

children,

EXCEPT

___________.
a. Those born by artificial insemination.
b. Those legitimated.
c. Those born during a valid marriage of parents.
d. Those born out of a valid marriage of the parents.
42. Which location should have most nearly twelve hours
of

daylight

and

twelve

hours

of

darkness

during

December? A town that is located __________.


a. Halfway between the Equator and the South Pole.
b. Close to the Equator.
c. Close to the North Pole.
d. Close to the South Pole.
43. Society denotes ______________________.
a. the totality of social organization and its complex of
social relationships
b. a group of people who share a common culture
c. a geographical aggregate who live a common life and
interact with one another
d. all of the above
44. Sociologists define culture as:
a. a state of refinement
b. the plastic and graphics arts
c. activities such as TV sitcoms, soap operas or rock
music
d. the totality of meanings, values, customs, norms, ideas
and symbols relative to a society

45. The obligation to repay a person for whom one has


received a favor with undefined quantification is ___.
a. Pakikisama
b. utang na loob
c. kusang loob
d. magandang loob
46. The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism and
favoritism in the Philippines if often attributed to the
value of:
a. Personalism
b. hospitality
c. Impersonalism
d. utang na loob
47. The type of residence which permits the newly
married couple to reside independently of the parents of
the bride and the groom is
a. patrilocal
b. neolocal residence
c. matrilocal
d. bilocal
48. The movement of a person or group of persons to
another place more or less for permanent residence is
a. migration
b. population growth
c. population change
d. ecological movement

49.____ is the material wealth given to the bride and her


family before marriage.
a. bride wealth
b. fetish
c. fosterage all of these
d. dowry
50. The division of society into layers in termed as
a. stratification
b. life chance matrix
c. status inconsistency
d. status defects
51. The most preferred form of marriage in human
societies is
a. monogamy
b. polyandry
c. polygamy
d. bigamy
52. What is writ of habeas data?
a. Right to information privacy
b. Right to accumulate data
c. Right to transmit data
d. Right to search for private information
53. When a teacher is charged with an administrative
case committed in the lawful discharge of professional
duties, what right may the teacher invoke for her
defense?

a. Right to receive compensation for the duration of the


case.
b. Right to be given the due process of law.
c. Right to be defended by the organization of teachers to
which he/ she is a member.
d. Right to be provided with free legal service by the
appropriate office.
54. Can you be arrested without a warrant of arrest?
a. No, if you are a minor.
b. No, if you are more than 60 years old.
c. Yes, if you were reported to have committed a crime.
d. Yes, if you are in the act of committing a crime.
55. Can a person be imprisoned for debt?
a. No, if he cant pay the interest of his debt.
b. Yes, if he has no property with which to pay his debt.
c. No.
d. Yes, if he stubbornly refuses to pay.
56. What does presumption of innocence mean in so far
as human rights are concerned?
a. A suspect is considered guilty until proven otherwise.
b. A suspect has the right to remain silent.
c. A suspect has the right to a legal counsel.
d. A suspect remains innocent until proven guilty.
57. No person may be elected as President of the
Philippines unless he/ she is a ____________.
a. Natural born citizen
b. Resident of the Philippines for at least 2 years

c. At least 21 years old


d. Professional
58. A bill becomes a law even if not signed by the
President after ___ days.
a. 60
b. 40
c. 20
d. 30
59. Who has the power to declare the existence of a state
of war?
a. Chief justice
b. President
c. Senate President
d. Congress
60. How is the crime of rape classified?
a. Heinous
b. Homicide
c. Slander
d. Malicious Mischief
61. All Filipino citizens have the right to vote and to be
voted upon as a government official.
What is this constitutional right called?
a. Passive right to vote
b. Political franchise
c. Suffrage
d. Electoral right

62. Which is TRUE of the historical development of the


Philippines?
a. It has never been an independent nation.
b. It has been an independent nation ever since.
c. It has evolved from a colony to a fully independent
nation.
d. It has not achieved full independence from the very
beginning.
63. Basically, the Philippine agrarian reform program is a
question of _______________.
a. Land distribution
b. Nepotism and corruption
c. Graft and corruption
d. Environmental degeneration
64. Which is TRUE of the Philippines?
a. It has been colonized by two European colonial powers.
b. It has never been united as a nation.
c. There have been attempts to change its government to
a parliamentary form.
d. It is the only Christian country in Asia.
65. Which is TRUE of former president Corazon Aquino?
I. The first female president of the Philippines.
II. The first female president in Asia.
III. Described as the icon of democracy.
a. I, II, and III
b. I and II
c. I and III

d. I only
66. Which of the following was first to happen?
a. Aguinaldo was captured.
b. Aguinaldo declared Philippine independence.
c. Guerilla warfare against the US was initiated.
d. The Philippines was ceded to the US by the Treaty of
Paris.
67. In 1565, Legaspi concluded a blood compact with the
chief of Bohol. Who is referred to?
a. Raja Sulayman
b. Sikatuna
c. Lakandula
d. Rajah Tupas
68. During the Spanish era, who was the revolutionary
leader who waged a long war against the government
because it did not allow proper burial for his brother?
a. Macario Sakay
b. Andres Bonifacio
c. Diego Silang
d. Francisco Dagohoy
69. What was the first book published in the Philippines?
a. Del Superior Govierno
b. Doctrina Christiana
c. Pasiong Mahal
d. Barlaame Josaphat

70. While in the capitalist system, to the strongest goes


the spoil, what happens in the cooperative system?
a. All benefits are shared to the members proportionate
to the shared capital.
b.

Goods

are

distributed

among

the

members

but

benefiting mostly the policymaking body.


c. Goods are distributed among the members.
d. Goods are distributed among the members but elected
and appointed officials get more to comprehensive their
service.
71. I rent out for Php 10, 000 per month my only building
and lot to the Jesus is Lord Group which uses it
exclusively for religious purposes. I am exempt from
payment of ________________.
a. Property tax
b. Professional tax
c. Income tax
d. Community tax
72. Which is an unlawful act of escaping from payment of
taxes?
a. Evasion
b. Avoidance
c. Exemption
d. Shifting
73. What does capital in economics refer to?
a. Investment and loss computed
b. Outcome of business transaction
c. Money/ machines invested to transact business

d. Profit and labor spent spent for business


74. Which term refers to duties payable on goods,
whether imported or exported?
a. Assessment
b. Tariff
c. Subsidiary
d. Revenue
75. The expression promdi connotes ______________________.
a. Ethnocentrism
b. Xenocentrism
c. Favoritism
d. Racial discrimination
76.

The

primary

purpose

of

taxation

is

to

_____________________.
a. Raise revenue for the support of the government.
b. Reduce inequalities in wealth and incomes.
c. Fortify the government against invaders.
d. Make the country a leading industrialized country in
the world.
77. How do you describe a typical social structure which
describes a pattern through which relationships at work
are ordered?
a. Technological
b. Communistic
c. Capitalistic
d. Bureaucratic

78. When parents decide to send their children to a


private school and pay their tuition fee instead of sending
them to public school, they dont get their share in their
benefit derived from the taxes they pay. This is a case of
____________________.
a. Social injustice
b. Double jeopardy
c. Double taxation
d. Social inequity
79 Society denotes
a. the totality of social organization and its complex of
social relationships
b. a group of people who share a common culture
c. a geographical aggregate who live a common life and
interact with one another
d. all of the above
80. The pattern of relationship between units of a
specified whole is:
a. social structure
b. social organization
c. society
d. all of these
81. Sociologists define culture as:
a. a state of refinement
b. the plastic and graphics arts
c. activities such as TV sitcoms, soap operas or rock
music

d. the totality of meanings, values, customs, norms, ideas


and symbols relative to a society
82 Which statement about culture does sociologist hold?
a. people living in urban areas are highly cultured
b. the Negritoes in Central Luzon are uncultured
c. all societies have culture
d. all of the above
83 The idea held by the Negritoes about nature spirits
helping them is an example of:
a. norms
b. belief
c. perception
d. sanction
84. The strongly held norms considered essential to the
welfare of the people and their cherished values are
called:
a. folkways
b. belief
c. mores
d. laws
85.

When norms are formalized a governing body, they

become a. folkways
b. belief
c. mores
d. laws

86.

The socially imposed rewards and punishments to

ensure the conformity of the members of society to its


norms are called a. laws
b. folkways
c. mores
d. sanctions
87. Which of the following is a part of our folkways?
a. the pamanhikan
b. superstitious
c. the ten commandments
d. all of these
88. The feeling of unpleasantness or disorientation when
one goes to an unfamiliar setting is:
a. culture strip
b. skeptical receptivity
c. culture shock
d. cultural imagination
89.

When

one

group

blends

and

takes

on

the

characteristics of another culture, there is ____.


a. Acculturation
b. Accommodation
c. adaption
d. assimilation
90. The sharing for the dignity of others and being with
them is:
a.Pakikisalamuha

b.Pakikiisa
c. pakikipagkapwa
d. pakikitungo
91. The obligation to repay a person for whom one has
received a favor with undefined quantification is ___.
a.Pakikisama
b. kusang loob
c. magandang loob
d. utang na loob
92. The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism and
favoritism in the Philippines if often attributed to the
value of:
a. Personalism
b. Impersonalism
c. utang na loob
d. hospitality
93.

The

raw

materials

from

which

personality

is

fashioned refers to:


a. genetic personalities
b. biological inheritance
c. geographical environment
d. socio-cultural environment
94.

The basic idea off personality held by the symbolic

interactionism is that personality is the result of the


interaction.
a. heredity and environment
b. individuals mediated by symbols or language

c. the individuals and his culture


d. all of these
95. The process by which a child learns to conform to the
norms of the group acquires a status, plays the
corresponding role and emerges with a social self is
a. education
b. enculturation
c. presentation of self
d. socialization
96. Which statement best characterizes the socialization
process?
a. the first five years of childs life is crucial in personality
formation
b. socialization is a continuous life-long process
c. culture makes its deep influence during early childhood
d. the church play a crucial role in the socialization
process
97.

According to Cooley, the ability of children to

visualize themselves through the eyes of others and


imagine how they appear to others is called
a. personality
b. looking glass self
c. presentation of self
d. superego
98. Responding to a number of individuals in the group
and integrating the various rules or set of norms of the
group takes place in what is called the period of the

a. looking glass self


b. reference groups
c. generalized others
d. development of the social self
99. Which of the following serves as the role model and
source of values and attitudes for the young?
a. school group
b. church group
c. peer group
d. mass media
100.

Statuses which are fixed at birth by biological

characteristics over which the individuals has little


control are
a. ascribed
b. assigned
c. achieved
d. attained
101. Becoming a doctor is an example of
a. ascribed
b. assigned
c. achieved
d. attained
102.

The basic element of social structure in Philippine

society is the
a. friendship group
b. family
c. school

d. rural community
103. The totality of social organization and the complex
network

of

interconnected,

interdependent

and

overlapping social relationships refers to


a. social groups
b. society
c. bureaucracy
d. state
104. In the Philippines, the adoption or borrowing of the
culture patterns and values of the Chinese by the
Filipinos and vice-versa is
a. accommodation
b. society
c. bureaucracy
d. reciprocity
105. The family where one is born, reared and socialized
is
a. family orientation
b. family of procreation
c. nuclear family
d. egalitarian family
106.

The type of residence which permits the newly

married couple to reside independently of the parents of


the bride and the groom is
a. patrilocal
b. matrilocal
d. neolocal residence

c. bilocal
107.

Among the Muslims, the most common type of

family is
a. nuclear
b. joint
c. neolocal
d. avunculocal family
108. The function of religion in all culture is
a. to provide guidance to behavior
b. perform welfare function
c. discover a road to spiritual serenity
d. perform recreation function
109. The hierarchical arrangement and establishment of
social categories that may evolve into social groups
together with statuses and their corresponding roles
refer to:
a. social ranking
b. social stratification
c. bureaucracy
d. segmentation
110.

The social standing of a person or group within a

social class or the whole stratification system is called


a. status
b. role
c. social exchange
d. social rank

111. When we say Cebuanos are thrifty and industrious,


and Bicolanos are friendly people, we are making use
a. stereotypes
b. ethnocentrism
c. Epithets
d. prejudice
112.

The improvement in the quality of life, ensuring

adequate level of nutrition and suitable characteristics of


economically and politically stable societies of the West is

a. modernization
b. development
c. globalization
d. progress
113. The movement of a person or group of persons to
another place more or less for permanent residence is
a. migration
b. population growth
c. population change
d. ecological movement
114.
belief,

The complex whole which includes knowledge,


art,

morals,

laws,

customs,

and

any

other

capabilities and habits acquired by men as a member of


society is
a. religion
b. ethnocentrism
c. idiosyncrasy
d. culture

115. The anthropologist who discovered the tabon cave


in Palawan was
a. Jaime Bulatao
b. Linda Jocano
c. Robert Fox
d. Frank Lynch
e. Francisco Rodrigo
116.

The kinship group consisting of parents and

children is the
a. nuclear
b. stem
c. extended
d. households
117.

____ is the material wealth given to the bride and

her family before marriage.


a. bride wealth
b. fosterage
c. dowry
d. fetish
118. Polygamy is practiced by the
a. Muslims of southern Philippines
b. Kalingas
c. Bontocs
d. Negritos

119.

___ describes the blurring and breakdown of

established rules, standards, categories, distinctions and


boundaries.
a. naturalization
b. postmodern
c. urbanization
d. westernization
120.

___ are considered as societys standards of

morality, propriety, ethics and legality.


a. folkways
b. values
c. norm
d. habits
121.

___ is the family in which a person is raised and

born.
a. family of procreation
b. family of orientation
c. extended family
d. joint family
e. family size
122.

___ was Frank Lynchs contribution to the study of

Filipino values. It connotes the facility of getting along


with others so as to avoid outward signs of conflicts, even
under difficult circumstances.
a. smooth interpersonal relationship
b. reciprocity
c. amor propio
d. utang na loob

123. ___ is a Filipino value and defined as benign taken


by ones fellowmen for what one is or believes he is and
treated in accordance with his status, not rejected or
improperly criticized.
a. social acceptance
b. pakikipagkapwa
c. amor propio
d. bayanihan
124. Countless popular songs tell us that for every person
there is one true love. This is an example of
a. real culture
b. ideal culture
c. subculture
d. patterned evasion
125. Which of the following is a value?
a. students should not throw spitballs during classes
b.

students

who

cheat

on

examinations

should

be

suspended
c. all young people have a right to an education
d. college professors should not data their students
e. all of the above
126. A rule about putting your napkins in your lap before
you start eating is an example of
a. mores
b. ethnocentrism
c. folkway
d. laws

127. By taking the role of the other, George Herbert Mead


meant
a. practicing the new role before actually taking on that
role
b. seeing an image of oneself reflected in other peoples
eyes
c. learning to play a game such as baseball by the rules
d. learning to see things from another persons point of
view.
e. all of these
128. One of the primary differences between peers and
parents as agents of socialization is that
a. peers engage in open conflict
b. peers relations are egalitarian
c. peers and parents have different confliction values
d. peer are more fun
129.

Freuds term for the part of the personality that

operates

on

the

pleasure

level,

seeking

immediate

gratification, is the
a. Id
b. Superego
c. ego
d. libido
e. drive
130. Which of the following theories saw socialization as
a confrontation between the individual and society?
a. Sigmund Freud

b. Erik Erikson
c. George Herbert Mead
d. Charles Horton Cooley
e. John Locke
131. Young children play at being mothers and fathers,
cops and robbers, Hollywood stars and sports heroes. All
of these are examples of role playing illustrate
a. the generalized other
b. learning to play the game
c. anticipatory socialization
d. id impulses
132. Which of the following is an example of an achieved
status?
a. Wife
b. brother
c. having blue eyes
d. being born male
133. A sick persons obligation to stay in bed and follow
doctors orders is an example of his or her
a. status
b. role
c. presentation of self
d. institution
134.

The so-called superwoman syndrome, which holds

that a woman ought to be able to keep and raise a family


while pursuing a full-time career is an example of
a. role strain

b. role conflict
c. institutionalized
d. identity confusion
135.

In order to achieve control, all societies depend

upon ___ which are rewards for conforming behavior and


punishment for deviant behavior
a. informal norms
b. values
c. sanctions
d. offenses
136. The division of society into layers in termed as
a. stratification
b. status inconsistency
c. status defects
d. life chance matrix
137.

The most preferred form of marriage in human

societies is
a. monogamy
b. polygamy
c. bigamy
d. polyandry
138. The function of family that has become increasingly
important in contemporary society is
a. the distribution of goods and services
b. socialization of children
c. regulation of sexual activity
d. emotional gratification

e. all of these
139. Who called religion as the opium of the people?
a. Max Weber
b. Karl Max
c. Emile Durkheim
d. Robert Bellah
140.

All

religion

shares

which

of

the

following

characteristics?
a. a quest for visions and mystical experiences
b. rituals that symbolizes beliefs
c. a belief in spirits
d. a belief in God
e. a belief in the Holy Spirit
141. The process by which population is concentrated in
cities is called
a. Secularization
b. rural migration
c. urbanization
d. all of these
142. An urban area containing a city and its surrounding
suburb and forming an economic and geographic unit is
called
a. metropolis
b. neopolis
c. iopolis
d. community

143.

Karl Max, one of the fathers of Communism says

that religion is
a. a game of life
b. the opium of the people
c. the bread of life
d. a form of harassment
e. none of these
144. The Christian values of compassion, mercy, humility,
sacrifices, gratitude and obedience as opposing rigor,
practice,

pride,

indulgence,

reciprocity,

and

independence, respectively have found the ways of faith,


hope and peace in the World. Give your view in terms of
the following:
a. impractical
b. suit to contemporary world
c. likely to generate more peace and harmony
d. do more harm than good
e. all of these
145. Beauty, health, and wealth necessary go together in
principle. On this premise, if a person possesses only one
or two of them, he/she loses a great deal of what is
essential in life
a. the premise is true but the conclusion is false
b. the premise and the conclusion are both true
c. the premise is false but the conclusion is true
d. the premise and the conclusion are both false
e. none of these

146.

In general, values maybe effectively taught by

means of inculcation and instilment. The others are


a. repetition, instinction, practice and imitation
b. compassion, expression and problem-solving
c. function, habituation, cultivation
d.

enrichment,

intensification,

improvement

and

modification
e. none of these
147. Values are refined in instructional materials such as
stories, plays and game or in ___
a. technology like film or radio
b. neighboring chats
c. festivities
d. rallies
148. The general term used to indicate multiple marriage
of any type is
a. polygamy
b. hybridization
c. serial monogamy
d. group marriage
149.

The system of relation among the members in a

society is
a. kinship
b. descent
c. festive kinship
d. lineage
150. ___ refers to sexual relation with close relatives.
a. taboo

b. incest
c. agriates
d. endogamy
151. ___ refers to that form of a family whereby married
brothers with their respective families decided to live
together less than one house.
a. deal career family
b. trifurcated family
c. stem family
d. joint family
152.

The

existence

of

university

belt,

cars,

raw,

restaurants, row or auto spare parts streets is an


example of
a. Centralization
b. Concentration
c. gradient
d. dominance
153. A change in technology and science of a society is
a. Innovation
b. culture changes
c. geographical changes
d. social change
154. The study of population its size, distribution and
change is
a. Sociology
b. human ecology
c. geography

d. demography
155. The movement of a person or group of persons to
another place more or less for permanent residence is
a. migration
b. immigration
c. population growth
d. population change
156.

The improvement in the quality of life, ensuring

adequate

level

surroundings

in

of
the

nutrition
social,

and

suitable

political,

and

physical
ecological

systems and helping the people realize their potentials


is
a. modernization
b. development
c. globalization
d. progress
157.

The form of behavior that violate the norms and

culture
a. flainters
b. deviant
c. defiant
d. non-socia
158. Which serves as the role model and source of values
and attitudes for the young
a. school group
b. church group
c. peer group
d. mass media

159.

The basic idea of personality held by symbolic

interactions is that personality is the result of the


interaction between
a. heredity and environment
b. individuals mediated by symbols or language
c. the individuals and his culture
d. all of these
160.

The

supreme

and

over-reaching

values

that

characterizes education is
a. human dignity
b. health and harmony with nature
c. human existence
d. peace and practice
161.

The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism

and favoritism in the Philippines is often attributed to the


values of
a. personalism
b. impersonalism
c. utang na loob
d. hospitality
162. When one group blends and takes in the character
of another culture there is
a. acculturation
b. accommodation
c. adoption
d. assimilation

163. When norms are formalized by governing body, they


become
a. folkways
b. mores
c. laws
d. sanctions
164. In the Philippines the adoption or borrowing of the
cultural patterns and values of the Chinese by the
Filipino and vice-versa is
a. accommodation
b. adoption
c. acculturate
d. reprocity
165. In terms of authority, the Filipino family and more
a. patriarchal
b. matriarchal
c. equilateral
d. bilateral
166.

To the middle class, the main indicator of social

status is
a. land holding
b. lifestyle
c. authority
d. education
e. all of these
167. A change in the technology and science of a society
is

a. Innovation
b. cultural change
c. geographical change
d. social change
e. technological change

168 Even among identical twins, brothers and sisters,


teachers should not compare abilities because
a. every individual is unique
b. comparisons can arouse the feeling of hostility and
anger
c. comparisons can lead to unnecessary pressures
d. all of these
169. There are different factors that affect intelligence,
which of these refers to the pathological conditions?
a. heredity
b. race
c. brain
d. emotion
170. The lowest IQ indicated in the intelligence scale is
a. moron
b. imbecile
c. idiot
d. feeble-minded
171.

The individuals basic outlooks, values and ideals

are to a great shape except during


a. neonate

b. childhood
c. adolescence
d. adulthood
172.

The cycle of human development includes the

following stages mentioned below. Which of these stages


should come first?
a. adulthood
b. Infanthood
c. childhood
d. adolescence
173. One inherits certain traits from ones parents but he
is not the real replica of his parents. This explains the
principle of heredity which is the principle of
a. variation
b. uniformity
c. reproduction
d. filial regression
174.

The teacher can help develop self-concept among

her pupils by
a. letting the child know how bad, stupid and a failure he
was
b. keeping quiet about the childs limitation
c. expressing confidence on the childs capability
d. punishing
175.

Which of the following will not directly satisfy

biological drives?
a. water

b. oxygen
c. economic security
d. sleep
176.

What term is used to refer to internal stimulus

condition of the organism, which impels it to activity?


a. motives
b. school phobia
c. motivation
d. incentive
177. A child who is overprotected or rejected may suffer

a. obsession
b. school phobia
c. neutralism
d. hypochondriac
178. There are many factors to consider in determining
the childs readiness for learning. Which of these is the
most basic?
a. maturation
b. experience
c. methods and materials instruction
d. emotional; attitudes and personal adjustment
179. The internationalization of ethical values refers to
a. personality
b. character
c. dynamics
d. organization

180. Learning is due to maturation and training. Which of


the laws is highly related to it?
a. Law of use
b. Law of annoyance
c. Law of effect
d. Law of readiness
181. What tests are designed to measure capabilities?
a. achievement tests
b. aptitude tests
c. objective tests
d. standardized tests
182. During the sensorimotor period, the child develops a
functional understanding of many things. Which of
these does not belong to these?
a. imitation to play
b. causality objects
c. space and time
d. concentration
183. When teaching Math, the teacher provides situations
where the pupils discovered the meaning of
square. We may then the pupils form
a. process concept
b. structural concept
c. quality concept
d. cluster concept

184. Which of these listed needs does not belong to the


socio-genic type?
a. thirst
b. status
c. security
d. independence
185. The most scientific school of psychology is
a. Behaviorism
b. Gestaltism
c. Structuralism
d. Functionalism
186. A child who can execute difficult dance steps, throw
and catch a ball skillful play several games is said to have

a. mechanical intelligence
b. abstract intelligence
c. motor intelligence
d. social intelligence
187.

A child who is cordial, friendly and helpful with

whom people like, has a high capacity for


a. mechanical intelligence
b. abstract intelligence
c. motor intelligence
d. social intelligence
188. Which of the four emotional behavior patterns will
be the reaction in pleasant situation?
a. destruction

b. approach
c. retreat
d. stopping of response
189.

When a younger reverts to weeping, pouting or

childish play as a means of overcoming frustrations, this


mechanism is called
a. repression
b. regression
c. nomadism
d. fantasy
190. Cognitive domain refers to
a. skills
b. attitudes
c. values
d. knowledge with understanding
191. There are different ways of identifying talented and
gifted children. Which of these will contribute least to
such identification?
a. standardized intelligence tests
b. standardized achievement tests
c. teachers observations
d. parents opinions
192.

The behavior of the child is to large extent

dependent upon his


a. biological inheritance
c. peers
b. environment
d. parents

193. The teacher should help the isolate by


a. total immersion
b. shifting him in different groups
c. using gradual induction
d. giving him different work
194. Which of these provide the best reinforcement?
a. use of marks
b. scholarships
c. awarding a model
d. natural interest in the world
195. There are several causes of maladjustment. Which
one is not a sure cause?
a. Poverty
b. Rejection
c. broken home
d. intelligence
196. The period of concrete operations covers ages
a. 1 2 years
b. 2 7 years
c. 7 11 years
d. 11 14 years
197.

According to Erickson, identity crisis or identify

vs. role confusion occurs during the ages of


a. 3 to 6 years
b. 6 to 12 years
c. 12 to 18 years

d. 18 to 21 years
198 Learning is a matter of habit formation of getting
used to it according to the theory of Pavlov known as
a. Gestaltism
b. Functionalism
c. Stimulus response-connectionism
d. Conditioning
199. The best single criterion on the degree of maturity
of a child is his
a. size
b. age
c. bone classification
d. skeletal growth
200. Growth is most rapid proportionally
a. in the pre-natal months
b. from birth to six
c. from six to twelve
d. in adolescence
201. Growth takes place
a. gradually for the whole organism
b. with differential rates for different parts of the body
c. suddenly by spurts of the whole
d. in serial order of development
202. The different stages of the child growth should be
understood because

a. of the relation of between his physical and mental


status
b. of the wide range of ability
c. his emotional; and social factors affect growth
d. education should ft the growth
203. Adolescence includes the years from
a. six to nine
b. nine to twelve
c. thirteen to twenty-one
d. twenty-one to twenty-six
204. By social intelligence, we mean
a. ability to get along with people
b. absence of shyness
c. membership in several organizations
d. absence of inferiority complex
205. Children form gang mainly because of
a. parental laxity
b. rebellion against authority
c. desire for adventure
d. the urge to be independent
206. Delinquency reaches its peak
a. before the teenage
b. in the early and middle teens
c. in the twenties
d. in the thirties
207. The gang generally disintegrates because of

a. hostility between members


b. members becomes different in size
c. the school prohibits it
d. other interests, particularly in the other sex
208.

The best way to help adolescents become socially

mature is to
a. urge them to confide in their parents
b. help them feel free to do as the crowd does
c. give wholesome and adequate social experiences
d. overcome inferiority feelings and pattern
209. Emotions are significant because they
a. always stimulate thinking
b. preserves our lives
c. are the products of the body
d. are the major fasteners in personality
210. The school causes emotional maladjustments most
often by
a. hard problems and lessons
b. failure in the work
c. opposition from friends
d. lack of guidance
211. The endocrine glands
a. are glands of internal secretions
b. are known as the glands with ducts
c. are glands that produces sweat and perspirations
d. directly control our behavior

212. The native stimulus for fear is


a. the dark
b. the snakes
c. a sudden or starting stimulus
d. being restrained or held
213. Emotions can best be trained by
a. assuming an indifference to disturbing things
b. inhibiting or repressing all emotions
c. avoiding all emotional stimuli
d. attaching satisfaction to desirable emotional pattern
214. Maladjustment can often be prevented by
a. giving the child more attention
b. speaking of the bad impression his conduct makes
c. seeing the child is successful in what he undertakes
d. letting the child strictly alone
215.

Overprotected children will probably develop into

adults who
a. are independent and self-reliant
b. are emotionally mature
c. will protect other children
d. continue to learn on their parent
216. The most serious maladjusted child is one who
a. talk back to his teachers
b. is loud and disorderly
c. is unsocial and withdrawn from others
d. destroys school materials

217.

Making

the

child

ashamed

of

some

habitual

behaviors is most likely to have effect of


a.

eliminating

desirable

habit

without

harmful

consequences
b. adding a deep sense of guilt to the misbehavior
c. causing open rebellion
d. a temporary improvement in conduct and attitude
218. The correction of maladjustment in an individual
child is
a. a very complicated and difficult matter
b. an impossible task
c. a rather easy thing
d. a task only for psychiatrists
219. Memorization is made more effective by
a. Repetition
b. Visualization
c. Meaningfulness and understanding
d. Intensity
220.

Studies of the effect of summer vacation upon

retention indicate that


a. much is forgotten
b. small amount is forgotten
c. nothing is forgotten
d. retention is increased
221. The intention to remember is
a. assume mastery
b. adds meaning to the material

c. does not retard forgetting


d. increased interest and mind-set
222. Over-learning the material
a. increases retention
b. decrease interests
c. makes memory work monotonous
d. increases forgetting
223. A good memory has much value because it
a. gives one a chance to show individuality
b. shows that one is above average in intelligence
c. increased ones social efficiency
d. indicates clear thinking
224. The most widely accepted concept of intelligence is
a. capacity to learn
b. ability to control emotion
c. ability to sustain oneself economically
d. ability to make social contacts
225. A feeble-minded person has an IQ of
a. 80
b. below 70
c. 90
d. 75
226. A gifted person has an IQ of
a. 100
b. 120
c. 110
d. above 130

227.

The percentage of individuals classified as having

an average of normal intelligence is


a. 50
b. 70
c. 60
d. 80
228. Children who are very bright tend to be
a. physically small and sickly
b. nervous and emotionally unstable
c. shy, timid and unsocial
d. favorable endowed in more respect
229.

People knowledge, beliefs, arts, morals, customs

and other capabilities and habits are known as


a. education
b. culture
c. socialization
d. anthropology
230.

Pre-marital sex is commonly practiced in Western

Countries, but considered bad in the Philippines; what is


good for them is bad for us. This means that culture is
a. adaptive
b. dynamic
c. shared
d. relative
231.

An American felt sick after being forced to eat

balut by Filipinos; such experience is known as

a. culture trait
b. culture shock
c. culture diversity
d. culture amalgamation
232.

The expression Filipinos operate or live on two

levels of culture, means that Filipinos


a. are influenced by both parental sides- father-mother
b.

versatile

people

who

can

live

whether

in

the

Philippines or U.S.A.
c. influenced by both Western and Asian culture
d. either good or bad
233.

Whether we like or not, it is impossible to find a

true or pure Filipino music, dance or belief, because,


culture is
a. diverge
b. dynamic-cumulative
c. relative
d. learned
234. In what sense does culture distinguished man from
animals?
a. man develops culture, arts, laws, etc. while animals
behave according to their instincts
b. man is superior intellectually than animals
c. man although superior intellectually, is physically
inferior to animals
d. animals can be cultured like human beings

235.

When Filipino is married to a German, there is a

mixture or blending of two different cultures as shown


in their childrens behavior, this is known as cultural
a. fusion
b. amalgamation
c. unification
d. breeding
236.

White people usually feel superior, blacks inferior;

this feeling of superiority is known as


a. ethnocentrism
b. altruism
c. agnosticism
d. relativism
237.

Filipino Catholics celebrate fiestas, novenas in

honor of their saints, or as a form of thanksgiving; this


practice is part of
a. folkways
b. folktales
c. folklore
d. none of these
238.

Sexual

relations

between

relatives

is

strictly

forbidden in our society; this prohibition is part of the


a. folkways
b. mores
c. traditions
d. all of these

239.

Filipinos,

Koreans,

Japanese

have

their

own

languages, habits, dresses, etc., the culture common to


all people is known as
a. sub-culture
b. socio-culture
c. universe culture
d. international culture
240.

As part of modernization, people would prefer to

use a telephone rather than travel, they prefer to take


jeepneys rather than walk; these new habits are known
as
a. technicways
b. mores
c. folkways
d. culture complex
241. Pordoy and Kagidlay are newly-wed with no money
to either rent or buy a house; so they decided to live
their in-laws; theirs and in-laws families are now known
as
a. nuclear
b. extended
c. bilateral
d. unified families
242.

Peoples ideas, beliefs of what is good or bad,

desirable or undesirable, important or non important are


better known as
a. folkways
b. mores

c. values
d. attitudes
243. Earnings, watches, lipsticks, beautiful dresses have
their
a. moral
b. ethical
c. educational
d. social values
244. Some students often says, Its better to cheat than
to repeat, others also say, Bahala na ug ma-zero; dili
gyud ko mangodigo. These expression show their
a. religious
b. moral-ethical
c. spiritual
d. social values
245. Filipinos are always conscious of what people say or
think about their appearances or actions; this ulaw
mentality is part of their desire to attain
a. social acceptance
b. euphemism
c. supernaturalism
d. particularlism
246. Diplomas, titles, as Dr., Engr., Atty., are always used
by Filipinos as part of their
a. particularism
b. personalism
c. supernaturalism

d. euphemism
247. The expression, It is not what you know but whom
you know that counts, reflects Filipinos values on
a. particularism
b. personalism
c. euphemism
d. familism
248. Pedro studied hard and passed the Teachers Board
Examination. Yet when asked on his secret for
passing the said exam, he simply/humbly answered
Swerte lang, kaloy-an sa Ginoo. This reflects the
value of
a. personalism
b. particularism
c. supernaturalism
d. utang na loob
249.

Man

is

part

of

the

government,

church,

organizations or association; educating or training him


for his roles, duties are a consideration of his ____
dimension.
a. moral
b. social
c. spiritual
d. political
250.

Why did the Philippines send military troops to

Cambodia? It is because

a. the Philippines is part or a member of nation of U.N.O.


and we promote global solidarity
b. the Philippines was ordered by the United States
c. the Philippines is against communism
d. none of these
251.

Upon birth, his parents automatically rear an

individual; he starts learning the culture of his family;


later with his neighbors, then the school and societys
rules, regulations and laws. This is known as
a. education
b. socialization
c. training
d. experience
252.

What is the sociological difference between on

individual and person?


a. there is no difference between an individual and
person
b.

an

individual

is

unsocialized,

uncultured;

person

cultured, socialized
c. an individual is bad; a person is good
d. both socialized
253.

As a person reaches adolescence, becoming more

independent, the ___ have the greatest influences in


behavior.
a. home or parents
b. school or teachers
c. peers
d. priests

254. Most governors, mayors, congressmen are corrupt,


rapists, murderers or less educated, yet they continue to
be re-elected during election s. This bad situation in our
society shows the Filipinos in general are
a. still politically immature, if not stupid who can be
bought, threatened by guns, gold or money
b. in live with criminal politicians
c. helpless and do not care about the future of the
country/community
d. A and C answers
255. Which of the following describes the Pleistocene
or Ice Age?
a. waters around what is now the Philippines fell about
156 ft. below its level
b. areas of land came to the surface and became land
bridges
c. the packs of glaciers which covered the earth melted
as sunlight entered the atmosphere
d. all of these
256. As cited by researchers which gave such names as
Peking Man, Java Man, Australopithecus. There is
great possible that the first man must have come from
a. Europe
b. Africa
c. Asia
d. America

257. The fossils believed to be those of the first Filipinos


were found by Robert Fox in
a. Hinagdanan Cave, Bohol
b. Tabon Cave, Palawan
c. Tabon-tabon Cave, Mindoro
d. Masao Cave, Agusan del Norte
258.

Which group of traders introduced Islam in the

Philippines?
a. Chinese
b. Arabs
c. Malaysian
d. Indonesian
259. Which of the following is not a result of learning?
a. getting drunk
b. saying bad words
c. driving car
d. showing how to swim
260.

Which of the following is least effective in moral

instruction?
a. having children memorize the laws/rules
b.

calling

attention

of

children

on

the

positive

consequences of their behavior


c. praising children for displaying positive behavior
d. discussing real-life moral situation and evaluating their
consequences.
261.

The relation between heredity and environment is

an interaction. What does this mean?

a. there are special abilities are dependent on the


environment
b. parents determine the behavior of their children
c. the importance of environment is dependent upon
heredity
d. maturation is the process of bringing the various parts
of an organism to full development
262. After the sounding of the bell is paired off a number
of times with the presentation of meal powder, the bell
alone is observed to elicit salivation response known as
the:
a. unconditional response
b. conditioned stimulus
c. conditional response
d. unconditioned stimulus
264. To Thorndike, learning is:
a. always involve trial-and-error
b. sometimes involves trial-and-error
c. never involves trial-and-error
d. none of these
265.

All of the following are examples of psychological

barriers in learning except:


a. teacher personality
b. absence of skill motive in a learning situation
c. emotional blocking
d. poor teaching techniques

266.

Which of the following poorly explains stimulus-

response bond?
a. a situation which influences or affects the learner
b. a response in which the learner makes the situation
c. a connection between the problem and solution
d. a learner achieving a solution
267. Applied to the general classroom situation, the Field
Theory implies the need for emphasis on looking
at the total situation at the beginning. Which of the
examples below best explains the theory?
a. the teacher introduces the study of Chemistry by
examples in a detailed analysis of a given element
b. in primary reading, the teacher tells briefly the story is
all about, describing the characters and relates the story
to the pupils experience
c. the psychology teacher discusses first the importance
of psychology in daily living
d. B & C
268. Bruners Theory of Learning points out that if a
learner is to use information effectively, it must be
translated into his terms. This means that:
a. the teacher must strive to see a problem as the learner
sees it
b. the teacher must translate the meaning of terms into
the vernacular
c. the teacher must provide more information
d. the teacher must allow the child to look at the meaning
of words in the dictionary

269. The way a child talks, walks, or uses gestures may


have been learned from a model he had been exposed to.
This is according to the theory of:
a. connectionism
b. operant conditioning
c. classical conditioning
d. social learning
270. Thorndike Law of Readiness claims that the:
a. teacher must either wait for readiness or accept the
present level of readiness and be satisfied with a lower
learning rate in introducing any new learning experience
b. teacher must wait for the readiness of her students
c. teacher must accept the present level of readiness and
be satisfied with the lower learning rate in introducing
any new learning experience
d.

teacher

must

understand

he

students

level

of

readiness
271. Which of the following statement below is false
about punishment?
a. it may produce undesirable emotional side effects
b. it may actually increase the strength of an undesirable
behavior
c. in order to effective, it must often be in severe form
d. punished behavior may continue to occur especially
when the punisher is not present
272. The best way to shape the behavior of students is
by:
a. exposing pupils to desirable models

b. telling them the dos of behavior


c. reinforcing every desirable behavior
d. telling them to imitate the teacher
273.

All of the following statements are principles that

facilitate classroom learning except:


a. the learner must clearly perceive his goal
b. the learner must practice role learning
c. learner must be psychologically and physiologically
ready
d. the learner must be motivated to learn
274. In the classroom, teachers are said to reinforce the
kind of behavior they want to see through praise, smiles,
marks, reward and the like. This situations exemplifies:
a. operant conditioning
b. classical conditioning
c. Lewins topological theory
d. Cognitive field theory
275. Which of the statements below best illustrates the
role of teacher as facilitator on student learning?
a. directing the action of the student
b. calling for the proper application of a teaching method
to make learning experiences meaningful
c. intervening with students choices and actions
d. understanding how students learn
276. A teacher who is unable to overcome role confusion
or to postpone choices leading to identity formation but
attempts to resolve conflict manifests.

a. negative identity
b. psychological androgyny
c. psychological moratorium
d. identity crises
277. Teachers in Health, Biology, Psychology and Home
Economics may best help students accept or improve
their appearance by:
a. explaining that acne, for example is usually due to
physiological changes accompanying puberty and such
changes are temporary
b. citing examples of people with pleasant appearance
c.

giving

them

books

on

how

to

accept

self

and

appearance
d. accepting them as they are and explaining that
psychological changes are temporary.
278.

All of the following statements apply to Piagets

preoperational; stage of cognitive development except:


a. children are capable of using symbols to stand for
objects
b. children use a language that is egocentric
c. children are capable of decantation
d. children are capable of solving conservation problems
279. By repeatedly pairing an unconditioned stimulus an
unconditioned
eventually

response,

elicits

conditioned

conditioned

according to the:
a. Classical Conditioning Theory
b. Operant Conditioning Theory

response.

stimulus
This

is

c. Reinforcement Theory
d. Learning Theory
280. Which of the following is false about the Cognitive
Field Theory?
a. sees learning as a stimulus-response interaction
b. focuses on the cognitive structure of man as basis for
learning
c. centers on the life space as source of learning
d. does not emphasize reinforcement
281.

Bruners Theory on learning states that intrinsic

motivation is better than extrinsic motivation. Which of


the following statement below is the best example of
intrinsic motivation?
a. a student has a desire to learn a subject because it is
worth knowing
b. a student learns because of the use of reward and
punishment
c. a student wants to learn because his goal is to
graduate with honors
d. a student learns because he wants to prove that he is
intelligent
282.

All of the following are principles that facilitate

classroom learning except:


a. the learner must clearly perceive the goal
b. the learner must practice role playing
c. the learner must be psychologically and physiologically
ready
d. the learner must be motivated to learn

283.

Jane has been punished and this has adopted her

aggressive behavior towards her younger brother.


However, lately, she has been seen her mother shouting
at and showing aggressive behavior toward her father.
Because of this, she has started to manifest aggressive
behavior toward her younger brother. This situation is an
example of:
a. inhibitory effect
b. negative effect
c. disinhibitory effect
d. modelling effect
284.

Learners who have past histories of failures and

frustrations are generally observed to manifest:


a. low achievement motivation
b. high achievement performance
c. a fear to study
d. fear of school
285. A group of accelerated Grade V pupils is expected to
learn more learning task in Science than does a group of
regular Grade V pupils. A teacher who works on a sound
principle of motivation is likely to present:
a. the overview of all learning tasks to arouse interest for
the entire lesson.
b. the lesson from the simplest to them are complex
c. the lessons from most difficult to simplest to challenge
the group
d. the lesson at random to generate creativity

286. Teacher should avoid labeling pupils negatively as


they may live up to these images. This tendency to
manifest negative labels into actual behaviors is a
concept of attitude formation called:
a. reflected self-appraisal
b. self-fulfilling prophecy
c. self-concept
d. self-realization
287. A conscientious teacher can best help her students
demonstrate learned helplessness by:
a. Making them aware of their strength and weaknesses
for learning
b. providing them activities that will enable them to
experience success
c. encouraging them to join rewarding activities
d. creating activities for them that will make them feel
important
289. A social unit of persons united by kinship, marriage,
or adoption, with a common habitat and interacting
according to well-defined roles to maintain and protect
its members and perpetuates the society.
a. family
b. government
c. barangay
d. society
290. The commission of criminal or anti-social acts by the
youth.
a. prostitution

b. gambling
c. juvenile delinquency
d. drug addiction
291. It is the study of man as a product of evolution, his
physical structure is known as
a. Sociology
b. physical anthropology
c. cultural anthropology
d. archeology
292.

The

sum

total

of

knowledge,

skills,

beliefs,

products, etc. shared by people and passed from one


generation to another.
a. Sociology
b. Anthropology
c. culture
d. archeology
293.

This refers to the ability to communicate with

others. Thoughts and feelings are symbolized so as to


convey meaning in different forms of communication is
known as
a. speech
b. communication
c. message
d. language
294. It is a form of language in which articulate sounds or
words used to convey meanings is known as
a. speech

b. communication
c. message
d. language
295. The sacred book of the Judaism.
a. Bible
b. Quran
c. Torah She Bi-Khetab &Tora She-Be al Peh
d. None of the above
296.

It is the totality of human activities involving

creativity, ingenuity, judgment, and skills aimed at the


accomplishment of a given aesthetic end or a thing of
beauty is known as.
a. culture
b. arts
c. language
d. humanities
297. As defined by the American College Dictionary, It is
the study of a real differentiation of the earth surface, as
shown in the character, arrangement, and interrelations
over the world elements is known as...
a. map
b. arts
c. culture
d. geography
298 As defined by the American College Dictionary, it is
defined as the things of social life, such as ideals,
customs, institutions, etc. toward which the people of the

group have affective regard and which are considered


desirable is known as
a. culture
b. values
c. geography
d. arts
299.

The

stimulus-response

theory

believes

every

stimulus creates a response where activities can be


measured objectively. This is known as
a. Structuralism
b. gestalt psychology
c. behaviorism
d. functionalism
300. It is a stirred up state or disorganized behavior
caused by a situation which the individual cannot cope
with is known as
a. emotion
b. motivation
c. delusions
d. hysteria
301.

This refers to the arousal and maintenance of

interest.
a. emotion
b. motivation
c. delusions
d. hysteria

302. It is system or schools of psychology that claims that


experience or mental states are made of sensations,
images or ideas and feelings.
a. Structuralism
b. gestalt psychology
c. behaviorism
d. functionalism
303.

It is another system or schools of psychology that

mental processes are functions or operations of the


organism in its adaptation to and modification of is
environment.
a. Structuralism
b. gestalt psychology
c. behaviorism
d. functionalism
304. The conception of experience at any given moment
is determined by the totality of its related phases, which
constitute an integrated pattern or configuration. This
school of psychology is known as ..
a. Structuralism
b. gestalt psychology
c. behaviorism
d. functionalism
305. Emotion is the primitive matrix from which all later
mental powers are developed. This theory is known as
a. Canon-Dana Theory
b. James-Lange Theory
c. Evolutionary Theory

d. Emergency or conflict theory


306.

The

following

are

methods

of

eradicating

undesirable emotional behavior except one:


a. disuse
b. frequent application of the stimulus
c. ridicule of scorn
d. sublimation
307. It is the sum total of the traits and characteristics
and patterns of adjustment of an individual that sets him
apart or makes him different from other individuals.
a. Personality
b. Culture
c. values
d. all of the above
308.

It is the process of overcoming difficulties that

hinder the attainment of a goal by using knowledge and


skills

gained

analytical

and

from

associative

constructive

leaning,

thinking

are

reflective,
very

much

needed. This type of learning is known as


a. aesthetic leaning
b. problem-solving learning
c. affective learning
d. psychomotor learning
309. When an organism is ready to act, action is
satisfying, inaction is annoying. This law of learning is
known as .
a. law of effect
b. law of exercise

c. law of readiness
d. none of these
310.

This is law of learning states that practice

reinforces learning.
a. law of effect
b. law of exercise
c. law of readiness
d. none of these
311.

This refers to the inborn automatic responses to

simple localized stimulation involving particular muscles


and a part of the body is known as .
a. drives
b. urges
c. reflexes
d. aptitudes
312. Charles mother noticed that her son is sometimes
competing with his father for her attention. Charles can
be

classified

under

what

psychoanalytic

pattern

of

development

follows

an

orderly

stage

of

development?
a. latency
c. phallic
b. genital
d. oral
313.

This

development
predictable.

a. cepahlocaudal

states

pattern

that

that
is

b. phylogenetic
c. conventional
d. proximodistal
314. Classical conditioning theory is always attributed to
him for his experiment concerning the dogs salivation as
a reaction to the sound of the buzzer.
a. Bandura
b. Lewin
c. Pavlov
d. B. F. Skinner
315. The childs concept of right and wrong is based on
external criteria laid down by adults during the stage of
pre-conventional morality. This is based on the idea of
____.
a. Erikson
b. Freud
c. Kohlberg
d. Piaget
316. During the pre-operational stage language skill
emerges and the child now uses words to represent
ideas. This is the theory attributed to ____.
a. Wallace
b. Piaget
c. Freud
d. Dewey
317. An individual with an I. Q. of 110 is considered ____.
a. above-average

b. average
c. genius
d. moron
318. It is the process by which an organism inherits the
characteristic traits of the parents.
a. heredity
b. maturation
c. development
d. fertilization
319. It is the stage of development, which is considered
as the transition period form childhood to adulthood.
a. adolescence
b. adulthood
c. late childhood
d. infancy
320) It is a process when the sperm cell penetrates the
membranes of the egg cell and is considered as the
beginning of life.
a. development
b. fertilization
c. maturation
d. accommodation
321. A fetus, which comes from a single fertilized egg
cell, is called ___.
a. fraternal twin
b. bi-ovular twin
c. Siamese twin

d. uniovular twin
322.

The

stage

of

development

from

the

time

of

conception to the time of birth is known as _____.


a. pre-natal period
b. post-natal period
c. early childhood
d. babyhood
323. it refers to the nurture that the child receives from
his parents and from interaction with the people around
him.
a. environment
b. heredity
c. nutrition
d. parental cares
324.

The

stage

of

development

is known

as the

questioning age or exploratory age because the child is


constantly asking so many questions.
a. babyhood
b. early childhood
c. infancy
d. late childhood
325. It refers to the natural impulse possessed by men
and animals, an activity engaged in for the enjoyment
and satisfaction, but can also be utilized as a tool for
learning.
a. desire
b. emotion

c. play
d. rivalry
326.

It is one of the characteristics of Filipino learners

shown by the attitude of partial inhibition of social


responses especially in the presence of strangers.
a. shyness
b. perseverance
c. humility
d. competition
327. Learning is any change in the behavior of an
organism, is the main educational idea of the ____.
a. behaviorists
b. connectionists
c. Gestaltists
d. mind theories
328. it is the natural impulse of the child, which involves
a skillful or dexterous management, or control of actions.
a. rivalry
b. play
c. manipulation
d. curiosity
329. Learning is an active and dynamic process in which
the learner must definitely be involved in the teaching
learning activities, is the basic tenet of ____.
a. progressivism
b. Gestalt
c. connectionism

d. behaviorism
330.

This is the law of learning states that when an

organism is prepared to respond to a stimulus, allowing


him to do so would be satisfying while preventing him
would be annoying.
a. Law of Effect
b. Law of Exercise
c. Law of Recency
d. Law of Readiness
331. A type of motivation, which is based on reward and
punishments.
a. extrinsic
b. intrinsic
c. materialistic
d. psychological
332.

It is the process of equaling or excelling over the

work of another.
a. competition
b. curiosity
c. emulation
d. rivalry
333.

Danica

got

the

highest

grade

in

Mathematics

because she studied very well in the said subject. For


this, Danica will be all the more motivated to study not
only Mathematics but also her other subjects. This is in
accordance with the ____.
a. Law of Belongingness

b. Law of Effect
c. Law of Exercise
d. Law of Readiness
334. During the Spanish period, the teachers who were
mostly friars assumed all the authority in the schools and
classrooms and the students had no right but to obey
their teachers. This best illustrates ____ approach to
teaching.
a. authoritarian
b. democratic
c. laissez-faire
d. Socratic
335.

It

is

the

domain,

which

is

focused

on

the

development of the attitude, interest and emotion as well


as the intangible qualities of the child.
a. affective
b. cognitive
c. manipulative
d. psychomotor
336.

Regarding the maturation of boys and girls,

teachers should bear in mind that:


a. girls mature at a later stage than boys
b. girls mature at an earlier stage than boys
c. boys and girls mature at the same time
d. there are no marked difference in their time of
maturity

337.

Transfer

of

learning

easily

takes

place

if

the

activities involved ____.


a. are different
b. having identical elements
c. occur in the same time
d. vary in difficulty
338. When the learner is well motivated, he performs his
task ___.
a. with indifference
b. with interests
c. with arrogance
d. with enthusiasm
339. A six-year-old child who has a mental age of 96 has
an IQ of ____.
a. 120
b. 130
c. 132
d. 133
340.

The ratio obtained by dividing mental age by

chronological age times 100 is called _____.


a. derived quotient
b. emotional intelligence quotient
c. intelligence quotient or IQ
d. intelligence ratio
341. This natural born tendency of the child, which refers
to

the

capacity

requirements.

to

adjust

his

thinking

to

new

a. competition
b. curiosity
c. emotion
d. intelligence
342.

it is the process of arousing the individuals

attention and interest to wards a definite goal.


a. learning
c. resourcefulness
b. motivation
d. rivalry
343. This domain of learning is geared towards the
development of the childs intellectual capacity.
a. affective
b. cognitive
c. manipulative
d. psychomotor
344. it is believed that education is a matter of training
and discipline. Hence, if one wants to sharpen his
memory, he must memorize names, dates, events and
others. This is the main idea of ____.
a. generalization
b. gestalt
c. identical element
d. mind theory
345. This law of learning states that constant repetition
of any learning task strengthens learning.
a. Law of Belongingness

b. Law of Effect
c. Law of Exercise
d. Law of Readiness
346. The ability of the individual to foresee things based
on knowledge and experiences and to react in advance is
known as ____.
a. E.S.P.
b. Conditioning
c. Insight
d. Trial and Error
347. This law of learning states that the response which
has been exercised and rewarded most recently is the
one which is most likely to occur when the organism is in
a given situation.
a. Law of Effect
b. Law of Exercise
c. Law of Readiness
d. Law of Recency
348. Values are caught and not taught. This due to the
fact that children learn from what they observe from
adults. This shows the natural tendency of children
known as:
a. competition
b. curiosity
c. imitation
d. rivalry

349.

The domain of learning, which caters to the

development of skills of the child.


a. affective
b. cognitive
c. objectives
d. psychomotor
350.

This is a term, which means pattern shape or

configuration. This school of thought adheres to the idea


that

the

experiences

at

any

given

moment

are

determined by the totality of its related phases, which


constitutes an integral pattern of configuration.
a. behaviorism
b. connectionism
c. gestalt
d. progressivism
351.

Learning is further strengthened when there are

similarities in the topics or subject matters to be learned.


a. Law of Belongingness
b. Law of Effect
c. Law of Exercises
d. Law of Readiness
352.

This law of learning states that a given situation

usually generates various reactions from the learners.


a. Law of Effect
b. Law of Frequency
c. Law of Multiple Response
d. Law of Recency

353.

Zsa-zsas father promised to by her a laptop

computer if she graduated as valedictorian. She studied


so hard in order to graduate as valedictorian and get her
prize. This is a good example of _____.
a. punishment
b. motivation
c. intrinsic motivation
d. extrinsic motivation
354. it is defined as the quest for truth based on logical
reasoning aside form factual observation of the natures
multifarious phenomena.
a. culture
b. morality
c. philosophy
d. sociology
355.

it is an ordinance of reason formulated for the

common good by the one who has charge of the society.


a. philosophy
b. morality
c. law
d. culture
356. A teacher can best help a withdrawn child to assert
himself and win the respect of his classmates by ____.
a. giving him opportunity to show his talents
b. providing him leadership roles
c. always calling him to answer questions
d.

encouraging

classmates

him

to

study

harder

to

outwit

his

357. The best for a teacher to impart values to his pupils


is ___.
a. constant repetition of actions to make them routinely
b. inflicting corporal punishment
c. acting as a role model
d. always scolding his pupils
358. All mortal existence is characterized by suffering
is the basic premise of this Oriental philosophy.
a. Brahmanism
b. Buddhism
c. Confucianism
d. Islam
359. It is the art and science that deals with the morality
of human acts.
a. aesthetics
b. axiology
c. ethics
d. logic
360. it is a short story, a weighty similitude that is used
to

convey

instruction

to

ignorant

and

inattentive

listeners. A method of teaching that was used by Jesus


Christ. An example is the story of the Prodigal son.
a. dialectic
b. dialog
c. parable
d. proverb

362.

This philosophical school of thought believes that

the ultimate goal of human existence is the acquisition of


pleasure. Everything that brings pleasure and delights is
moral. Whereas, anything that brings suffering and pain
is immoral.
a. utilitarianism
b. moral rationalism
c. moral sensism
d. hedonism
363. If the Christian has the Bible and the Islam has the
Quran as Holy Scriptures, what do you call the Sacred of
Text of Hinduism?
a. Veda
b. Nirvana
c. Karma
d. Analects
364.

He postulated that both human heartedness and

propriety should operate in a scheme of five human


relationships like between father and son; between
brothers; between husband and wife; between friends
and between rules and subjects.
a. Buddha
b. Confucius
c. Lao Tzu
d. Tagore
365.

Life is full of conditions. As much, man is always

confronted with alternative wherein he must decide


based

on

his

prudence.

But

he

must

take

full

responsibility for the consequences that his decision


might bring. This is the maxim of ____.
a. essentialism
b. existentialism
c. pragmatism
d. utilitarianism
366. The name of this Oriental religion means submission
to God.
a. Christianity
b. Hinduism
c. Islam
d. Judaism
367. Know thyself was the dictum of this Greek thinker
who was condemned to die by drinking hemlock.
a. Aristotle
b. Plato
c. Socrates
d. Thales
368. It is something, which is chosen from alternatives,
acted upon and enhances the creative integration and
development of human personality.
a. values
b. morality
c. ethics
d. character
369.

Hitler massacred millions of people during the

holocaust due to the belief advocated by Friedrich

Nietzsche that the society must produce strong people


and kill the weak. What is the name of this philosophical
belief?
a. moral rationalism
b. moral evolutionism
c. Nazism
d. utilitarianism
370. Lord, grant me the serenity to accept the things I
cannot change; courage to change the things I can and
wisdom to know the difference was the well-known prayer
of ____.
a. Saint Augustin
b. Saint Duke
c. Saint Francis
d. Saint Matthew
371. it is an Oriental religion whose main philosophy is
mans harmony with Mother Nature.
a. Taoism
b. Shintoism
c. Judaism
d. Buddhism
372. It is the belief that mans soul is imprisoned in his
earthly body and can escape only from such bondage
through an endless series of birth.
a. Veda
b. Transmigration
c. Karma
d. Nirvana

373. Let the ruling classes tremble at a Communistic


revolution. The proletarians have nothing to lose but
their claims they have a world to win. Workingmen of all
countries unite! were the concluding statements of the
____.
a. Russian Constitution
b. Magna Carta
c. Communist Manifesto
d. Das Kapital
374.

To repeat is to acquire understanding, is to

demonstrate concentration, is to show the power of the


human intellect was the basic doctrine of this educator
for establishing a special kind of school for children.
a. John Amos Camenius
b. John Dewey
c. Friedrich Herbart
d. Maria Montessori
375. These are bodily appetites or tendencies like love,
joy, anger, grief, passion, etc. that modify human acts.
a. Concupiscence
b. freedom
c. ignorance
d. violence
376. Eating sili and other spicy food is the trademark
of the Bicolonos. This practice is acceptable for them but
may not be as welcome to the other ethnic groups. This
only shows that value is _____.

a. bipolar
b. hierarchical
c. objective
d. subjective
377. The passage The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not
want, is taken from _____.
a. Veda
b. Talmud
c. Proverbs
d. Psalms
378. The formation of the alphabet for the Western World
was the achievement of the ____.
a. Egyptians
b. Babylonians
c. Phoenicians
d. Romans
379. The great educational achievement of the medieval
period, which created an academic world, is _____.
a. scholasticism
b. venture school
c. Chantry schools
d. the University
380.

Support

of

the

State

government

for

the

maintenance of schools was one of the notable effects of


the ____.
a. Reformation
b. Renaissance

c. Naturalism in education
d. Realism in education
381.

What

statement

is

INCONSISTENT

with

what

areadvocated by progressive educators?


a. The cosmos that confronts the learner is continually
undergoing change
b. Educational aims are not fixed and final.
c. Education is the constant reconstruction of experience.
d. Educational concerns are focused on the supernatural
world of eternity.
382.

What

statement

is

FALSE

with

respect

to

essentialism as a philosophy of education?


a. The chief business of education is to cultivate the
intellectual virtues of man.
b. Education should be devoted to the thorough study of
a few subjects selected for their universal and basic
importance.
c. Essentialism stresses reading, speaking, writing and
arithmetic as tool subjects; grammar, rhetoric, logic and
languages as intellectual subjects.
d. Essentialism is in accord with the basic philosophy of
child-centered education as favored by progressives.
383.

What statement is NOT TRUE in so far as the

contributions of Friedrich W. Froebel to education are


concerned?
a. Education is development from within.
b. In the educational process the pupil or learner is a
passive agent.

c. He is propounded the principle of self-activity.


d. He formulated the principle of social participation.
384. What statement is NOT TRUE when it comes to the
contribution of John Friedrich Herbart to education?
a. Education is development from within.
b. Education is the sole business of the teacher.
c. He formulated the doctrine of interest.
d. He formulated the doctrine of apperception.
385.

What statement is NOT TRUE with reference to

Realism in education?
a. The basic reality is to be found in the forces and laws
of nature.
b.

Sense

perception

is

the

fundamental

means

to

learning.
c. What is hard or difficult has special disciplinary value.
d. All knowledge is acquired through experience.
386. What statement is unacceptable to proponents and
followers of humanism in education?
a.

Classical

Latin

literature

is

the

basis

of

liberal

education.
b. Liberal education stresses moral discipline.
c. The essential of liberal education are history, moral
philosophy and eloquence.
d. Languages are used as tool subjects and a pansophic
curriculum is the means to new social order.
387. The ways in which primitive children learn were by
observation of activities in which they would later be

participants and by simple telling and demonstration on


how things were done. When primitive education is
contrasted with civilized education, this difference will be
noted;
a. Primitive education is relatively simple.
b. Primitive education evolves in a purely natural ways.
c. Primitive education evolves in a military ways.
d. Primitive education is relatively complex.
388.

Roman education emphasized the practical way of

doing things aim of roman education was utilitarian - not


theory but application, not learning but practice. What
kind of people were the Romans?
a. Naturalist
b. Progressivists
c. Pragmatists
d. Realists
389.

Most authorities agree that modern times began

with the movement known as the Renaissance; and since


education is always a reflection of the times, modern
education and modern theories of education can be said
to

have

begun

with

this

movement.

The

distinct

outgrowth of the Renaissance was:


a. Realist education
b. Naturalist education
c. Pragmatic education
d. Humanistic education
390. Individual teachers need to begin their professional
life by soul searching and knowing more about them. The

most important aspect of the professional life of a


teacher therefore is a critical examination of ideas
related to his life and work, the critical examination of
ideas should continue through:
a. teachers professional career
b. teachers changing philosophical orientation
c. teachers value orientation
d. teachers philosophy in life
391. The teachers total philosophy of life cant be
separated

from

his

philosophy

of

education

or

his

learning theory, and his methods of teaching, for views of


reality, knowledge and value lie in the realm of:
a. movistic, dualistic and organic view
b. metaphysical, epistemological and axiological view
c. philosophical, sociological anthropological view
d. realistic, naturalist and humanistic view
392. Education seeks the self-realization of the individual
through participation in the social of his family and
society.

From

his

early

infancy,

the

individuals

participation grows increasingly. This means:


a. Education transmits the vital elements of culture to the
succeeding generation.
b. Education secures to the individual the external
conditions of good life.
c. Education is a continuous process.
d. Education preserves and spreads spiritual values.
393. The curriculum of kindergarten schools emphasizes
physical and mental growth, development of personal

habits and attitudes through informal activities most of


all it should emphasize:
a. religious instruction
b. social relationship
c. appreciation of ideas
d. military discipline
394. There are three components of the educative
processes,

which

have

been

the

concern

of

both

psychologists and teachers. These are the:


a.

parents,

teachers,

classmates,

teachers,

friends,

parents
b. learners, learning process, learning situation
c. learning process, teachers, learners
d. none of these
395.

The adolescent wants independence; yet he has a

strong desire for security. He wants to feel secure in the


affection and regard of his peers and of adults, That is,
he wants to be secured ____.
a. physically and socially spiritually and physically
b. mentally and emotionally
c. emotionally and socially
d. none of these
396.

What development is described in this view of

Piaget?

Development

involves

two

processes:

assimilation in which an individual acquires information


or

knowledge

accommodation

where

an

individual

creates a new scheme after his interaction with the


environment.

a. cognitive development affective development


b. psychomotor development
c. spiritual development
d. none of these
397. The problem of meeting adequately all the needs of
a learner in education becomes the task of the teacher.
For this task to be effectively accomplished the teacher
has to be aware of the nature and extent of the school
learners

differences,

how

they

affect

teaching

and

learning. In the developmental theory, this refers to:


a. family differences
b. community differences
c. individual differences
d. sex differences
398.

As the individual emerges form the sheltered life

within the home toward an expanded social and physical


environment, new problems arises and additional needs
and wants appear. During this time boys and girls need
very urgently.
a. physical adjustment
b. social adjustment
c. emotional adjustment
d. spiritual adjustment
399. According to this theory, human activities are based
on association between stimuli and responses.
This theory has been called S R bond. These terms
refers to:
a. connectionism theory

b. law of readiness
c. law of effect
d. conditioning theory
400.

Which of these attitudes helps the individual to

endure suffering, poverty, sickness and bad luck?


This attitude enables one to accept resignation and
tolerance to pain and frustrations. This attitude that still
persists is called ____.
a. fatalism
b. non-rationalism
c. animism
d. euphemism
401.

This attitude denotes a sense of gratitude. This

value system comprises a work of behavior with different


degrees connotation. It is a complicated system of mutual
obligation.

Everybody

owes

debt

of

gratitude

to

someone, everyone in some way has done something for


someone who therefore owes him in return. This value is
referred to as:
a. ningas cogon
b. manana habit
c. fiesta syndrome
d. utang na loob
402.

It is something that grows and changes with the

passage of time. It is complex whole, which includes


knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs, and/or
capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of
society. This is referred to as:

a. culture
b. experience
c. learning
d. education
403.

When planning the program for learning what is

important for the teacher to know?


a. the childs or learners background
b. the learners problems and needs
c. the learners abilities and interest
d. all of the above
404. Which of the following statements is consistent with
the basic principles guiding pupil learning?
a. the child is the beginning, the center, and the end goal
of the learning process.
b. The child is a unique individual, meaning no two
children are alike because every child has characteristics
distinctly his own.
c. The child should be accepted for what he is: his
personality should be respected.
d. All of the above
405.

Which of the following groups of individual look

upon education as changed behavior?


a. anthropologists
b. sociologists
c. physiologists
d. all of these
406. Human social life is the product of ____.

a. biological heredity
b. natural environment
c. the group and culture
d. none of these
407.

Kilpatrickian (referring to William Kilpatrick) is

essentially associated with ___.


a. the project method
b. purposeful activity
c. intrinsic motivation
d. all of these
408.

The idea that education is primarily a method of

helping the individuals adjust to his environment stems


from the ____.
a. sociological foundations of education
b. philosophical foundations of education
c. scientific foundations of education
d. psychological foundations of education
409.

The contemporary educational view fundamentally

manifests ____.
a. an eclectic tendency
b. psychological trend
c. sociological bias
d. philosophical inclination
410. Who was the educational theorist who propounded
the idea that all children are born good but society
makes them bad?
a. Jean Jacques Rousseau

b. John Locke
c. Thomas Habbes
d. none of the above
411.

What does a sense-realist or a pragmatist mean

when he says that a person talks sense?


a.

The

person

talks

about

something

important

or

significant.
b. The person understands what he is talking about.
c. The person talks about those that are perceived by the
senses not only by the person who experience them but
also by others who can verify them.
d. All the above.
412.

According to Herbartian psychology the chief

characteristic of the mind is its power of___.


a. assimilation
b. abstraction
c. intellectualization
d. conceptualization
413. We owe our idea of universal, elementary education
to the ___.
a. Reformation
b. Renaissance
c. Humanism
d. Scholasticism
414.

The educational theory upholding the idea that

sensory experience is the only source of knowledge is


associated with ___.

a. empiricism
b. idealism
c. scholasticism
d. none of these
415. What propagation devices are used by a person who
presents only one side of an issue especially the side
favorable to what he supports of represents?
a. card stacking
b. glittering generally
c. bandwagon
d. name calling
416.

The tendency to regard learning as a set of

processes by which an organism is modified by the


responses it makes to stimuli is indicative of ___.
a. sociological influence
b. philosophical influence
c. scientific influence
d. psychological bias
417.

How group integration in a school system be

sustained?
a. through independent or common pupil and faculty
activity
b. by consensus
c. by building good morale
d. all of the above
417. What are the acquired human needs that are
a. build largely around the ego?

b. the desire to belong to the group


c. desire to be accepted and loved by the group
d. desire to enjoy good standing in the group
e. all the above
418. What is personality a function of?
a. Personality is a function of the expectations of social
situations.
b. Personality is a function of social situations.
c. Personality is a function of the self.
d. A and B.
419. The personality of education based on knowledge of
the activities and development of the human mind are
indicators of the influence of ___.
a. rational psychology
b. realistic philosophy
c. naturalistic movement
d. none of the above
420. In the transfer of learning, this theory asserts that
the skill or training gained in the study of one subject will
improve the performance of the same skill in the study of
another subject. This theory is known as .
a. mental discipline
b. theory of generalization
c. theory of identical elements
d. theory of configuration
421. It is a theory of learning that a series of responses
are connected until the correct response is achieved.

a. stimulus-response theory
b. cognitive field theory
c. trial and error theory
d. conditioning theory
422.

According to this theory, the stimulus to activity

does not come from within the individual but from


outside.
a. need-drive-incentive theory
b. cue-stimulus theory
c. affective arousal theory
d. psychoanalytic theory
423. This refers to social drives that are acquired,
learned, or derived. It is also the need for social approval,
security, safety, belongingness, love, esteem, prestige,
power and the like.
a. biological and physiological drives
b. psychological drives
c. self-actualization drives
d. all of the above
424. Emotion is the primitive matrix from which all later
mental powers are developed. This theory is known as
a. Cannon-Dana theory
b. Emergency or conflict theory
c. James-Lange theory
d. Evolutionary theory
425. It is the study of human behavior, of how a person
acts and reacts under different situations, consciously or

unconsciously,

mentally,

physiologically,

physically,

overtly or covertly.
a. Anthropology
b. Psychology
c. Philosophy
d. Sociology
426. Which of the following is true about human growth
and development?
a. growth involves physical changes while development
refers to maturation
b. growth involves growing older, while development is
an increase in height and weight at all times
c. growth is the process of ripening while development is
the result of training
d. none of the above
427. The unborn fetus appear to be like monsters with
abnormally large heads because
a. the head contains a lot of fluids
b. the pattern of development follows cephalocaudal
trend
c. the head is the most important part of the body
d. human life has not fully developed
428.

The period when rapid learning takes place is

known as
a. plateau of learning
b. learning sports
c. learning curve
d. learning process

429. The feeling of uneasiness or dislike against new


culture is known as
a. enculturation
b. culture shock
c. acculturation
d. culture orientation
430.

The teacher can develop self-concept among her

pupils by
a. letting the child know how bad he was
b. keeping quite about the childs weakness
c. expressing confidence on the childs capability
d. all of the above
431.

What is the most basic factor to be considered in

determining a childs readiness to learn?


A. maturation
b. methods of instruction
c. experience
d. age
432.

A child who is friendly, cordial and easy to work

with is showing
a. mechanical intelligence
b. social intelligence
c. motor intelligence
d. abstract intelligence
433. A new-born baby is known as
a. neonate

b. fetus
c. an infant
d. a preemie
434. Readiness in the child involves not only maturation
but also
a. adjustment
b. hereditary capabilities
c. independent learning
d. motivation and experience
435. Which of the following is not a psychological need?
a. need for love
b. need for food
c. need for belongingness
d. needs of friends
436. Biological inheritance begins
a. at the birth of the child
b. at the age of one year
c. at the time of conception
d. all the period of infancy
437. Identical twins caused by
a. two sperm cells entering one egg
b. two sperm cells fertilizing two eggs
c. one sperm fertilizing two eggs
d. a fertilized egg separate into two
438. Projection is best defined as

a. a tendency to react to others according to our


motivation
b. an eagerness to discuss personal problems
c. adoption of values of older persons
d. assigning to others negative traits we ourselves
possess
439. Learning in accordance with the view of Thorndike
a. always involves trial and error
b. sometimes involves trial and error
c. never involves trial and error
d. none of the above
440. The method of teaching which aims to correct errors
in the past is
a. remedial
b. diagnostic
c. development
d. corrective
441. With cooperative learning is mind, which does NOT
belong to group?
a. competition
b. teamwork
c. collaboration
d. synergy
442. Which is more of a spatial task for a learner?
a. read a book then write a response
b. examine a statistical chart then write a response
c. go on a field trip then write a response

d. watch a movie then write a response


443.

With the explosion of knowledge, which image of

teacher is unacceptable?
a. Questioner
b. omniscient teacher
c. facilitator of learning
d. guide on the side
444.

Which question is in the highest level of Blooms

Taxonomy of objectives in the cognitive domain?


a. what could happen if there were no control groups?
b.

Distinguished

between

control

and

experimental

groups/
c. Judge the validity of the experimental design
d. What two groups are present in an experimental
design?
445. In what developmental stage is growth is most
rapid?
a. adolescence
b. early childhood
c. middle childhood
d. infancy
446. What characteristics of a dyslexic child?
a. hard up in writing and spelling
b. attention-getter
c. out of focus
d. hyperactive

447. In Piagets concrete operational stage, what is it


that children CAN NOT do?
a. reasoning applied to specific example
b. doing mentally what was just physically done
c. classifying objects into different sets
d. imaging the steps necessary to complete an algebraic
equation
448. Which according to Jocano is strength of the Filipino
people?
a. sense of national pride
b. sense of humor
c. sense of historical or national identity
d. sense of commitment to nationalistic ideas
449. Who among the following is genuinely nationalistic?
The citizen who
a. works overseas for the education of his children
b. uses his skills and capital to generate jobs in the
countryside
c. sings the National Anthem will all his heart
d. salutes the flag as it is raised during the flag ceremony
450.

Which one may help an adolescent discover his

identity?
a. Parents a pursuing in to follow a specific path
b. exploring many different roles in healthy manner
c. relating to people
d. deciding to follow one path only

451. Each teacher is said to be a trustee of the cultural


and educational heritage of the nation and is under
obligation to transmit such heritage to learners. Which
practice makes him fulfill such obligation?
a. study of the life of Filipino heroes
b. observe continuing professional education
c. use of the latest instructional technology
d. use of interactive teaching strategies
452. What functions are associated with the left-brain?
a. verbal, visual, intuitive
b. verbal, logical, intuitive
c. verbal, logical, detail-oriented
d. verbal, intuitive, detail-oriented
453. According to Piagets theory, in which development
stage can the child do symbolic thinking and go
beyond

the

connection

of

sensory

information

and

physical action?
a. pre-operational
b. concrete operational
c. formal operational
d. sensorimotor
454. Which of the 3 id, ego, and superego, consist(s) of
instincts?
a. ego
b. superego
c. ego & superego
d. id

455. Which attitude does a Boy Scout who says Bahala


Na and dives into a pool to save a drowning boy
exemplify?
a. a daring attitude
b. a segurista attitude
c. a daring attitude combined with pagmalasakit
d. an I dont care attitude
456. Dr. Melgo teaches in a remote multigrade class. His
principal and supervisors seldom visit him. He teaches
when he feels like teaching and not when he does not feel
like teaching. What trait of a good teacher does he lack?
a. emotional intelligence
b. independent study
c. relating to people
d. deciding to follow one path only
457.

If you want a child to eliminate an undesirable

behavior,

punish

him.

This

is

in

accordance

with

Thorndikes law of
a. reward
b. punishment
c. exercise
d. effect
458. Elpidio, an elementary pupil, read WAS for SAW or D
for P or B. From his reading behavior, one can say that
Elpidio is suffering from
a. dysgraphia
b. dyslexia
c. dysphasia

d. dyspraxia
459. Elpidio helps his classmates carry heavy books if
their teacher sees him and so praises Elpidio.
Based on Kohlbergs theory of development, in which
level of moral development is Elpidio?
a. non-conventional
b. post-conventional
c. pre-conventional
d. conventional
460.

Dr. Melgo banged the door when he entered the

classroom while the pupils waited nervously to greet him.


He was tense and harsh the pupils. Later, he tried to
encourage t hem to participate but the children remained
quite in their seats. Which can be best explained the
situation?
a. the impact of the non-verbal and verbal messages of
the teacher is the same
b.

the

teachers

verbal

communication

has

not

be

interpreted correctly by the pupils


c. the teachers verbal and non-verbal messages are
contradictory
d. the pupils perceptions of the teachers nonverbal
behavior did not change
461.

Which of the following are implications of growth

and development principles in education?


I. The teacher should endeavor to know her capacity and
her home environment

II. Teachers should respect differences among children


and youth
III. The predictability of the patterns of development
should guide curriculum makers and teachers in the
sequencing and choice of learning materials
a. I, II
b. I, III
c. II, III
d. I, II, III
462. Which of the following is an example of learning?
a. an infant cries when he is hungry
b. a student wears here lucky skirt during a test
c. an adolescent became ill after being exposed to
influenza
d. a girl playing bahay-bahayan
463.

What is the strongest implication of the theory of

classical conditioning theory of Pavlov?


a. Gina having stomach ache before the Geometry class
b. Ben wanting to participate in class for more popularity
c. Cliff trying to earn good grades by studying
d. Roel searching in the library for an assignment
464. Aimee was not playing originally good at playing the
piano when she first learned it in third grade.
However,

through

time

and

practices,

she

began

becoming very good at it. Which conditioning theory best


describes such progress?
a. Law of repetition
b. Law of practice

c. Law of recency
d. Law of exercise
e. Law of identical
465. At the end of Piagets concrete operational state, a
child is capable of all the following task, except:
a. class inclusion
b. transitivity
c. decantation
d. testing hypothesis
e. resolving conflicts
466.

According

to

Kohlbergs

theory

of

moral

development individual progress from stage to stage by:


a. interacting with those whose moral reasoning is at
higher level
b. resolving critical and conflicting psychosocial issues
c. exhibiting socially acceptable behavior
d. seeking approval and avoiding punishment
e. seeking pleasure
467. Which of the following is a definition of learning
from a behavioral perspective?
a. learning is an observable process that individuals used
to learn and to remember information
b. learning is taking in, processing,, storing and receiving
perceptual information
c.

learning

is

building

previously learned

new

structures

upon

these

d. learning includes how pleasurable or how painful


consequences of behavior change individuals behavior
overtime
e. learning is change of behavior in the individual
468.

Which

of

the

following

is

an

example

of

metacognitive skills?
a. recalling a name
b. listening skill
c. planning and effective study strategy
d. reading a poem aloud
e. baking a cake
469.

The forms of behavior that violate the norms are

called
a. flaunters
b. deviants
c. defiant
d. non-social
e. moves
470.

When

we

say

that

Ilocanos

are

thrifty

and

industrious, the Tagalogs are progressive and proud, the


Bicolanos are friendly, we are making use of
a. stereotypes
b. epithets
c. eikucentrism
d. prejudice
e. culture shock

471. Which of this chronology characterizes the period of


babyhood?
I. Babyhood is the true foundation of age
II. Babyhood is an age of rapid growth and change
III. Babyhood is an age of decreasing dependency
IV. Babyhood is the beginning of socialization
V. babyhood is the beginning of sex-role typing
a. I, II, III and IV
b. II, III, IV and V
c. I, III, IV and V
d. I, II, IV and V
e. I, II, III, IV, and V
472.

There are found chronological forms normally

appearing in the development pattern of earning to talk,


namely:
I. Crying
II. Babbling
III. Yelling
IV. Gesturing
V. emotional expression
a. I, II, III, and IV
b. II, III, IV and V
c. I, III, IV and V
d. II, III, and V
e. I, II, IV and V
473.

Which

chronological

development

below

characterizes the nature of socialization during the early


childhood?

I. During this state the child does not play more with
other children, but also talks more with them
II. As a general rule, during the preschool years, children
find social contacts with members of the opposite sex
more pleasurable than those with members of the same
sex
III. As a social contacts increases, young children engage
in cooperative play, play in which they are part of the
group and interact with group members
IV. At this age children engage in parallel play, play in
which young children play independently beside other
children rather than with them.
a. I, II, and IV
b. III and IV
c. II, III and IV
d. I, II, and III
e. I, III, and IV
474. Which of the following factors is probably the MOST
crucial to successful child rearing?
a. presence of educational toys at home
b. presence of other siblings
c. adults emotional and verbal responsiveness
d. high socio-economic status
e. presence of nutritious food
475. A factor that may contribute to higher incidence of
child abuse in the Philippines is common acceptance of :
a. spanking and other physical punishment\
b. mental illness
c. economic status of the family

d. size of the family


e. dual-career families
476.

Some preschoolers have difficulty to read at the

early stage of schooling because they:


a. can not see small objects or letter
b. do not have binocular vision
c. are near sighted
d. can not focus on or scan a line of print
e. are far-sighted
477.

In teaching gender issues, knowledge should be

based on an established research about gender related


differences. Which of the following statements about
gender-related differences is correct?
a. females have greater verbal ability
b. male have better visual-spatial skills
c. male excel in mathematical skills
d. male are more aggressive
e. all of the above-statements are correct
478. A 9-year old girl is brought to the school physicians
office for a physical check up. She has no history of
significant problems. When the school nurse ask the child
and mother about the childs best friend, the school is
assessing:
a. language development
b. motor development
c. neurological development
d. social development
e. emotional development

479. The mother tells the school nurse that the child is
continually telling jokes and riddles to the point of driving
the other family members crazy. The school nurse should
explain that this behavior is a sign
of:
a. inadequate parental attention
b. mastery of language
c. inappropriate peer influence
d. excessive television watching
e. too much confidence
480. The theory of human needs was authored by:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson
481. The proponent of the psychosexual theory is:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson
482. The psycho-social theory was of :
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud

e. Erickson
483.

The theorist who believes that each stage of

development has a personality crisis involving a major


conflict that is critical at the time is:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson
484. The theorist who views that the development of the
mind as occurring thru adaptation to the environment via
assimilation and accommodation:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson
485. Piaget is famous for this:
a. human needs theory
b. psychosexual theory
c. physical growth theory
d. psychosocial theory
e. cognitive theory
486.

The hereditary traits acquired by a person in his

lifetime.
a. are transmissible to his offspring
b. reappear in his future grandchildren

c. have no influence on the offspring at all


d. become recessive traits
487.

What do students develop when they are given a

chance to settle differences of opinion?


a. fair play
b. tolerance
c. irritants
d. sociability
488. What action must schools do against teenagers
gang age?
a. provide the gang all the freedom it needs
b. gives classrooms activities to give directions to out-ofschool youth activities
c. supervise gang activities
d. set up norms of conduct for the members of the gang
489. Which statement is NOT needed to attain the
learners interest in learning activities?
a the activity must lead to practical end
b the activity must be within the ability of the learner
c the activity must fill a need recognized by the learner
d the learner must have the experience that will furnish
the background for the activity
490. What is the reaction of the shop teacher upon seeing
the tools scattered?
a thats very kind of you
b leave your tools alone
c its all right, you may go

d return your tools to the property clerk


491. Of the following Filipino traits, which is not a
hindrance for progressive learning?
a. Hiya
b. Sensibility
c. compadre system
d. utang na loog
492. A special liking or inclination for a particular type of
undertaking.
a. Interest
b. Goal
c. attitude
d. none of these
493. Boyets family is very poor. His father is the sole
provider for the seven children. Boyet wants to take a
college degree. However, he has no means but to join a
neighborhood notorious gang. He is following which life
principle?
a. Do what is right always
b. The means fails to justify the end
c. Double standard effect
d. The Golden Rule
494. A mother who is an OFW (Overseas Filipino Worker)
regularly sends money to her family here. Her children
are enrolled in an exclusive and almost always hold
parties. What moral principle is observed?
a. double standard of living

b. the Golden rule


c. do whats right always
d. the means fails to justify the end
495. Maria works for a volunteer group that caters to the
needs of dying individuals like Sofia. Maria talks with
Sofia and his family to prepare them to her demises.
Maria believes in what principle?
a. death is inevitable, it must be recognized
b. always do what is light
c. double effect principle
d. the means fails to justify the end
496. The Republic of the Philippines is
a. is a small island
b. consist of 7,100 island and 72 million people
c. a new Republic
d. a very rich country
497. The Pope official residence in the Philippines.
a. Malacanang Palace
b. The Manila Hotel
c. The Apostolic Nunciature
d.The Convent of the Manila Cathedral
498. Who were the three Catholic princes of the Church
promoted by Pope John Paul II to Cardinal positions?
a. Jaime Sin, Jose C. Manalo, and Pedro C. Aglipay
b. Jose Bucaneg, Pablo San Paolo and Juan C. Julio
c. Jaime C. Sin. Ted Buhain, and Teodoro Bacani

d. Jaime Cardinal Sin, Ricardo Cardinal Vidal and Jose


Cardinal Sanchez
499. Pope John Paul IIs favorite expression is Totus
Tuus, which means _____ in Latin.
a. Well be with you
b. Man is valuable
c. God loves you
d. All I am is for the service of the Lord
500. Time magazine has featured Pope John Paul Ii as
Man of the Year a few years ago. He was also
considered as Man of the Century. For what reason?
a placing value on human life and the dignification of man
b traveling extensively
c initiating the celebration of the World Youth Day
d waving and blessing the people at all times
501.

The mutual respect and cooperation between the

church and the government, contained in a document


signed on March, 1993.
a. The Social Pact
b. The Mutual Friends
c. Church and Government Together Pact
d. The Pact for Mutual Respect
502. Through the World Youth Day, Pope John Paul II
honors the youth. In the summer of 1997, where the
11th World Youth Day held?
a. South Africa
b. Beijing, China

c. Paris, France
d. Hu Chi Ming
503. Her composition Tell the World of His Love became
the official theme of the 1995 world Youth Day.
a Jamie Rivera
b Carol Banawa
c. Regine Velasquez
d. Tricia Bellamede
504. His book Crossing the Threshold of Hope became a
bestseller.
a. Father Teodoro Bacani
b. Father Bonifacio Barroflo
c. Daniel Battle
d. Pope John Paul II
505. A former Portuguese colony, which was annexed by
Indonesia in 1976. The issue is considered still open or
controversial.
a. East Timor
b. Papua New Guinea
c. Sri Lanka
d. Australia
506. The Russian physicist whose experiment showed
that certain stimuli elicited reflex action like salivation of
a dog in anticipation of feeding.
a Ivan Petrovich Pavlov
b Albert Bandura
c. Leonard Mconahon

d. Abraham Maslow
507. The Swiss psychologist who gave the importance of
early cognitive development through four periods in child
growth and development.
a S. Tolonsky
b Jean Piaget
c. Richard Walter
d. Sigmund Freud
508. He popularized the Connectionism and Trial and
Error theories of learning.
a. Edward C. Thorndike
b. William Craig
c. B. J. Underwood
d. Froebel
509. Using chimpanzee as the study specimen, he was
able to theorize that insight learning is possible where
the organism could reconstruct his perceptual pattern
into a new one. Who was he?
a Wolfgang Kohler
b Edward Tolman
c. Poster Helgard
d. Petrovich Gang
510. What should be the proper position of the Philippine
flag when displayed vertically against a wall.
a. the red is the right side
b. the blue is at the left side
c. the red is down

d. the blue is up
511. He was the American President who said, people
dont support you because they like you. You can count
on a persons support if you can do something for him or
to him. Who was he?
a. Lyndon Johnson
b. Richard Nixon
c. John Kennedy
d. Bill Clinton
512. Group work facilitates learning. It allows each
member of the group to respond to the task at hand the
way he/she thinks. What is practiced here?
a. respect for others
b social interaction
c. social tolerance
d. social respect
513. Pep actions and expressions like you are doing
well, nice work and a pat on the shoulder support
what motivational principle being used?
a. positive motivation brings better results
b. negative motivation produces negative results
c. goals should be set
d. appropriate behavior is wholesome
514.

Reciting

especially

in

the

alphabet

preschool,

and

even

number

done

sequence

without

much

understanding develops remembering later. What mental


process does the teacher develop in the practice?

a. thinking reflectively
b. logical sequence
c. rote associations
d. analysis skill
515. As a progressive principal, Dr. Elpidio A. Melgo
separates Julie, Julio, and Julian, identical triplet in
separate classes. What principles of learning does he
practice?
a. each child is unique and is given a chance to develop
his identity
b. each child must not depend on each other
c. each child must be competitive
d. let the triplet progress as they please
516. Described by Sigmund Freud, when a daughter
becomes too attached to her father and consider her
mother a rival
a .oedipal complex
b. electra complex
c. Achilles heel
d. persecution complex
517. To effect change, which one of the following is NOT
effective?
a. regard punishment to produce positive
b. results
c. reinforce good behavior with a reward
d. disapprove negative behavior out rightly
e. ignore whatever behavior is shown

518. The City of Manila is used to be the center for


business and education. To restore its glorious past
grandeur much effort is now channeled to develop it.
What is the famous seal of Manila?
a. Combat
b. Merlios
c. the flag
d. Bayan-Hinirang
519. Plateau of learning is the period when very little
learning takes place in the child. How can this period be
reduced?
a. through motivation called extrinsic
b. approaches
c. through drill
d. through the use of varied learning experiences
e. through negligence
520. It is extended to make up for the harm done to
someone.
a Collusion
b Reward
c. compensation
d. award
521. Researches established that complete coordination
of motor activities is attained at
a pre-natal stage
b childhood stage
c. adolescence stage
d. infancy

522.

Children

consider

parents

and

teachers

as

authorities and models at the early childhood stage.


What does this statement imply?
a. parents should enforce strict discipline at home at
teachers in school
b. teachers and parents should serve as role models at all
times
c. teachers should demand complete obedience from the
learners in school
d. parent-teacher conference should always be an activity
in school
523. The levels and type of abilities in adolescence will be
maintained or enhanced in adulthood depending on such
factors as: A) education, B) experiences, C) cognitive
activities, and D) social activities. Which combination of
abilities is maintained or enhanced?
a. A-B-C
b. A-B-C-D
c. A and C
d. B and C
524. It was revealed in Termans studies of superior
children that moral and personal trait superiority is
significantly marked. Which of these is the appropriate
activity of teacher?
a. expose this group to moral and personal experiences
b. distribute the activities of this group equally between
moral and personal
c. limit the experiences of this group to personal growth

d. provide this group with more experiences in school


other than moral and personal
525.

This is the stage when the learner becomes

confused and starts to experience identity crisis.


Which of these stages is it?
a. early childhood
b late childhood
c. adolescence
d. adult stage
526. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding
the level of mental maturity necessary for a learner to
profit from opportunities?
a. it can be determined by readiness test
b. it may be reached at the age of seven
c. it varies from task
d. it can approximately be reached at the age of five
527. If children are cooperatively engaged with the
teacher in a group project the children will discipline
themselves as each member of the group exercises.
a. obedience to the teacher
b. special interest
c. peer influence
d. moral compulsion
528. A student collapsed in her Social Studies class. It
was found out that he did not eat her lunch. What
principle is shown in this situation?
a. physiological need

b. somatotonic
c. safety needs
d. psychological needs
529.

Which

of

the

following

will

trigger

additional

development if a child is exposed to more challenges and


stimuli in his surroundings?
a. Potentials
b Intelligence
c. emotional development
d. interests
530. Social stratification is greatly developed in the
classroom. Which of these activities would be an effective
way of avoiding or minimizing this?
a. avail the influence of mass media for children of all
classes
b assign leadership roles to the children of the upper
social class
c provide limited experience to children of less privileged
classes
d encourage higher educational aspirations among the
less privileged pupils
531. Which of these statements best explains why an
athletic

coach

training

college

students

for

an

intercollegiate tournament in weightlifting would do well


to select his prospective contestants from the high school
group?
a. muscular strength continues to grow reaching its peak
at age 20

b. muscular strength reaches its peak at age 17 and


stabilizes at age 20
c. muscular strength depends upon the proportion of
muscles and fat which stabilizes after the age 20
d. muscular strength reaches full maturation after the
age 20
532. Which of the following is usually considered themost
important

factor

in

childs

observable

classroom

behavior?
a. Intelligence
b. Heredity
c. cultural background
d. self-concept
533. If a resilient child with superior intelligence is reared
in a poor environment the probable outcome would be
a. mental retardation since he is culturally deprived
b. great change in IQ because he is culturally deprived
c. no change in IQ because environmental deprivation has
nothing to do with intelligence
d.

slight

change

in

IQ

although

he

can

overcome

frustration and obstacles


534. In a classroom it is possible to see the teacher doing
the following to facilitate learning.
I. The class reads a workbook on the
II. Characteristics of animals
III. The teacher shows posters of animals
IV. The class goes out to the zoo observe the animals

V. the class copies the characteristics of animals from


books
Which of these teachers activities reflects an interactive
environment?
a. II and III only
b. I and IV only
c. I and II only
d. III only
535.

teacher

who

subscribes

to

the

pragmatic

philosophy of education believes that experience should


follow learning. In her teaching, she therefore exerts
effort in
a. requiring learners full mastery of the lessons
b. encouraging learners to memorize factual knowledge
c. equipping learners with the basic abilities and skills
d. providing learners opportunities to apply theories and
principles
536. Which of these teaching is PRIMARILY directed to
support

the

psychological

developmentalist

view

of

making the child the center of the educational process


through the applications of its laws of learning?
a. development of the child from within
b. systematic formulation of methods
c. use of effective media technology
d. promotion of the childs social unconsciousness
537. Social adjustment means the ability to behave in
accordance with
a. social expectations
b. stereotyped behavior

c. social unrest
d. universal norms
538. Which of these theories holds that human activity is
based on the interaction of stimuli and responses?
a. Association
b. Vector
c. cognitive-field
d. social learning
539. Manual-aesthetic activities involving attitudes and
feelings are primarily expressive of emotions and values
not thoughts. An example of his motor skill is
a. baking a cake with background music
b. manipulating a bowling ball to achieve a strike
c. dancing and playing musical instruments
d. saving a board for the wall of a book cabinet
540. Freud expounded that there is a period when young
boys

experience

rivalry

with

their

father

for

their

mothers affection. This is


An adolescent combines his ability to use deductive and
inductive reasoning is constructing realistic rules that he
can respect and live by. When he does this, how does he
perceive his environment?
a. he sees the world and himself through the eyes of
other people
b. he sees events apart from himself and other people
c. may take place formally or informally to enable the
individual to grow

d. may take place anywhere and anytime the individual


do desires
541. The tendency to imitate elders is very strong in the
early childhood stage. Teachers should therefore be very
good
a. role models
b counselors
c. facilitators of learning
d. disciplinarians
542. The child cannot distinguish abstracts during the
sensory-motor period of development. Which of these
techniques should a teacher apply to accommodate
learning?
a. utilize concrete objects to clarify concept
b. make use of individualize instruction
c. explain the lesson very well
d. provide variety of educational toys
543.

Psychologically,

there

is

unity

in

all

learning;

however, there are distinct types of learning that are


recognized. One is affective learning that involves
a. understanding of the external world through the use of
the senses
b formation of concepts and ideas
c acquisition of attitudes, ideals, judgment and values
d acquisition of facts and information
544. Which of these systems of learning includes ways
and methods, which are used in preserving and

building certain traditions within cultural communities?


a. indigenous learning
b. cultural learning
c. multi-level learning
d. non-formal learning
545. Studies revealed some findings relative to the
mental

abilities

of

delinquent

and

non-delinquent

children. Which of these is TRUE?


a. there are marked differences between the performance
of non-delinquent and delinquent children.
b. Non-delinquent children are somewhat brighter than
delinquent children
c. There are no significant differences between the
performance of delinquent and non-delinquent children
d Delinquent children are slightly brighter than nondelinquent children but not significant
546. Identical twins are more alike than fraternal twins.
Which of the following statements/principles is supported
by this?
a. heredity has a part in determining intelligence
b. intelligence is determined partly by pre-natal nutrition
c. environment affects both fraternal and identical twins
d. intelligence hinges in physical structure
547. Childrens interests are generally largely dependent
on their experiences. Which of the following is an
implication of this statement?
a. the curriculum should provide vital experiences if the
school must use its opportunities to develop interest.

b. A large part of the subject matter has to be easy if


they

are

to

interesting

and

within

the

learners

experience.
c. The experience of the child reduces the area in which
the school may choose to develop interests.
d. The school should not develop interest outside the
experience of the child.
548. Which of these processes can be used to prevent
forgetting and unlearning?
a Motivation
b Presentation
c. evaluation
d. drills and review
549. The adolescence wants independence; yet he has a
strong desire for security. He wants to feel secure in the
affection and regard of his peers and of adults. That is,
he wants to be secured
a. physically and socially
b. spiritually and physically
c. mentally and emotionally
d. emotionally and socially
550. The problem of meeting adequately all the needs of
a learner in education becomes the task of the teacher.
For this task to be effectively accomplished, the teacher
has to be aware of the nature and extent of the school
learners

differences,

how

they

affect

teaching

learning. In the developmental theory, this refers to:


a. family differences

and

b. community differences
c. individual differences
d. sex differences
551. As the individual emerges from the sheltered life
within the home toward an expanded social and physical
environment, new problems arise and additional needs
and wants appear. During this time boys and girls need
very urgently.
a. physical adjustment
b. social adjustment
c. emotional adjustment
d. spiritual adjustment
552. According to this theory, human activities are based
on association between stimuli and responses. This
theory has been called the S-R bond. These terms refers
to:
a. connectionism theory
b. law of readiness
c. law of effect
d. conditioning theory
553. It states that when a person is prepared to respond
or act, giving the responses is satisfying and being
prevented from doing so is annoying.
a. connectionism theory
b law of readiness
c. law of effect
d. conditioning theory

554. Pavlovs well-known experiment demonstrated the


formation or straightening of an association between
salivation is a dog and the sound of a buzzer through the
repeated simultaneous presentation of the buzzer with
the stimulus for salivation, namely food, which serves to
reinforce the association.
a. Excitation
b. Extinction
c. spontaneous recovery
d. respondent conditioning
555. It is a process in which the individuals attention and
interest are aroused and directed toward definite goals.
a. Motivation
b. Generalization
c. evaluation
d. application
556. There are motivations, which may be applied by a
teacher in motivating students to learn. One is a force
that arises from outside the individual such as honors,
monetary rewards, medals and the like.
This force refers to:
a. extrinsic motivator
b intrinsic motivator
c. extensive motivator
d. intensive motivator
557. In all social groupings members are classified
according to certain criteria, which may differ according
to the nature of the group. One of the systems by which

men are ranked higher or lower according to the value


accorded their various social roles and activities.
a. social gratification
b social grace
c. social stratification
d. social differentiation
558. Sociologists have long recognized difference in
groups and have used these differences as the bases for
group classification. It is relatively smaller in size than
gang. It comes into being when two or more persons
are related to one another in an intimate fellowship that
involves

going

exchanging

out

together,

intimate

doing

personal

things

matters

together,
involving

emotional sentimental situations:


a. gang
b. peer
c. playmate
d. clique
559. Which of these attitudes helps the individual to
endure suffering, poverty, sickness, tragedy and bad
luck? This attitude enables one to accept resignation and
tolerance to pain and frustrations.
This attitude that still persists is called:
a. fatalism
b. animism
c. non-rationalism
d. euphemism

560. This attitude denotes a sense of gratitude. This


values system comprises a network of behavior with
different degrees of connotation. It is a complicated
system of mutual; obligation. Everybody owes a debt of
gratitude to someone; everyone in some way had done
something for someone who therefore owes him in
return. This value is referred to as:
a. ningas cogon
b. manana habit
c. fiesta syndrome
d. utang na loob
561. It is something that grows and changes with the
passage of time. It is the complex whole that includes
knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs and other
capabilities and habits acquired by man as
a member of society. This is referred to as:
a. culture
b experience
c. learning
d. education
562. When planning the program for learning what is
important for the teacher to know?
a. the childs or learners background
b. the learners problems and needs
c. the learners abilities and interest
d. all of the above
563. Which of the following statement is consistent with
the basic principles of guiding pupil learning?

a. the child is the beginning, the center, and the end-goal


of the learning process
b. the child is a unique individual, meaning no two
children are alike because every child has characteristics
distinctly his own
c. the child should be accepted for what he is: his
personality should be respected
d all of the above
564. Which of the following groups of individual look
upon education as changed behavior?
a. Anthropologists
b. sociologists
c. physiologists
d. all of the above
565. To meet individual differences of learners, the
teacher should
a. provide richly varied activities in her classroom
b. use flexible teaching procedures
c. make the organization of learning experience flexible
d. all of the above
566. According to the traditionalist view
a. education should prepare the child for adults life or life
hereafter
b children should be grounded in the rules of conduct
which help ensure the eternal reward
c children must adjust to the established institutions of
society
d all of the above

567. The process of abstraction involves


a. labeling as real that which exists empirically
b. defining in terms of observable
c. making inferences based on the behavior of the
observable
d. generalizing
e. all of the above
568. In a school where the childs or learners interests
are the primary concern of the teachers, we find school
administrators who are
a. progressivists
b. pragmatists
c. experimentalists
d. all of the above
569. What is personality? It is
a. a social respect
b. the totality of impressions one makes on others
c. something that covers values as well as aspects of
behavior
d. all of the above
570. Human social life is the product of
a. biological heredity
b natural environment
c. the group and culture
d. all of the above

571. Kilpatrickian (referring to William Kilpatrick) is


essentially associated with
a. the project method
b. purposeful activity
c. intrinsic motivation
d. all of the above
572. The idea that education is primarily a method of
helping the individual adjust to his environment stems
from the
a. sociological foundation of education
b. philosophical foundation of education
c. scientific foundation of education
d. psychological foundation of education
573. The contemporary educational view fundamentally
manifests
a. an eclectic tendency
b. psychological trend
c. a sociological bias
d. a philosophical inclination
574. The tendency to regard learning as a set of
processes by which an organism is modified by the
responses it makes to stimuli is indicative of
a. sociological influence
b. philosophical influence
c. scientific influence
d. psychological bias

575. What are the acquired human needs that are built
largely around the ego?
a. the desire to belong to the group
b. desire to be accepted and loved by the group
c. desire to enjoy good standing in the group
d. all of the above
576. What is personality a function of
a. personality is a function of he expectations of social
situations
b. personality is a function of social situations
c. personality is a function of the self.
d A and B
577. Human growth and development are differentiated
in the sense that
a.

growth

usually

involves

physical

changes

while

development refers to learning maturation


b. growth involves learning while development is an
increase in height and weight at the time
c. growth is the process of ripening while development is
always the result of instruction and training
d. none of these
578. Why do unborn fetus and newly born babies appear
to be like monster with abnormally large heads?
This could be due to the fact that:
a. the head consists of lot of fluids in the head
b. the pattern of development starts with the head
downward
c. the head is the most important part of the body

d. human life has not fully developed yet


579. Even among identical twins, brothers and sisters,
teacher should not compare their abilities because
a. every individual is unique
b. comparisons can arouse feelings of hostility and anger
c. comparisons can lead to unnecessarypressures
d. all of these
580. The developmental period of storms and stresses
when children rebel against their parents is during
a. early childhood
b. late childhood
c. adolescence
d. early adulthood
581. In what development stage are the fundamental
skills

in

reading,

writing

and

calculating

developed

according to Havighurst?
a. early childhood
b. late childhood
c. adolescence
d. early adulthood
582. According to Erikson, identity crisis or identity vs.
role confusion occurs during the ages of
a. 3 to 6 years
b. 6 to 12 years
c. 12 to 18 years
d. 18 to 21 years

583. In Kholbergs moral development theory, judgment


about what is right or wrong is based on consequences
such as punishment. This happens during
a. pre-conventional morality
b. conventional morality
c. post-conventional morality
d. in any of the stages
584. Learning how to operate and observe under a
microscope is a
a. sensory-motor type of learning
b. effective type of learning
c. cognitive type of learning
d. association type of learning
585. Learning is a matter of habit formation of getting
used to it, according to the theory of Pavlov known
as
a. Gestaltism
b. Functionalism
c. Stimulus response-connectionism
d. Conditioning
586. A persons or animals learning is reinforced when
there is a reward that follows after a successful act.
This is according to the theory of
a. operant conditioning
b. classical conditioning
c. cognitive theory
d. affective theory

587. Learning takes place as a whole in a form of


generalization according to the theory of the
a. Connectionists
b. Behaviorists
c. Gestaltists
d. Psychoanalysts
588. A period when peak of learning takes place is known
as
a. learning curve
b. plateau of learning
c. learning spurts
d. learning process
589. A psychological instrument used to determine how
popular or unpopular a pupil is known as
a. Sociogram
b. anecdotal record
c. checklist
d. questionnaire
590.

A type of psychological defense mechanism which

consists

of

giving

explanations

for

our

behavior,

explanations that often seem to quite logical, but that do


not get at the real cause is
a. displace hostility
b. rationalization
c. repression
d. regression

591. An IQ which range from 70 to 85 is usually believed


to be in the intellectual level of
a. normal
b. superior
c. dull normal
d. moron
592. A person who classified the hierarchy needs of man
into basic physiological needs and security,
love, esteem and self-actualization was
a. Maslow
b. Roger
c. James
d. Thorndike
593. Which of the following is a practical application of
Thorndikes law of readiness?
a. pupils must be frequently exposed to drills, practices
b. pupils must be motivated first before my lesson starts
c. pupils must be praised for their good work
d. pupils must be punished for their misbehavior
594. What type of education is usually intended for out
of- school which consist vocational-technical skills
training?
a. non-formal education
b. formal education
c. informal education
d. liberal education

595.

type

of

group

which

one

has

feeling

of

indifference, strangeness, avoidance, dislike,


antagonism and even hatred
a. in group
b. out group
c. peer group
d. reference group
596. Which of the following describes the nature of the
Philippine value system?
a. to maintain harmony with nature and people
b.

to

avoid

disagreement,

conflicts

by

maintaining

smooth interpersonal relationship


c. economic mobility an social acceptance
d. all of these
597. An intense feeling that ones culture is more
superior than other peoples is known as
a. ethnocentrism
b. xenophobia
c. hydrophobia
d. protectionism
598. Customary ways of behaving which have become
habitual and repetitive to a number of individuals of
a group is known as
a. folkways
b. mores
c. folktales
d. ethnic ways

599. A type of social status which is acquired or earned


by birth as in the case of the royal families handing down
automatically the royal titles to their children
a. ascribed status
b. achieved status
c. innate status
d. earned status
600. Studies of Robert Fox in 1977 tend to show that the
first man reached the Philippines during the
a. Middle Pleistocene period, 4-5 thousand years ago
b. Early Pleistocene period
c. Late Pleistocene period
d. Pre-Pleistocene period
601. The most significant findings of Robert Fox was the
discovery of the
a. Tabon skull in Palawan in 1962
b. Aetas or Negritos
c. Working tools or implements of our ancestors
d. Its Skull
602. The feelings of uneasiness, disbelief, dislike against
any new culture is known as
a. enculturation
b. culture shock
c. acculturation
d. amalgamation
603. There are different factors that affect intelligence.
Which of these refers to the pathological conditions?

a. Heredity
b. Race
c. brain
d. emotion
604.The lowest IQ indicated in the intelligence scale is
a. moron
b. imbecile
c. idiot
d. feeble-minded
605. The individuals basic outlooks, values and ideals are
to a great except shape during
a. neonate
b. childhood
c. childhood
d. adolescence
606. The cycle of human development includes the
following stages mentioned below. Which of these stages
should come first?
a. Adulthood
b. Infanthood
c. childhood
d. adolescent
607. One inherits certain traits from ones parents but he
is not the real replica of his parents. This explains the
principle of heredity which is the principle of
a. variation
b. uniformity

c. reproduction
d. filial regression
608. The teacher can help develop self-concept among
her pupils by
a. letting the child know how bad, stupid, and a failure he
was.
b. Keeping quiet about the childs limitation
c.

Expressing

confidence

on

the

childs

capability

punishing
d. Punishing
609. Which of the following will directly satisfy biological
drives?
a. Water
c. economic security
b. Oxygen
d. sleep
610. What term is used to refer to internal stimulus
condition of the organism, which impels it to activity?
a. Motives
b. school phobia
c. motivation
d. incentive
611 A child who is overprotected or rejected may suffer
a. obsession
b. school phobia
c. neutralism
d. hypochondriac

612. There are many factors to consider in determining


the childs readiness for learning. Which of these is the
most basic?
a. maturation
b. experience
c. methods and materials of instruction
d. emotional attitudes and personal adjustments
613. Learning is due to maturation and training. Which of
the laws is highly related to it?
a. law of use
b. law of annoyance
c. law of effect
d. law of readiness
614. During the sensorimotor period, the child develops a
functional understanding of many things. Which of
these does not belong to these?
a. imitation play
b. causality objects
c. space and time
d. concentration
615. When teaching Math, the teacher provides situations
where the pupils discovered the meaning of square. What
then may the pupils form?
a. process concept
b. structural concept
c. quality concept
d. cluster concept

616. Which of these listed needs does not belong to the


sociogenic type?
a. Thirst
b. Status
c. security
d. independence
617. The most scientific school of psychology is
a. behaviorism
b. Gestaltism
c. structuralism
d. functionalism
618. A child who can execute difficult dance steps, throw
and catch a ball skillful play several games is said to have

a. mechanical intelligence
b. abstract intelligence
c. motor intelligence
d. social intelligence
619) A child who is cordial, friendly and helpful with
whom people like, has a high capacity for
a. mechanical intelligence
b. social intelligence
c. motor intelligence
d. abstract intelligence
620. Which of the four emotional behavior patterns will
be the reaction in pleasant situation?

a. destruction
b. approach
c. retreat
d. stopping of response
621. When a younger reverts to weeping, pouting or
childish play as means of overcoming frustrations, this
mechanism is called
a. repression
b. regression
c. nomadism
d. fantasy
622. Cognitive domain refers to
a. skills
b. attitude
c. values
d. knowledge with understanding
623.

The

behavior

of

the

child

is

to

large

extent

dependent upon his


a. biological inheritance
b. environment
c. peers
d. parents
624. Which of these provide the best reinforcement?
a. use of marks
b. scholarship
c. awarding a model
d. natural interest in the world

625. There are several causes of maladjustment. Which


one is not a sure cause?
a. poverty
b. rejection
c. broken home
d. intelligence
626. The best single criterion of the degree of maturity of
a child is his
a. size
b. age
c. bone ossification
d. skeletal growth
627. Growth is most rapidly rapid proportionally____.
a. in the pre-natal months
b. from birth to six
c. from six to twelve
d. in adolescence
628. Growth takes place
a. gradually for the while organism
b. with differential rates for different parts of the body
c. suddenly by spurts of the whole
d. in serial order of development
629. The different stages of the child growths should be
understood because
a. of the relation of between his physical and mental
status

b. of the wide range of ability


c. his emotional; and social factors affect growth
d. education fir the growth
630. Adolescence includes the years from
a. 6 to 9
b. 9 to 12
c. 13 to 21
d. 21 to 26
631. By social intelligence we mean
a. ability to get along with people
b. absence of shyness
c. membership in several organizations
d. absence of an inferiority complex
632. Children form gang mainly because of
a. parental laxity
b. rebellion against authority
c. desire for adventure
d. the urge to be independent
633. Delinquency reaches its peak
a. before the teenage
b. in the early and middle teens
c. in the twenties
d. in the thirties
634. The gang generally disintegrates because of
a. hostility between members
b. members become indifferent in size

c. the school prohibits it


d. other interests, particularly in the other sex
635. The best way to help adolescents become socially
mature is to
a. urge them to confide in their parents
b. help them feel free to do as the crowd does
c. give wholesome and adequate social experiences
d. overcome inferiority feelings and pattern
636. Emotions are significant because they
a. always stimulate thinking
b. preserve our lives
c. are the products of the body
d. are the major fasters in personality
637. The school causes emotional maladjustment most
often by
a. hard problems and lessons
b. failure in the work
c. opposition from friends
d. lack of guidance
638. The native stimulus for fear is
a. the dark
b. snakes
c. a sudden or starting stimulus
d. being restrained or held
639. Emotions can best be trained by
a. assuming an indifference to disturbing things

b. inhibiting or repressing all emotions


c. avoiding all emotional stimuli
d. attaching satisfaction to desirable emotion pattern
640. Maladjustment can often be prevented by
a. giving the children more attention
b. speaking of the bad impression his conduct makes
c. seeing the child is successful in what he undertakes
d. letting the child strictly alone
641. Overprotected children will probably develop into
adults who
a. are independent and self-reliant
b. are emotionally mature
c. will protect other children
d. continue to learn on their parent
642. The most serious maladjusted child is one who
a. talk back to his teachers
b. is loud and disorderly
c. in unsocial and withdrawn from others
d. destroys school materials
643.

Making

the

child

ashamed

of

some

habitual

behaviors is most likely to have the effect of


a.

eliminating

desirable

habit

without

harmful

consequences
b. adding a deep sense of guilt to the misbehavior
c. causing open rebellion
d. a temporary improvement in conduct and attitude

644. The correction of maladjustment in an individual


child is
a. a very complicated and difficult matter
b. an impossible task
c. a rather easy thing
d. a task only for psychiatrists
645. Memorization is made more effective by
a. repetition
b. visualization
c. meaningfulness or understanding
d. intensity
646. Studies of the effect of summer vacation upon
retention indicate that
a. much is forgotten
b. small amount is forgotten
c. nothing is forgotten
d. retention is increased
647. The intention to remember
a. assume mastery
b. adds meaning to the material
c. does nor retard forgetting
d. increased interest and mind-set
648. Over-learning the material
a. increased retention
b. decreases interests
c. makes memory work monotonous
d. increases forgetting

649. A good memory has much value because it


a. gives one a chance to show individuality
b. shows that one is above average in intelligence
c. increases ones social efficiency
d. indicates clear thinking
650. The most widely accepted concept of intelligence is
a. capacity to learn
b. ability to sustain oneself economically
c. ability to control emotion
d. ability to make social contacts
651. A feeble-minded person has an IQ of
a. 80
b. 90
c. below 70
d. 75
652. A gifted person has an IQ of
a. 100
b. 110
c. 120
d. above 130
653. The percentage of individuals classified as having an
average of normal intelligence is
a. 50
b. 60
c. 70
d. 80

654. Children who are very bright tend to be


a. physically small and sickly
b. nervous and emotionally unstable
c. shy, timid, and unsocial
d. favorably endowed in more respect
655.

Peoples knowledge, beliefs, arts, morals, laws,

customs and other capabilities and habits known as

a. education
b. socialization
c. culture
d. anthropology
656. Pre-marital sex is commonly practiced in Western
countries, but considered bad in the Philippines; what is
good for them is bad for us. This means that culture is
a. adaptive
b. dynamic
c. shared
d. relative
657. The expression Filipinos operate or live on two
levels of culture, means that Filipinos
a. are influenced by both parental sides father-mother
b.

versatile

people

who

can

live

whether

Philippines or USA
c. influenced by both Western and Asian culture
d. either good or bad

in

the

658. Whether we like or not, it is impossible to find a true


or pure Filipino music, dance, or belief, because culture is

a. Diverge
b. dynamic-cumulative
c. relative
d. learned
659. In what sense does culture distinguish man from
animal?
a. man develops culture, arts, laws, etc., while animals
behave according to their instinct
b. man is superior intellectually than animals
c. man although superior intellectually, is physically
inferior to animals
d. animals can be cultured like human beings
660. When a Filipino is married to a German, there is a
mixture or blending of two different cultures as
shown in their childrens behavior, this is known as
cultural
a. fusion
b. altruism
c. unification
d. none of these
661. The greatest influence on a child
a. the school environment
b. his or her peers
c. the home environment
d. all of the above

662. Responses accompanied by satisfaction are more


firmly connected with the situation according to the
laws of
a. readiness
b. exercise
c. effect
d. association
663. Which is more important for learning to own?
a. Readiness
b. Training
c. practice
d.
664.

context
The law is based on the principle that learning is

transferable.
a. Exercise
b. Effect
c. readiness
d. apperception
665. The adolescents powerful tool is the combined
ability to use deductive and inductive reasoning in
constructing realistic rules he can respect and live by.
The adolescence therefore ___.
a. sees events apart from himself and other people
b. views the world from his own perspective
c. interprets events from a limited view
d. sees the world and himself through the eyes of other
people

666. When a child develops conventional morality, his/her


behavior is based on ___.
a. personal decisions based on his/her satisfaction
b. the desire to avoid severe physical punishment by a
superior authority
c. internalized the ideals to avoid self-condemnation
rather than a social censure
d. the expectations of the group or society in general to
gain approval
667. What is the importance or role of the PEER GROUP in
adolescence?
a. stops the learning and development of social roles
b. allows the young to stays away from home
c. provides the adolescent the time to make unwise
decisions
d. allows the young to free himself from too much
dependence on his parents and family
668.

A child learns the world FLOWER before he can

name Sampaguita, Gumamela, and Camia because


development _____.
a. is cephalocaudal in nature
b. proceeds from general to specific
c. follows a pattern
d. is a continuous process
669. Why is indoctrinating the child by making decisions
for him dangerous?
a. it will confuse him

b. it will develop in him negative attitudes


c. it will thwart his personality
d. it will make him dependent on the thinking of others
670. The cognitive process refers to the realization that
even if things change in physical appearance,
certain attributers are constant. This is ____.
a. reservation
b. construction
c. integration
d. conservation
671. The second basic principle of development states
that the rate of the development is unique to each
individual. Educators aptly termed this as the principle of
____.
a. dynamic change
b. variation
c. individual difference
d. uniqueness
672. Learning is strengthened if it results in satisfaction
but is weakened if it leads to annoyance. This is the
Law of ____.
a. exercise
b. effect
c. readiness
d. repetition
673. The level of mental maturity necessary for a pupil to
profit from opportunities to learn ___.

a. may be reached at the age of seven


b. can approximately be reached at the age of five
c. varies from task to task
d. can be determined by readiness test
674. In which of the following teacher tasks is knowledge
of childrens effective development only of
supplementary significance?
a.

understanding

ones

own

emotional

reactions

to

various types of pupil behavior


b. understanding the emotionally-based causes of pupil
behavior
c.

sampling

of

classroom

activities

that

generate

excitement and happiness


d. helping children overcome negative emotions
675. Educators are aware that no amount of practice and
instruction can make a four-month old child walk or speak
fluently, because the muscular and neural structures are
not yet ready for those skills. These points to the process
called _____.
a. development
b. maturation
c. growth
d. heredity
676. Identical twins are more alike in intelligence than
are fraternal twins. This fact indicates that ____.
a. environment affects both fraternal and identical twins
b. intelligence is determined partly by prenatal nutrition
c. heredity has a part in determining intelligence

d. intelligence hinges on physical structure


677. Much of todays classroom practices are influenced
by Skinners operant conditioning, which stresses on
____.
a. involuntary response to a stimulus
b. progression of subordinate learning
c. connection between stimulus and response
d. reinforcement of correct response
678. Early childhood is characterized by educators as a
period of morality by constraint. This means that
children in this stage consider teacher and parents as
____.
a. authorities and models
b. counselors and advisers
c. peers and playmates
d. facilitators and supervisors
679. Because learning increases directly in proportion to
the extent to which the learner is wholly bound up in
his task, the teacher should give lessons that ____.
a. are fictitious to appeal to their imagination
b. have significance and worth to the child
c. are easy to comprehend
d. portray complex ideas
680.

The

major

contribution

of

Kohlbergs

moral

development theory is its analysis on the way in


which stages of moral development are closely related to
corresponding cognitive growth. This

points that ___.


a. all individuals completely reach their post conventional
level of maturity
b. as cognitive growth occurs, individuals are able to
solve more complex moral problems
c. adolescents should not be exposed to contrary moral
views
d. school should get children to accept or conform to
societys rule
681. Which of the following corresponds to Kohlbergs
post-conventional

or

principled

level

of

moral

development?
a. right action consists of what instrumentally satisfies
ones own needs
b. right action is defined by the decision of conscience in
accordance with self-chosen universal ethical principles
c. good behavior is based on the physical consequences
of action
d. good behavior is that which pleases or helps others or
is approved by them
682. In Kohlbergs stage 6 of Post Conventional Morality,
the individuals judgment is based on ___.
a. standards/norms and expectations of the group
b. the arbitrariness of social and legal conventions
c. both social standards and internalized ideas
d. external criteria-standards of right and wrong which
are laid down by authority

683. The relationship between education and culture


tends to be cyclical. This means that ____.
a. the school is shaped by culture and culture in turn is
influenced by the school
b. the school function is primarily as a transmitter of
culture and is a change agent
c. the school becomes the avenue through which the
individuals learn their culture
d. culture is transmitted by the school system, and the
classroom is the place where transmission takes place
684. An athletic coach training college students for an
intercollegiate tournament in weight-lifting would do
well to select his prospective contestants from the high
school group because muscular strength ____.
a. reaches its peak at age 17 and stabilize till age 20
b. continues to grow reaching its peak at age 20
c. reaches fill maturity after age 20
d. depends upon the proportion of muscles and fat which
stabilizes after age 20
685. Teachers should bear in mind that the period of
greatest mental development is from ___.
a 3 to 6 years
b 9 to 12 years
c. 6 to 9 years
d. 12 to 15 years
686. Which patterns of development closely parallel to
the pattern for speech development?
a. emotional and moral

b. intellectual and moral


c. intellectual and motor
d. emotional and motor
687. What would be an effective way of avoiding social
stratification is the classroom?
a.

provide

limited

experience

to

children

of

less

privileged classes
b. provide influence of mass media for children of all
social classes
c. encourage higher educational aspirations among the
less privileged pupils
d. assign leadership roles to the children of the upper
social class
688. The environment in order to facilitate learning must
be interactive. Which of the following best typifies
this kind of environment?
a. the child summarizes the section on fossils in his
science textbook
b. the child listens to a lecture on fossils given by the
teacher
c. the child goes out and discovers for himself some rock
or fossil
d. the child copies a list of facts concerning fossils on the
blackboard
689. A student fainted during the flag ceremony. It was
found out that he didnt take his breakfast. What
psychological principle is shown in this situation?
a. somatotonic principle

b. safety needs principle


c. .physiological need principle
d. Id principle
690. The individual has to learn developmental tasks at
each stage of development. Failure to do so at an
earlier stage may cause problems in later stages. Arrange
the following tasks according to the stages
when they occur in ones life span.
a. developing conscience, morality and a scale of values
b. learning to distinguish right from wrong
c. acquiring a set of values and an ethical system
d. taking on civic responsibility
a. b-a-c-d
b. c-a-b-d
c. a-c-b-d
d. a-b-c-d
691. Some students have pointed out that the course of
human development can be influenced positively by
manipulating some aspects of the internal and external
development. One thing a teacher can do
in this regard is to ___.
a. keep the room well-ventilated, orderly and clean
b. provide learners with a set of routine activities to be
followed strictly
c. arrange the seat in such a way that every learner feels
comfortable
d. provide learners with a variety of enriched learning
materials and aids for the different

692. Learning increase directly in proportion to the


extent to which the learner is wholly bound up in his task.
How does a teacher show this in her lesson? The teacher
gives lessons that ___.
a. have significance and worth to the child
b. are fictitious to appear to their imagination
c. portray complex ideas
d. are easy to comprehend
693.

When

an

adolescent

combines

ability

to

use

deductive and inductive reasoning in constructing


realistic rules that he can respect and live by, how does
he perceived his environment?
a. he views the world form his perspective
b. he sees events apart from himself and other people
c. he interprets events from a limited view
d. he sees the world and himself through the eyes of
others
694. Heredity has a part in determining intelligence.
Which of the following statements support this principle?
a. intelligence is determined partly by pre-natal nutrition
b. identical twins are more alike than fraternal twins
c. intelligence hinges in physical structure
d environmental affects both fraternal and identical twins
695.

Development

tasks

are

to

be

learned

by

the

individual at the each stage of development. If these


tasks are not developed at an early stage, this may cause
problems in later years. Arrange the following tasks

according to the stages when they occur in ones life


span.
I. acquiring a set of values and an ethical span
II. developing conscience, morality and a scale of values
III. learning to distinguish right from wrong
IV. taking a civic responsibility
a. III, II, I, IV
b I, II,III, IV
c. II, IV, I, III
d. III, I, II and IV
696.

Which

of

the

current

classroom

practices

is

influenced by Skinners operant conditioning?


a. progression of subordinate learning
b. reinforcement of correct practices
c. connection between stimulus and response
d. involuntary response to a stimulus
697. The psychological developmentalist made the child
the center of the educational process through
application

of

its

law

of

learning.

Teaching

should

therefore be primarily directed towards the ____.


a. promotion of the childs social unconsciousness
b. development of the child from within
c. use of effective media technology
d. systematic formulation of methods
698. Which of the following would you considers MOST
indicative of actual maladjustment of a student?
a. failing to take care of school properties

b. spending his entire allowance each week on science


fiction paperbacks
c. finding fault with the work of this classmate
d. inviting his classmates to eating places in an attempt
to be popular
699. Who introduce the technique of using the drawing of
a man as a measure of intelligence?
a Binet
b Aristotle
c. Good enough
d. Herbert
700. Human development follows a pattern. Which of the
following demonstrates this theory?
a. In Geography class, children learn the difference
provinces
b. ahead of their own town
c. Petra names sampaguita, roses and camia before
learning the word flower
d. A child learns the word ANIMALS before he can name
dog , cat, goat and cow
e. In mathematics learners know division ahead of
addition
701. Pre-school education is a recognition that the period
of greatest mental development among individual is
from ___ years.
a. 6 to 9
b. 12 to 15
c. 9 to 12

d. 3 to 6
702. Social development means that acquisition of the
ability to behave in accordance with ____.
a. social insights
b. universal norms
c. stereotyped behavior
d. social expectations
703. Which of the following demonstrates that education
and culture tend to cyclical?
a. the school becomes the avenue by which individual
learn their culture
b. culture is transmitted by the school system and the
classroom becomes the place of transmission
c. the school shaped by culture and culture in tern
influence by the school
d the school functions primarily as a transmitter of
culture and is a change agent
704. Which of these statements is TRUE regarding the
indoctrination of a child in making decision?
a. this will facilitate the childs ability to make decisions
b. this will give hi the opportunity to make right decisions
at an early stage
c. this will make him dependent on the thinkingof others
d. this will enhance his ability to think and decide
705. How does peer group influenced adolescence?
a. stops the learning and development of social roles

b. provides the adolescents the time to make unwise


decisions
c. allows the young to free himself from too much
dependence on his family
d. allows the young to stay away from home
706. Termans studies of superior children show that in
moral and personal traits the superiority is significantly
marked. What this suggests to the teacher?
a. limit the experience of this group to personal growth
b. distribute the activities of this group equally between
moral and personal
c. expose this group to moral and personal experience
d. provide this group with more experiences in schools
outside or moral and personal
707. Children in the early stage consider teachers and
parents as authorities and models. What does this
statement imply?
a. teachers and parents should serve as role models at all
times
b. parent-teacher conference should always be an activity
in school
c. parents should enforce strict discipline at home and
teachers in school
d. teachers should demand complete obedience form the
learners in school
708. The environment must be interactive to facilitate
learning, which of the following situation is an example of
this?

a. the class copies a list of facts concerning the habitat of


insects
b. the teacher lectures on the habitat of insects
c. the class goes out and discovers the habitat of insects
d. the teacher shows posters of the habitat of insects
709. Which of the following statements involving the
relative mental abilities of delinquent and nondelinquent
children has been supported by studies to be generally
true?
a. there are marked differences between the performance
of two groups
b. there are no significant difference between them
c. non-delinquent children are somewhat brighter than
delinquent children
d.

delinquent

children

are

slightly

but

significant

brighter
710. How does a teacher demonstrate that the course of
human development can be influenced positively by
manipulating some aspects of the internal and external
development?
a. arranging the seats in such a way that every learner
feels comfortable
b. providing learners with a set of routine activities to be
followed strictly
c. providing learners with a variety of enriched learning
materials and aids for different subjects
d. keeping the room well-ventilated, orderly and clean

711. This system of learning includes ways and methods,


which are used in preserving and building
certain traditions within cultural communities. This refers
to ___.
a cultural learning system
b indigenous learning system
c multi-level learning system
d non-formal learning system
712.

Social

experimentation

believes

that

education

should develop in the learner a social motive and


intelligence to enable them to help solve problems of
changing society. Teachers are therefore
encouraged to ____.
a. teach the learners what to do as they know in making
right decisions
b. involve the community and discuss objectively relevant
issues to guide learners in evaluating them
c.

influence

the

learners

in

making

choices

and

conclusions as regards controversial issues


d. tell the learners to accept social traditions wholly
because social heritage is of great value
713. Which of these contributions was the idea advanced
by Gestalt psychologists?
a. the best method of learning is through conditioning
b. the individual reacts to a total environment
c. a particular stimulus will lead to a specific response
d. each faculty of the brain must be provided with
appropriate exercise

714

The

principle

of

individual

differences

requires

teachers to ____.
a. prepare modules for slow learners in the class
b. provide varied learning activities to suit individual
needs
c. treat all learners alike while in the classroom
d. give more attention to the gifted students
715. All learning is bond connecting. In which of the
following is this principle NOT applicable?
a. habits
b. attitudes
c. reflexes
d. skills
716. In which of the following teacher tasks is knowledge
of childrens affective development of LEAST
significance?
a. understanding the emotionally-based causes of pupil
behavior
b.

sampling

of

classroom

activities

that

generate

excitement and happiness


c. helping children overcome negative emotions
d. exploring ones own emotional reactions to various
types of pupil behavior
717. Which of the following behavior indicates that a
child has developed conventional maturity? The
behavior is based on ____.
a. the desire to avoid severe physical punishment by a
superior authority

b. personal decisions based on his satisfaction


c the expectations of the group or society in general to
gain approval
d internalized ideals to avoid self-condemnation rather
than social censure
718. If children are cooperatively engaged with the
teacher in a group project the children will discipline
themselves each member of the group exercises
a. obedience to the teacher
b. special interest
c. peer influence
d. moral compulsion
719. Che-che collapsed in her Social Studies class. It was
found out that she did not eat her lunch. What
principle is shown in this situation?
a. physiological needs
b. somatotonic
c. safety needs
d. psychological need
720.

The

levels

and

types

of

abilities

present

in

adolescence will be maintained or enhanced in adulthood


depending on such factors as:
A. education
B. experiences
C. cognitive activities
D. social activities
Which combination of abilities is maintained or
enhanced?

a. A-B-C
b. A-B-C-D
c. A and C
d. B-C
721. This is the stage when the learner becomes confused
and starts to experience identity crises.
Which of these stages is it?
a. early childhood
b. early adulthood
c. late childhood
d. adolescent
722. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding
the level of mental maturity necessary for
a learner to profit from opportunities?
a. it can be determined by readiness test
b. it may be reached at the age of seven
c. it varies from task
d. it can approximately be reached at the age of five
723. Researches established that complete coordination
of motor activities is attained at:
a. pre-natal stage
b. adolescence stage
c. childhood stage
d. infancy
724.

Which

of

the

following

will

trigger

development if a child is exposed to more


challenges and stimuli in his surroundings?

additional

a. Potentials
b. Intelligence
c. emotional development
d. interest
725. If a resilient child with superior intelligence is reared
in a poor environment the probable outcome would
be___?
a. mental retardation since he is cultural deprived
b. mental change in IQ because he is culturally deprived
c. no change in IQ because environmental deprivation has
nothing to do with intelligence
d.

slight

change

in

IQ

although

he

can

overcome

frustration and obstacle


726.

Which of the following is usually considered the

most important factor in a childs observable


classroom behavior?
a. intelligence
b. heredity
c. cultural background
d. self-concept
727. A number of researchers found that the effects
material employment on childrens achievement is ___.
a. positive and negative
b. negative
c. fully established
d. hardly established

728.

Which

developmental

task

is

expected

of

the

adolescent according to Havighurst?


a. skilled in games
b. learning to get along with age-mates
c. achieving new and more mature relations with agemates of both sexes
d. getting started in an occupation
729. Mr. Esmane wants his pupils to be creative. Which of
the following will REFRAIN from doing?
a. develop students ability to recognize and analyze
problems and relationships
b. encourage sustained attention in an area of interest
c. heighten the students sense of the unusual
d. develop solely skill mastery
730. Alou dance well. She can figure out how something
works or how to fix something that is broken, without
asking for help. Based on Gardeners theory of multiple
intelligence what intelligence is she strong?
a. musical
b. kinesthetic intelligence
c. logical-mathematical
d. spatial intelligence
731. Which one correctly describes the phenomenon of
lately children?
a. they are poorly motivated school children
b. they are engaged in child labor
c. they are truant school children

d. they turn to empty homes after school either to sit by


the television or to roam the streets
732.

Moral

development

is

early

childhood

is

characterized by __.
a. questioning rules
b. acting out of conviction
c. willful disobedience of rules
d. acting without knowing why they do so
733. In her teaching, Ms. Breis moves from particular
instances to tentative generalizations that are
subjected to further verification. Ms. Breis engages
herself in ___.
a. deductive logic
b. philosophical analysis
c. inductive logic
d. intuition
734. Which of the following is not a subject-centered
curriculum?
a. value-oriented
b. subject area
c. back-to-basics
d. perennialist
735. Which of the following is a correct statement of
emotional intelligence based on Daniel Golemans
theory?
a. emotional intelligence is giving free rein to feeling

b. emotional intelligence changes less considerably than


IQ through life
c. emotional intelligence is being nice to people
d. emotional intelligence is feeling appropriately and
effectively
736. The authoritarian setting in the Filipino home is
reinforced by a classroom teacher who __
a. is open to suggestions
b. encourages pupils to ask questions
c. ask open-ended questions
d. prescribes what pupils should do
737. Which stage according to Erikson is the stage of
trust and mistrust?
a. entry childhood
b. young childhood
c. adolescence
d. infancy
738 Daniel Goleman talks about emotional intelligence.
Which of the following characterize a student with a
high degree of emotional intelligence?
a. sensitive to the points of view and feeling of others
b. prodded by others
c. obsessed with achieving at any cost
d. unable to delay gratification
739. According to Hurlock, studies of childrens play have
revealed that toy play reaches its peak during
the ___.

a. late childhood years


b. babyhood
c. early childhood years
d. middle childhood years
740. Which among the following has been said to play in
irreplaceable role in the education of the young?
a. Home
b. School
c. church
d. community
741.

Which

is

NOT

characteristic

of

democratic

discipline?
a. child has opportunity to express his/her opinion
b. child is given punishment is related to the misdeed
c. child understand the meaning of rules
d. child obeys blindly
742. Babyhood is often referred to as a critical period
in the development of personality because
a changes in the personality pattern take place
b at this time the foundations are laid upon which the
adult personality structures will built
c the brain grows and develops at such an accelerated
rate during babyhood
d at this time the baby is exposed to many hazards both
physical and psychological
743.

The tendency to emphasize so much on school

beautification to the detriment of pupils performance

illustrates the ___.


a.

Filipinos

loves

for

porma

at

the

expense

of

substance
b. Filipinos lack of seriousness
c. Filipinos sense of humor
d. Filipino lack of reflection
744.

Which

is

danger

signal

of

adolescent

maladjustment?
a prolonged treatment as children
b inappropriate body-build
c attraction to the opposite sex
d irresponsibility as shown in neglect of studies in favor
of having a good time
745. Ms. Ramos is often times frustrated. The students in
her class hardly volunteer to recite and to do other
learning-related tasks. This is a proof of the Filipinos ___.
a. sense of humor
b. lack of resourcefulness
c. lack of reflection
d. passivity and lack of initiative
746. Which period in the life span of an individual is
characterized by growth spurt?
a. pre-natal and puberty
b. early childhood
c. prenatal period and early childhood
d. early childhood and adolescence

747. Which of the following is not a hazard to the mastery


of developmental tasks?
a. inappropriate or impossible expectations
b. crises when individuals pass from one stage to another
c. unfavorable social judgment
d. by passing of a stage of development as a result of
failure to master the tasks for that stage of development
748. Which of the following statements on developmental
task is wrong?
a. Retirees are not expected to work on mastering certain
developmental tasks
b. There are essential skills expected to be acquired and
mastered in each developmental stage
c. The mastery of developmental tasks is a result of
physical maturation, societal pressures and individuals
aspiration
d. Failure to master developmental tasks at a certain
developmental stage has far reaching consequences in a
persons development
749. Based on Victor Lowenfields classification, which
sequence in the developmental stages of children in
art is followed?
a.

pre-schematic

stage,

schematic

stage,

scribbling

stage, pseudo realistic stage, dawning realism stage


b.

pre-schematic

stage,

schematic

stage,

scribbling

dawning realism stage, pseudorealistic stage


c. scribbling stage, pre-schematic stage, schematic stage,
pseudo realistic stage, dawning realism stage

d.

scribbling

stage,

pre-schematic

stage,

schematic

stage, dawning realism stage, pseudo realistic stage


750. Which is a focusing thinking skill?
a. summarizing
b. obtaining information
c. clarifying through inquiry
d. identifying key concepts
751.

Such

physiological

characteristics

as

the

helplessness of nursery kinds, the inborn curiosity of


the primary school pupils, the social conciseness of high
school students and the practical purposes of
college students established that:
a. the individual has certain characteristics at each level
of development that makes him educable
b. education is a basic need of the individual at every
level of development
c. education is psychologically based
d. education is adjustment and adoption
752.

Intelligence plays a significant role in learning.

Which statement is untrue?


a. the higher the intelligence, the greater the ability to
learn
b. the higher the intelligence, the more education is not
needed
c. the higher the intelligence, the more accurate man can
respond
d. the higher the intelligence, the faster man can adjust
to his environment

753. Ms. Aura Vivian Llapitan, a Grade One teacher, has


observed that her pupils respond actively to various class
activities. Why are her pupils teachable?
a. their economic competence makes him receptive to
education
b. their independence makes them more obedient
c. they are more open to experience
d. any of three is correct
754.

In

education

as

agent

of

modernization

the

curriculum tends to focus on well-defined orientation.


Which described best the curriculum in this sociological
view?
a. future oriented
b. past oriented
c. present oriented
d. tradition oriented
755. Miss Melody San Pedro, who is a firm believer of
education as cultural transmission is equally
interested in the following except one. Which is not a
concern of education as cultural transmission?
a. current social issues
b. intentions or objectives
c. changes in the learners behavior
d. manner of making the learner function
756. Ms. Catherine Eullo, a teacher in Social Studies,
strongly believes in education as agent of social and

cultural change. What would be the emphasis of her


lessons?
a. current social issues and problems of the students
own community
b. social life of the "past and the far-away
c. political history of the great countries
d. historical and geographical facts
757. The function of schooling is determined largely by
the generally accepted social conception of
education. What is the function of the school curriculum
in a school that regards education as
cultural transmission?
a. to serve as a unifying element among social classes
b. to serve as a boundary breaking between social classes
c. to serve as an instrument to remove social status
stratification
d. to serve as a boundary-maintaining structure between
social classes
758. Education and culture tend to be cyclical. Which of
the following clearly explains this statement?
a. culture is influenced by the school and the school is
shaped by the culture
b. culture influences the school function as a change
agent
c. culture is primarily transmitted by the school
d. culture is learned basically from the school
759. Mary Joy brings all her books to school because she
wants to please the teacher and get good

grades. To which of the following levels of morality


according to Kohlberg does she belongs?
a. Conventional
b. pre-conventional
c. post-conventional
d. either pre-conventional or conventional
760. Following Piagets Theory of Cognitive Development,
Mrs. Medina provides her students
varied activities that enable them to classify objects
according to more than one variable, rank order
items in logical series and understanding that amounts of
mass or liquid do not change because
their shape does. The development tasks can be expected
to be performed by ___.
a. elementary school children
b. high school students
c. college students
d. preschoolers
761.

The

nature-nature

controversy

gave

rise

to

conflicting theories of human development. Mrs. Adora


Santiago, a grade school teacher however believes that
both heredity and environment interact to facilitate the
total development of her pupils. Therefore, Mrs. Santiago
is likely to support which of
the following statements?
a. intelligence is entirely heritable
b. intelligence is a function of 50% heredity and 50%
environment

c. intelligence is more influenced by environment than


hereditary factors
d. intelligence can be improved by exposing a child to a
stimulating environment
762. Mr. Rebancos, a high school teacher, is aware of the
fact the puberty brings new feelings about the
self, as well as attitude in other people who relate to the
maturing child-adolescent. How may he best
help his high school students develop positive attitudes
towards self and others?
a.

orient

them

on

the

typical

characteristics

of

adolescents
b. ask them to write down their own perceptions of
themselves and others
c.

encourage

them

to

engage

in

worthwhile

and

productive activities
d. organize a seminar on personality development among
adolescents
763. Jacquelyn Mendoza does not do anything in class.
She will only complete a task if you sit with her and
continually tell her that what she is doing is correct.
During her free time she sits at her desks starting into
space. If you ask what shed like to do she just smiles
sweetly and shakes her head negatively.
How would you describe Jacquelyns behavior?
a. passive-antagonistic
b. passive-dependent
c. indifferent-shy
d. proud-progressive

764. Learning takes place best when


a. learning exercises are focused on the right side of the
brain
b. learning exercises involve both sides of the brain
c. learning exercises are focused on cognitive objectives
d. learning exercises are focused on the left side of the
brain
765. Marvin, a Grade I pupil plays with his classmates,
but cannot accept defeat, Based on Piagets theory of
cognitive development, in what developmental stage is
Marvin?
a. concrete operation
b. sensorimotor
c. formal operation
d. pre-operation
766. What is the highest level of comprehension?
a. critical comprehension
b. critical evaluation
c. integration
d. literal comprehension
767. Mother equally divided the pineapple in two glasses
for her two boys. One glass is short but stout; another
long but thin. Both boys wanted the long but thin glass
believing that it contained more. In what developmental
stage are the boys?
a. concrete operation
b. formal operation

c. sensorimotor
d. pre-operational
768. What I hear, I forget; What I see, I remember; What
I do, I understand This means that pupils learn best
when they __.
a. learn independently
b. work with groups
c. watch TV
d. takes active part in the learning process
769. Both Muslim and Christian value marriage but the
Muslim practices polygamous marriage while the
Christian practices monogamous marriage. What is this
called?
a. ethical relativism
b. enculturation
c. acculturation
d. cultural relativism
770. Marvin, a Grade I pupil, is happy when he wins in a
game but sulks when he doesnt. Which does
Marvins behavior indicate?
a. Egotism
b. Egocentrism
c. rigidity of thought
d. semi-logical reasoning
771. If the student is encouraged to develop himself to
the fullest, which of Maslows hierarchy of needs should
he satisfy?

a. safety needs
b. physiological needs
c. belongingness
d. self-actualization
772. A student passes a book report poorly written but
ornately presented in a folder to make up for the poor
quality of the book report content. Which Filipino traits
does this practice prove?
a. porma over substance
b. art over academics
c. substance over porma
d. art over science
773 Extreme authoritarianism is the home reinforces
learners to
a. work creatively
b. depend on the others for direction
c. direct themselves
d. do things on their own initiative
774) A group of Filipino children served as respondent in
a research conducted, the children were asked to tell
what they wanted to be, if given the choice. None of them
said to be an American, to be a Japanese, to
be a Korean, etc. What does this finding show?
a. inferiority of other nationalities
b. superiority of the Filipino
c. superiority of other nationalities
d. Filipino lack of a sense of national pride

775 An I thou relationship exists between teacher and


students where there is
a. favoritism
b. pretension
c. respect
d. prejudice
776. Which refers to the Filipino trait of practicing
conflicting values in different venues and with different
social
groups?
a. crab mentality
b. willingness to take risks
c. lack of foresight
d. indolence
777. It is easy for children to learn language because
each person as Language Acquisition Device that
predispose one to acquire language. This theory is
espoused by ___.
a. Watson
b. Gardner
c. Chomsky
d. Piaget
778. According to Eriksons theory, the child aged three
to five is largely ___.
a. mischievous
b. Egocentric
c. lazy
d. altruistic

779. Students in school tend to group themselves by


region of origin and think of themselves as first and
above all as Visayan, Ilocano, Tagalog. This shows that
Filipino are generally
a. more universalistic than particularistic
b. more personal than impersonal
c. more particularistic than universalistic
d. more impersonal than personal
780. The information processing psychology asserts that

a. the learner is a passive receiver of stimuli


b. the learner is totally conditioned by environment
c. learning is purely a conditioning process
d. learning is an interactive process between the learner
and the environment
781. Two identical balls of clay are shown to the child.
The child agrees that they are equal. Teacher changes
the shape of one of the balls and asks the child whether
they still contain equal amounts of clay.
The child answers, No, the longer has more. What skill
does the child lack?
a. centration
b. cognitive development theory
c. reasoning
d. conservation
782. Which theory does this demonstrate? A young boy
might observe his fathers aggressive outburst and

hostile interchanges with people; when observed with his


peers, the young boys style of interaction is highly
aggressive.
a. social cognitive theory
b. cognitive development theory
c. operant conditioning
d. classical conditioning
783. Jones is a shy student and prefers to be alone. Based
on Jungs psychological theory, under what
classification does he fall?
a. extrovert
b. ambivert
c. paranoid
d. introvert
784. Which theory on development puts emphasis on the
importance of sensitive period in development?
a. ecological theory
b. social cognitive theory
c. psychoanalytic theory
d. ethnological theory
785.

According

to

the

cognitive

theory

of

human

development, the primary determinant of behavior is ____.


a. cognition
b. unconscious thought
c. heredity
d. environment

786.

Which may be undesirable result of the misuse of

education technology on human development?


a. brain-drain
b. mechanical learning
c. dehumanization
d. knowledge explosion
787.

For Freud, the primary motivation for human

behavior is sexual in nature while for Erikson it is ____.


a. social
b. cultural
c. physical
d. biological
788.

Based

on

Freuds

psychoanalytic

theory

which

component(s) of personality is (are) concerned with


a sense of right and wrong?
a. super-ego
b. super-ego and ego
c. id
d. ego
789. Which conception of age is wrong?
a. chronological age is different from biological and
psychological age
b. chronological age , biological age, psychological and
social age are related
c. psychological age and social are two different things
d. chronological age is the same as biological and
psychological age

790. As humans we walk at about one year, engage in


fantasy

play

as

young

child,

and

become

more

independent as a youth. What does this prove? Each of us


develops partly
a. like no other individuals
b. like no other individuals, like some other individuals,
like all other individuals
c. like all other individuals
d. like some other individuals
791. In Piagets theory an individuals adjustment to new
information is called ___.
a. organization
b. accommodation
c. assimilation
d. adaptation
792. The psychoanalytic theorists believe the following
EXCEPT
a. development is not in any way colored of emotion
b. we analyze the symbolic meaning of behavior not focus
on the behavior
c. early experience with parents extensively shape our
development
d. we have to analyze the inner workings of the mind to
understand behavior
793.

Which teachers attitude best reflects his/her

understanding of development as a product of


maturation?
a. patience when dealing with the slower ones

b. creativity with the classroom strategies or task


c. fairness when giving grades or school marks
d. cheerfulness and enthusiasm when discussing
794. Which one is Piagets and Eriksons thought about
childrens play?
a. contributes to the childs mastery of his physical and
social environment
b. makes a childs life so enjoyable that he will tend to
hate school life later
c. prepares a child for an excellent academic performance
in formal schooling
d. develops in the child a highly competitive attitude
because of the nature of play
795. Miss Beth Burbon, a preschool teacher sees to it that
the children are given opportunity to explore and work on
different materials so that they will develop initiative and
not guilt. She is guided by the theory of
a.Maslow
b.Kohlberg
c. Gardner
d. Erikson
796.

Which

of

these

statements

true

about

the

development of super ego according to psychoanalytic


theory?
a. it is present at birth
b. it begins to develop during the first 2 years of life
c. it begins to develop during the fifth to sixth year of life
d. it begins to develop at puberty

e. it begins to develop in late adolescence


797.

Sigmund

Freud

maintained

that

nervous

are

primarily a result of:


a. overly severe toilet training
b. inappropriate identification
c. primary process
d. inadequate super ego development
e. sexual disturbances
798. Which of these indicates the flow of free association
as minted by Sigmund Freud?
a. reaction formation
b. resistance
c. repression
d. Para praxis
e. the pleasure principle
799. According to current research, a daughter is most
likely to have traditional vocational aspirations if she
has a:
a. non-working mother
b. working mother
c. mother in a traditionally masculine occupations
d. working father
e. high occupational status father
800. Sequential studies of human development suggest
that the growth of intelligence may continue through:
a. late adolescence
b. early childhood

c. middle adulthood
d. late adulthood
e. old age
801. In the theory developed by Jean Piaget, the first unit
to appear in cognitive development is:
a. language
b. schema
c. concept
d. rule
e. image
802. According to Freud, children pass through all of
these psycho-sexual stages of development EXCEPT the:
a. oral
b. anal
c. phallic
d. autoerotic
e. genital
803. A prominent embracing response that can elicited
in a newborn infant by a sudden change in the head
position is called the:
a. sign of Babinski
b. startle allows reflex
c. convulsive reflex
d. infant carry response
e. primate hug
804. In comparing health behavior of younger and older
people, older people report all these EXCEPT:

a. more symptoms
b. less positive health status
c. more vulnerability to health threats
d. decline in regular physical activity
e. improvement of eating habits
805. In Rene Spitzs classic study of sensory deprivation,
he found all of these to be true EXCEPT that:
a. social interaction with other human is essential in
infant development
b. in the first 4 months, infants in the fondling home
(having less contact with other people) scored better on
several developmental indices than those in the nursing
home (where others visited)
c. by 1 year, fondling home infants had fallen far below
those in the nursing home on developmental indices
d. after 1 or 3 years, most infants in the fondling home
could not walk or talk
e. children in the nursing home had a higher incidence of
infection that those in the fondling home because of
many social contacts
806. The complex symptoms characterizes of children
who are deprived of their mother or of a mother
substitute during infancy and often extending into the
first year of life is known as:
a. stranger anxiety
b. anxiety neurosis
c. autism
d. childhood hizophrenia
e. alacrities depression

807. Which of the following concludes the processes that


allow a child to move from one stage of development
to the next in Piagets theory of child development?
a. reinforcement
b. equilibrium
c. assimilation
d. accommodation
e. equilibration
808. Which of these variables affects the phenomenon of
parent-child bonding as proposed by Kenell and Klaus?
a. infants language development
b. infants cognitive development
c. amount of crying done by infant
d. length of breastfeeding
e. all of these
809.

Major obstacles for children in creative solving of

problems include:
a. failure to understand or grasp the problem
b. forgetting certain aspects of a problem
c. fear of failure
d. insufficient knowledge
e. all of these
810. Which of the following are major health problems in
adolescents?
a. have a genetic bases
b. have a sexual bases
c. involve sensory deficits

d. are self-inflicted
e. involve bacterial and viral infections
811. College students are considered to be at risk for
AIDS because of:
a. frequent sexual contact
b. a sense of vulnerability
c. the belief that only homosexual and drug users gets
AIDS
d. the belief that educated people are not apt to get AIDS
e. all of the above mentioned
812.

Harry

Harlows

work

with

inanimate

surrogate

mothers for children suggests that the early


experience is critical to the ultimate development of
love is:
a. positive reinforcement
b. be protected from danger
c. contact comfort
d. need reduction by nursing
e. maternal stimulation
813.

Emotional

expression

involving

sequence of fixed action patterns include:


a. smiling
b. know flush response
c. startle response
d. apprehension
e. aching

stereotyped

814.

An

assessment

of

personality,

normative

and

objective method refers to:


a. used of ink blot techniques
b. sophisticated technique for measuring the accuracy of
a persons perception pf reality
c. predictions of behavior on the basis of intensive
interviewing
d. predictions of behavior on the basis of data from
personality tests
e. a way of reality evaluating personality rather than of
simply assessing how a person behaves
815.

In

Ericksons

Theory,

self-esteem

tend

to

be

positively influenced by:


a. opportunities for favorable social comparison
b. association with persons possessing a higher sense of
self-worth
c. feedback of success and failures
d.

sympathetic

explanations

of

continuous

negative

feedback or comparisons
e. all of these
816. According to Freud, the superego contains the:
a. conscience
b. pleasure principle
c. ego ideal
d. reality principle
e. all of these
817. In Carl Rogers personality theory, the essential
components of a psychotherapeutic process

involves:
a. therapist unconditional positive regard
b. a therapist empathy on the child
c. reflection of the childs feelings
d. interpretation of unconscious process
e. all of these
818.

Which

of

emphasized

these

the

personality
importance

theorists
of

strongly

unconscious

determinants?
a. Shiner
b. Murray
c. Kevin
d. Freud
e. Piaget
819. Erickson views the stage of young adulthood as
being best described by a crisis of:
a. trust versus mistrust
b. intimacy versus isolation
c. identity versus role confusion
d. initiative versus guilt
e. autonomy versus dependence
820. The environmental factor with the most under used
potential

for

developing

cognitive

competence in children is the:


a. school
b. family setting
c. community mental health center
d. health care system

and

interpersonal

e. child welfare agency


821. All of these research findings on adult development
are true EXCEPT that:
a. significant development changes continue to occur
throughout adulthood
b. as people age, there is an increasing range of
differences between individuals
c. changes in adult occur in all areas of development
(cognitive, physical, and social personal)
d.

adult

cognitive

changes

may

show

quantitative

reduction on an ability test, but a qualitative acquisition


of a different form of intelligence
e. just as is the case in childhood and adolescence, there
are predominant and universal development stages in
adulthood
f. all of these
822. Which of these reflected Ericksons Theory of life
cycle and growth of the ego?
a.

sexual

device

is

crucial

in

determining

the

development of sense of identity


b. ego maturation is genetically predetermined, cultural
influences are of minor importance
c. there are eight stages characterized by crisis whose
satisfactory resolution is essential
d. phases of development are characterized in turn by
aggressive,

affective,

achievement,

nurturance

power motives
e. people are burdened with too many ego function

and

823. Institutionalization during infancy often involves all


these consequences EXCEPT:
a. poor linguistic organization during early childhood
b. deficits in concept formation and abstract thinking
c. later impairment of motor skills
d. analytic depression
e. abnormal behavioral patterns
824) The most rapid increasing rate of mortality is found
in:
a. infancy
b. childhood
c. adolescence
d. middle age
e. old age
825. Stages in the childs normal development of speech
are characterized by all of these statements EXCEPT that:
a. between 1 and 6 months, infants invent new noises
and experiment with them
b. infants 4 to 5 months old will repeat sounds they hear
c. infants between 12 and 18 months will intentionally
use a word appropriate to the situation
d. between 24 and 36 months, infants use 200 to 300
words in phrases and two and two word sentences
e. by 48 months of age, the child should have a
vocabulary of about 1500 words
826. Research findings on early gender-role identification
and behavior show that all these statements are true
EXCEPT that:

a. gender-related differences in play behavior are evident


as early as 13 months
b. males are generally more aggressive in their play and
problem-solving activities than are females
c. children who experience gender reassignment after the
age of 2 are considered to be high-risk candidates for
psychological disorders
d. children between 3 and 4 years of age are able to make
gender-appropriate choices to western stereotypes
e. females 3 to 5 years old appear to be more concerned
about gender-appropriate play a activities than are
males of similar age
827. Which of these statements about the development
of moral standards during the childhood is true?
a. only at puberty do a childs moral standards become
independent of external rewards and punishments
b.

the

development

of

guilt

as

reaction

to

transgressions is fostered by parental warmth


c. children of 11 or 12 years of age are more likely to
make inflexible, absolute moral judgments than those 7
or 8 years of age
d. older children are likely than younger children to judge
behavior as right or wrong in terms of its reinforcement
outcome
e. the development of moral reasoning is independent of
general intellectual maturation
828)

Compared

with

pregnant

women

aged

20-25,

pregnant adolescence are apt to:


a. experience parental pressure to restrict food intake

b. inadequate parental care


c. higher rates of infant mortality
d. higher rates of birth defects and mental retardation
e. all of these
f. none of these
829. In comparing overweight adolescent boys and girls,
girls are among apt to:
a. experience parental pressure to restrict food intake
b. eat in response to negative and positive mood
c. be blamed by their parents for weight mood
d. interpret presence of other people as a sign signal for
eating
e. all of these
f. none of these
830. Children develop identification with a parent as a
result of:
a. perception of similarities, physical and behavioral
b. imitation of parental mannerisms
c. communication from others concerning similarities
d. attractiveness of the parent
e. all of these
f. none of these
831) Which of these patterns show cognitive skills of
early childhood?
a. at 18 months, a child begins to follow simple one-part
directions, begins many questions with what, imitates
people in his or her environment, and infers causes from
observing effects

b. at 2 years, the child begins to learn about time


sequences, matches simple shapes
and sizes, attempts new solutions to old problems, and
may arrange several words in grammatically incorrect
sentences
c. at 3 years, the child asks many why questions talks
in sentences using four or more words, can give his first
and last name, and may talk about his fears
d. at 4 years, the child may begin many questions with
how, knows the days of the week and can follow a
three-step direction in proper order
e. all of these
832. Which of these characterize language development
is childhood?
a. infants 15 to 20 weeks of age use different patterns of
vocalization to identify discomforts such hunger, fright
and pain
b. most children master all consonant sounds by the age
of 3 to 3 years
c. the first words spoken are usually nouns
d. vowels emerge in hierarchical order between ages 3 to
7 years
e. all of these
833. Biological changes in the adolescent years include:
a. a growth spurt for girls with peak velocity at 14 years
of age
b. menarche at anytime between 10 to 16 years of age;
the average now is under 13 years of age

c. a growth spurt for boys with peak velocity at 12 years


of age
d. growth of testes beginning as early as age of 9 or a
late age of 13 and ending at anytime between ages 13
and 17 years
e. all of these
834.

This

is

true

statement

regarding

childhood

dreams.
a. they start when the child is able to talk
b. they are experienced as pleasant more often as a
preschooler grows older
c. they increase in frequency as child approaches the age
of 5
d. they are frightened of nightmare at a relatively age
from 3 to 4 years
e. all of these
835) Concepts of death and pain at various stages of the
child development include that:
a. between birth and 2 years of age, separation is more
apt to be experienced as synonymous with death
b. children 3 or 4 years of age believe that a toy feels
pain when it is broken
c. children 5 to 6 years old fantasize that the dead person
continues to experience emotion and biological function
in the grave
d. children 7 to 9 years of age realize the inevitability of
death for all living things, no longer fell responsible for
the death of others, and yet feel that death can be
avoided

e. all of these
836. Significant changes in physiological and cognitive
functioning develop with age. Studies of aging show
that:
a. intra-individually variability is decreased with aging
b. there is more age-related decline found in longitudinal
methods than in cross-sectional methods
c. inter-individual variability is decreased with aging
d. life style and experience play a major in retention of
various cognitive functions
e. all of these
837. A Sigmund Freud, an Austrian physician is credited
for originating or popularizing the following:
a. the unconscious mind
b.

the

classic

psychoanalytic

couch

technique

of

retracting past experience


c. the early childhood as the origin of emotional disorders
d. the id ego and super ego
e. all of these
838. Both sexes if preschoolers are said to place a great
value on the penis, with boys treasuring their sex
organ and fearing some injury to it or attack upon it by
hostile others. It develops into a:
a. castration anxiety
b. penis envy
c. libido
d. electra complex
e. oedipus complex

839. A person who engenders intolerable amounts of


hostility may become the object of excessive
affection. This is a defense mechanism called:
a. displacement
b. reaction formation
c. identification
d. repression
e. suppression
840. In Ericksons theory, toddler phase constitutes the
period in which the child must establish a sense of:
a. basic trust
b. autonomy
c. initiative
d. industry
e. identity
841. A child entering a school age period, finds his
abilities wanting and discouraged in his development
of industriousness. He may conceptualize himself as:
a. guilty
b. mistrusting
c. inadequate and inferior
d. role confusion
e. shame and doubt
842. An infant at 7 months may have his psychomotor
skills like:
a. uncoordinated movements of the and arm begin to
progress to definite reaching and grasping

b. when being pulled to a sitting position, the child may


attempt to stand
c.

smiles

and

laugh

aloud

often,

responding

to

stimulation from familiar children and adults


d. he may wish to use a spoon while feeding himself
e. all of these
f. none of these
843. An angry, frustrated toddler in the midst of tantrum
cannot be effectively dealt with by reasoning or
threats. The wisest approach in dealing with the situation
is:
a. promising to give the desired object as soon as
possible
b. providing an activity other than the desired object
c. attracting him with another object
d. ignoring his behavior, reduced external stimulation,
remove any objects which might prove injurious
e. playing with him music and dance
844. Which of the following situations do children learn
language skills?
a. through the spoken word
b. by imitating sound
c. by trials of using words appropriately
d. all of these
845.

Children

who

consequently

test

low

in

verbal

development are usually those who:


a. receive

little

verbal

economically deprived

instruction

and

socially and

b. receive a noisy verbal communication


c. frequently receive non-verbal gestures
d. have a family that interacts most of the time
e.

live

in

air

environment

with

spiritually

inclined

neighbor
846. A child learning to undress sees the activity as:
a. accomplishment
b. punishment
c. means to attract ones attention
d. a practice to ones sexual curiosity
e. a self of self-encouragement
847. What is the correct sequence of motor activity that
belongs to 4-year-old children?
1. throws ball overhand
2. cuts out ones attention
3. builds five-block gate from model
4. copies square
5. hits nail head with hammer
a. 1, 2, 3, 4
b. 2, 3, 4, 5
c. 1, 3, 4, 5
d. 1, 2, 3, 5
e. 1, 2, 4, 5
848. A 5 year old childs verbal abilities include all these
EXCEPT it:
a. uses adult speech forms
b. finds speech more important in peer relationships
c. repeats six-syllable sentences

d. participates in conversation without monopolizing it


e. talks constantly
849. A 5 year old child in Ericksons stage of initiative vs.
guilt shows that he/she:
a. has dream and nightmares
b. is serious about self and abilities
c. is less rebellious
d. accepts responsibility for facts
e. all of these
850. These are all the guidelines helpful to parents and
other adults in relating to young children EXCEPT:
a. discipline should be motivated by love and should have
as its objective the childs long range best interest
b. discipline should be consistent
c. the child should know why is being disciplined and
should be helped to identify acceptable alternatives to
his misbehavior
d. discipline should NOT be limited to hazardous activities
affecting the physical, emotional, or social well-being of
the child
e. ineffective measures should be corrected
851. The essential foundation that must be established in
the therapeutic relationship is:
a. trust
b. confidence
c. change
d. relation
e. love

852. A Freudian Slip, wherein ones true but hidden


feelings or thoughts are revealed by the child is an
example of what coping mechanisms:
a. regression
b. repression
c. resistance
d. relation
e. reworking
853. Which of these factors is considered a risk factor for
childhood disorder?
a. intact family
b. genetic vulnerability
c. social support
d. age
e. social class
854. What are the most important skills one must have
when working with adolescent in the classroom?
a. denial of personal limitations
b. flexibility with predictability
c. serious attitude
d. ability to challenge
e. calmness with respect
855. Paul 12 years has been addicted to prohibited drugs
for 2 years now. What is the best intervention
or

management

control

substance abuse people?


a. firm and directive

effective

in

working

with

b. installation of values
c. helpful and advisory
d. subjective and nonjudgmental
e. compassionate and tender
856. You encountered an 11 year old drug user who is
incoherent, giddy and euphoric. You had noted
irritation of the eyes, nose and mouth and susect
inhalation abuse. Which sign is most indicative of
inhalant abuse?
a. vomiting
b. bad breath
c. bad trip
d. sudden fear
e. sweating
857.

Nora

10

years

old

is

undergoing

obsessive

compulsive behavior and 5 to times wash her hand


in an hours time. The patient will not be able to stop her
compulsive washing routines until she:
a. acquires more super ego strength
b. recognizes the behavior is unrealistic
c. no longer needs the manage her feelings of anxiety
d. regains contact of reality
e. realizes that hand washing need to be frequent
858 Nora was diagnosed with personality disorder with
compulsive traits. Of the following behaviors, which
one could you expect Nora to exhibit or manifest?
a. inability to make decisions
b. spontaneous playfulness

c. inability to alter plans


d. insistence that things be done her way
e. inability to achieve anything
859. Lyn, 14 years old is assessed of amenorrhea,
constipation, and slow heartbeat. She expresses a
distorted body image and fear of being fat. These are
signs and symptoms of:
a. Cushing syndrome
b. conversion disorder
c. anorexia nervosa
d. bulimic syndrome
e. anxiety state
860. When family is participating in the therapy, what is
the priority issue that must be confronted resolved?
a. abuse
b. finances
c. control
d. divorce
e. family
861. Linda just turns 12 years old and sexually abused.
Lindas parents have already reported the matter to
the police and initial investigation showed rape. She was
interrogated but didnt respond. The rape victim
didnt talk, is withdrawn and depressed. The defense
mechanism being used is:
a. rationalization
b. denial
c. repression

d. regression
e. depression
862. Three-year old Angela has a story of being securely
attached to her mother. It most likely that Angela is:
a. unusually intelligent
b. easily frustrated and irritable when her mother is
absent
c. preoccupied with maintaining close physical contact
with her mother
d. outgoing and successful in her interactions with other
children
e. all of these
863

Marly

is

sensitive,

responsive

parent

who

consistently satisfies the needs of Sara, her infant


daughter. According to Erickson, Sara is likely to:
a. from a life long attitude of basic trust toward the word
b. encounter some difficulty in overcoming the limitation
of egocentrism
c. encounter some difficulty in forming an attachment to
her father
d. achieve formal operational intelligence more quickly
than the average child
e. all of these
864. The Albertsons establish and enforce rules for the
children to follow. They give reasons for the rules
and invite their teenagers to join the discussion when
new rules are being made. Psychologists
would characterize the Albertsons as _____ parents.

a. authoritarian
b. egocentric
c. rejecting-neglecting
d. democratic
e. permissive
865. Gilbert notices that his sausage is sliced into six
pieces, whereas his brothers is sliced into nine
pieces. He understands, however, that his brothers
sausage is not actually any larger than his own.
This indicates that Gilbert has by now reached the _____
stage of development.
a. formal operational
b. sensorimotor
c. concrete operational
d. preoccupation
866.

Dr.

Wong

believes

that

children

who

are

not

responsive to parenting during the first 2 months of


life will never develop basic trust toward the world.
Obviously, Dr. Wong believes that this period is a(n) _____
for learning basic trust.
a. developmental crisis
b. operational stage
c. critical stage
d. sensorimotor stage
e. maturational span
867.

Carol

is

stressed

because

post-child-birth

complications prevented her from being in close

physical contact with her child during its first few hours.
Carol should be told that:
a. infants should be left physically undisturbed during the
first few hours of life so they can rest
b. physical contact with her infant immediately after birth
would not contribute to the development of mother-infant
attachment
c. human infants do not have well-defined critical periods
for the formation of a mother infant attachment
d. as long as she can breed-fed her baby, no lasting
damage will be done
868. Instead of happily exploring the attractive toys
located in the pediatricians waiting room, little Sara
tenaciously clings to her mothers skirt. Sara most clearly
shows signs of:
a. habituation
b. egocentrism
c. insecure attachment
d. plasticity
869. In an unfamiliar but pleasing setting, infants with an
insecure attachment to their mothers are likely to:
a. quickly leave their mothers side and explore their
surroundings
b. show little distress when their mothers physically
leave them alone in the strange setting
c. show indifference or hostility toward their mothers
when they return after a period of absence
d. demonstrate unusually low levels of stranger anxiety
e. form a life-long attitude of basic trust toward the word

870. Four-year old Lynnae is usually timid and fearful,


where her 3-year old sister is typically relaxed and
fearless. The two sisters are most striking different in:
a. maturation
b. temperament
c. egocentrism
d. accommodation
e. assimilation
871.

The

quantitative

or

measurable

aspect

of

an

individuals increase in physical measurements is:


a. physical development
b. physical growth
c. social growth
d. development
e. replication
872. The qualitative or behavioral aspects of progressive
adaptation to the environment is:
a. physical development
b. physical growth
c. social growth
d. development
e. replication
873. The process of becoming fully developed and grown
is:
a. aging
b. maturation
c. replication

d. progression
e. regression
874. The following are measurable growth indicators,
EXCEPT:
a. height
b. weight
c. skeletal growth
d. sexual age
875.

Which

of

the

following

is

an

indicator

of

development and growth?


a. the infant relinquishes crawling for walking
b. height capacity for growth
c. weight increase in adulthood
d. sexual age in aging
e. sexual growth for maturation
876. Which of the following tasks belongs to the fine
motor development?
a. lifts head and chest while prone
b. sits with support
c. grasps and briefly hold objects and task them to mouth
d. rolls over
e. stands alone
877. Growth and development are influenced by the
following forces of the family, EXCEPT:
a. peers
b. life expectancy
c. environmental elements

d. life experience
e. ones mental capacity
878. The correct directions of human growth is:
1. cephalo-caudal 3. disto-proximal
2. caudo-cephalo 4. proximo-distal
a. 1, 2
b. 1, 3
c. 2, 4
d. 1, 4
e. 2, 3
879. The theorist who believes that each stage of
development has a personality crisis in involving a major
conflict that is critical at the time is:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson
880. The theorist who view that the development of the
mind as occurring thru adaptation to the
environment via assimilation and accommodation:
a. Piaget
b. Maslow
c. Dunn
d. Freud
e. Erickson

881. Learning process associated with a particular stage


of development often are referred to as developmental
tasks. A characteristic of development task is that:
a. there is no specific uniform time for learning a task
b. tasks are learned at the same age in children
c. tasks occur with predictable rhythm
d. most development task are learned by school age
e. if follows a pattern
882. The school nurse discusses the eating habits of
school-age children explaining to the parents that these
habits are most influenced by:
a. food preferences of their peers
b. the smell and the appearance of the food offered to
them
c. the atmosphere and examples provided by parents at
mealtimes
d. parents encouraging their children to eat nutritious
foods
e. availability of foods
883. The school nurse discusses adolescent behavior with
the parents explaining that according to
Erickson,

the

central

establishing a sense of:


a. identity
b. industry
c. intimacy
d. initiative
e. autonomy

problem

of

adolescence

is

884.Which of the following statements would be best for


the school nurse to use when describing the onset
of adolescence in boys and girls?
a. girls and boys experience the onset of adolescence at
approximately the same age
b. boys experience the onset of adolescence 1 to 2 years
earlier than girls
c.

girls

experience

the

onset

of

adolescence

approximately 1 to 2 years earlier than boys


d. boys experience the onset of adolescence 3 to 4 years
later than girls
e. girls experience the inset of adolescence 3 to 4 years
later than boys
885. This is the point of view held by Wundt and
Titchener that experience or mental states are made
of sensations, images, or ideas, and feelings as well as
analysis of these elements, their attributes and
the combinations.
a. structuralism
b. functionalism
c. behaviorism
d. gestalt psychology
e. purposive psychology
886. The conception of experience at any given moment
is determined by the totality of its related phases, which
constitute an integrated pattern or configurations.
a. structuralism
b. functionalism

c. behaviorism
d. gestalt psychology
e. purposive psychology
887.

The

stimulus-response

theory

believes

every

stimulus creates a response where activities can be


measured objectively.
a. structuralism
b. functionalism
c. behaviorism
d. gestalt psychology
e. purposive psychology
888. Mental processes are functions or operations of the
organism in its adaptation to and modification of its
environment.
a. structuralism
b. functionalism
c. behaviorism
d. gestalt psychology
e. purposive psychology
889. These are inborn automatic response to simple
localizes stimulation involving particular muscles and
parts of the body.
a. temperament or emotion
b. capacities and special aptitudes
c. drives, needs, wants, urges
d. reflexes
e. personality
f. motivation

890. Acquisition of knowledge, facts, information, ideas


and concepts.
a. law of learning
b. cognitive learning
c. manipulative dexterity
d. gestalt theory
e. law of readiness
891.

Involves

the

use

of

muscles

and

bodily

movements.
a. psychomotor learning
b. cognitive learning
c. motor learning
d. law of exercise
892. Involves the accurate and precise use of hands and
feed

in

handling

gadgets,

machines

tools

and

equipment.
a. law of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. manipulative dexterity
e. law of readiness
893. Performing a series of solutions to a problem until
the right one is found.
a. structuralism
b. functionalism
c. trial and error
d. gestalt psychology

894. Establishing the relationship between words and


objects, between principles and situations, and
between ides and things.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. gestalt theory
895. Overcoming or removing difficulty to attain a goal.
a. associative learning
b. theory of generalization
c. law of effect
d. cognitive learning
896. Formation of values, attitudes, appreciation and
judgments.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. gestalt theory
e. law of readiness
897. Coordinating the movements or reflexes of the
different parts of the body to attain the desired
performance of an activity.
a. Psychomotor learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. bodily movement coordination
d. motor learning g

898.

Appreciation of the good and beautiful and

abhorrence of the bad.


a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. gestalt theory
899. Development by reading and studying that enriches
knowledge.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. Thorndikes connectionism theory
900. Learning based on association between stimuli and
responses.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. law of readiness
901. Going at once into water to learn how to swim.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. connectionism theory
d. law of readiness
902. When an organism is ready to act, action is
satisfying, inaction is annoying.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning

c. connectionism theory
d. gestalt theory
e. law of readiness
903. Learning is strengthened if it gives satisfaction to
the leaner.
a. associative of learning
b. cognitive learning
c. connectionism theory
d. law of effect
e. law of readiness
904. The more a connection is repeated, drilled upon or
reviewed, the stronger it becomes.
a. associative of learning
b. cognitive learning
c. connectionism theory
d. law of effect
e. law of readiness
905. The dog, upon the ringing of a bell, salivates
whether food is presented or not.
a. associative of learning
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. law of effect
e. law of readiness
906. An individual tends to repeat a rewarding behavior
or situation and avoid unpleasant ones.
a. operant conditioning theory

b. classical conditioning theory


c. connectionism theory
d. law of effect
e. law of readiness
907. Use of insight and understanding in learning.
a. associative of learning
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. law of readiness
e. none of these
908.

The behavior of the individual is the result of the

interaction between internal forces (individuals


traits) and external forces (environment).
a. theory of generalization
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. theory of configuration
e. none of these
909. Learning, involves acquisition, transformation and
evaluation.
a. theory of generalization
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. theory of configuration
e. none of these
910. Similar to the Gestalt theory, this refers to the
unified or total pattern of organization of a learning

situation so that the components lose their identity."


a. theory of generalization
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. theory of configuration
e. law of readiness
911. Experiences in one situation can be applied in
another learning situation.
a. theory of generalization
b. classical conditioning theory
c. connectionism theory
d. theory of configuration
e. law of readiness
912. Learning with reflex action.
a. theory of generalization
c. congenital theory
d. theory of configuration
e. law of readiness
913. Braille reading as form of learning.
a. associative of learning
b. aesthetic learning
c. sensory learning
d. gestalt theory
e. law of readiness
914. Learning how to write a story or a novel.
a. Psychomotor learning
b. aesthetic learning

c. bodily movement coordination


d. motor learning
e. law of readiness
915. Furnishes explanations of mental and emotional
maladjustments in terms of the inability of the individual
to satisfy his own desires and emphasizes the values of
mental and emotional therapy as cure for emotional
cases or problems.
a. temperament or emotion
b. capacities and special aptitudes
c. drives, needs, wants, urges
d. reflexes
e. personality
f. motivation
916. Which of the philosophical position could plausibly
be taken to support the practice of allowing students
to choose their own educational goals and experiences?
a. Positivism
b. Existentialism
c. essentialism
d. realism
e. perenialism
917. The most important educational contribution made
by the primitive people who influence our
modern societies was their _____.
a. initiation ceremonies and animism
b. crude sciences
c. vocational education
d. religion and philosophies

e. vocational education
918.

Education

during

this

period

was

essentially

intellectual discipline based on rational


arguments. These points to ___.
a. feudalistic education
b. saracenic education
c. scholastic education
d. monastic education
919. The Athenian ideal of education was the formation
of a cultural soul in a graceful and
symmetrical body. This is achieved by ____.
a. using the seven liberal arts
b. putting the emphasis on physical education
c. a well balanced development of mind, body and soul
d. adopting the philosophy Know thyself
920. Which of the following illustrates the Christian
perspective of democracy in education?
a. education controlled by the government
b. education subsidized by the government
c. education of all human beings without distinction of
race, social economic or political status or the like
d. equal opportunities of educating men and women
921. This 18th century doctrine advocates for education
in accordance with nature. Educator
who holds this view stressed that in learning the child
should be ____.
a. naturally disciplined for him to concentrate more

b. allowed to develop according to his own inner impulses


and inclinations
c. subjected to a specific regimen or training
d. trained in accordance with the standards set by the
teacher
922. In the history of educational system, including that
of the Philippines, which system was first and has
remained a partner of other system of education?
a. Formal
b. Informal
c. pre-school
d. non-formal
923. If a ruler wants to maintain himself in power he must
govern by moral power. Upon whose teaching is this
based?
a. Kung-fu-tzu
b. Lao Tzu
c. Buddha
d. Mohammad
924. Which of the following ways of life refer to Taoism?
a. practice an all embracing love
b. practice the golden rule
c. love one another
d. be natural
925. According to Confucius, what is the best way to rule
a people and attain harmony?
a. by allowing people to do as they please

b. by consulting the governed


c. by force
d. by moral example
926. The cultivation of reflective and meditative skills in
teaching is an influence of
a. Confucianism
b. Taoism
c. Shintoism
d. Zen Buddhism
927. Confucius asserted that in teaching there should be
no distinction of classes. Confuciuss
teaching is in support of
a. moral recovery program
b. back-to-basics
c. education for all
d. values education
928. The emphasis is given on respect and care for the
aged in Value Education classes goes along with teaching
of an Oriental philosopher by the name of __
a. Hsun tsu
b. Mo tsu
c. Kung-fu-tsu
d. Lao tsu
929. The current emphasis on the development of critical
thinking

by

the

use

of

philosophic

methods

emphasize debate and discussion began with ___


a. Confucius

that

b. Socrates
c. Aristotle
d. Plato
930. The inclusion of Logic in the curriculum is perhaps
an influence of the importance of logic that ____ stressed.
a. St. Agustine
b. The Humanists
c. The Hedonists
d. The Scholastics
931.

Spiritual training disciplines both mind and body.

The individual soul is part of his absolute soul.


These thoughts from part of ____ philosophy.
a. Greek
b. Chinese
c. Hebrew
d. Hindu
932. The law of karma, what you sow you reap, are words
often said when Filipinos attempt to explain a misfortune
perceived to be rightly deserved by someone. This
originated from the __
a. Hebrews
b. Hindus
c. Greeks
d. Chinese
933.

The commonly used question-and-answer method

that includes debate and discussion is in


consonance with the method of ___

a. Confucius
b. Plato
c. Aristotle
d. Socrates
934. To occupy a government position, one had to pass
an examination of Confucian thought. From
whom did this influence come?
a. Hebrews
b. Chinese
c. Hindus
d. Greeks
935. Ancient Chinese education consisted of:
a.

mastery

of

numerous

technically

alphabet

and

languages
b. memorization and exact imitation of the works of
Confucius mastery of mathematics and sciences
c. A & B answers
d. None of these
936. Education in ancient India was based on their caste
system, which means:
a. all people were free to get education
b. education was reserved for the upper class Brahman
c. education was informal
d. education for the men only
e. all people shall go to heaven
937.

There is similarity between the Hindu-philosophy

and Christian religion in the sense that:

a. Both Hindus and Christians aim for unity, harmony,


eternal peace and enjoyment
b. Both Hindus and Christians believe in the same God
c. Both Hindus and Christians emphasized religion and
morality
d. A & C answers
e. None of these
938. Which of the following describes education in
ancient Egypt?
a. Parable, conversational method was used
b. Apprenticeship method was used in teaching skills
c.

Vocational

training,

embalming,

astronomy,

mathematics were taught in the temples


d. B & C answers
e. None of these
939. Ancient Chinas educational practice is comparable
to the present practice in Philippines bureaucracy
as:
a. Analects of Confucius are taught in schools
b. Every examination that an individual passed has a
corresponding decoration in dresses, in household as
well.
c.

Passing

civil

service

exam

is

requirement

for

employment
d. Passing government examination is useless
940. Egyptians ancient picture writing system is known
as____.
a. Papyrus

b. Hieroglyphics
c. scriba
d. palaestra
e. paedotribe
941. Ancient Jewish education is associated with _____.
a. synagogues temple schools
b. bible and the Talmud
c. religious education by Rabbis who were teacher
priest
d. all of these
e. none of these
942. Ancient Greeks liberal education was intended for
_____.
a. religious and moral purposes
b. physical development
c. moral-spiritual development
d. development of well-rounded personality
e. intellectual development
943.

Aside from the liberal and democratic education,

Greeks contributions to the world include:


a. Olympics games
b. mythology
c. democracy, philosophy
d. all of these
944. Greeks first Olympic games were held to honor ____.
a. king or rulers
b. gods and goddesses

c. athletes
d. philosophers and scientists
e. dead ancestors
945. Which of the following describes the Greek City of
Sparta?
a. authoritarian government
b. military city state, military academy
c. at birth, the child is taken cared by the mother but at
the age of seven he is turned over the paidonomous
d. all of the above
e. none of the above
946. Which of the following describes the Greek City of
Athens?
a. liberal education
b. freedom of thoughts, expression and religion
c. education was a family responsibility, every male child
is given a pedagogues or a tutor for good and responsible
citizen
d. all of these
e. none of these
947.

The modern Greek scholars who wandered from

place to place and taught lesson for a free were


known as ____.
a. Kitharist
b. Sophists
c. Grammatists
d. Philosophers
e. Solon

948. Which of the following does not belong to Ancient


Athenian schools?
a. palaestra gymnastic school
b. paedotribe teacher of gymnasts
c. music school, kitharist music teacher, grammar
school, grammatists teacher of letters
d. all of these
e. none of these
949.

Greeks Homeric ideal was the Man of Action

typified by _____.
a. Achilles
b. Odysseus
c. Pericles
d. Zeus
e. Hercules
950. Plato proposed that the society should be divided
into

classes

of

people

based

on

their

talents

and

intelligence. Who should be the guardians or rulers of the


society?
a. Philosophical class
b. Warrior class
c. Artesian or Industrial class
d. mathematics, science class
e. god and goddesses
951.

The school established by Plato was known as

______.
a. Lyceum

b. University of Alexandria
c. Academy
d. University of Athens
e. University of Sparta
952.

Greek

university

of

Alexandria

had

excellent

products like Euclid in the field of geometry, in the


filed of physics they produced.
a. Archimedes
b. Erasthosthenes
c. Demonsthenes
d. Herodutos
e. Cicero
953. Which of the following is not a contribution by the
Romans?
a. Latin Language
b. The Laws of the Twelve Tables
c. The Roman Senate
d. Christianity
e. None of these
954. Music, arts, painting, sculpture and others are often
by modern societies as ____.
a. social science
b. humanities
c. behavioral science
d. fine arts
e. veritas

955. The difference between the ancient Greek Athenians


and Spartans was the fact that ____.
a. Athenians emphasized physical and military warfare,
while the Spartans focused more on
music, arts, philosophy and poetry.
b. Athenians emphasized music, arts, and philosophy
while Spartans were on physical
fitness, discipline and military warfare.
c. Athenians emphasized freedom, while Spartans were
totalitarian, socialistic in
nature.
d. B & C answers
956. Roman education focused more attention on:
a. Practical education, emphasizing the study of orator,
rhetoric, laws, government
b.

Respect

for

parents,

military

training

using

the

biography methods
c. Christianity
d. All of these
957. Which of the following is not a Roman school?
a. Elementary-school of the literature or Ludi Magister
b. Secondary-school of the Grammaticus or Literatus
c. Higher education or rhetoric schools
d. All of these
958.

The Roman fathers right over his children was

known as:
a. patria protestas
b. manus

c. potestas dominica
d. dominica
e. familias reglas
959. The greatest Roman orator who rose to power.
a. Quintilian
b. Seneca
c. Cicero
d. Augustus Caesar
e. Julius Caesar
960.

Christianity became official religion of the Roman

empire by successive decree issued by the Emperor.


a. Nero
b. Constantine
c. Augustus Caesar
d. Julius Caesar
e. Pompeii
961. For many are called but few are chosen: is the
Christs teaching method called ____.
a. Parable method
b. Proverbial or gnomic method
c. Conversional method
d. Dialectic method
e. Divine method
962. A school called _ provided early Christian education
for few converts.
a. Catechumenal
b. Catechetical

c. Cathedral
d. Episcopal
e. cosmopolitan
963.

Which of the following describes medieval period,

middle age or Dark Age?


a. Refers to the span of time from the downfall of the
Roman Empire in the year A. D. 476 to the beginning of
the Renaissance period about 1333.
b. Religious education was strict, rigid and punishment
was severe.
c. Religious education included logic, philosophy and
brings reason to faith.
d. All of these
964. Which of the following describes monasticism?
a. organization characterized by strict observance of the
rules of poverty, chastity and obedience.
b. Monks spent their lives in working, studying and
praying.
c. Manual labor was emphasized as indolence was termed
the enemy of the soul.
d. All of these
965. Monastic rules were formulated by ____.
a. St. Augustine
b. St. Benedict
c. St. Peter
d. St. Thomas Aquinas
e. St. John

966.

The Seven Liberal Arts as literary heritage of

monasticism exclude ____.


a. Platos trivium of grammar, rhetoric, and dialectic
b.

Quadrivium

of

arithmetic,

geometry

music

and

astronomy
c. Ecclesiastical control in the study of Seven Liberal Arts
d. All of these
967. Which of the following describes Scholasticism?
a. education was an intellectual discipline
b. the purpose of the movement was to bring reason to
faith and support theology by
using logic
c. truths scholastic claimed possessed formal value as
much of their activities consisted
merely of endless and profitless discussion about words
and terms.
d. All of these
968. The foremost proponent of scholastic movement who
wrote the Summa Theological that became the
basis of the majority of the doctrines of the Catholic
Church was ____.
a. St. Anselm
b. St. Thomas Aquinas
c. St. Benedict
d. St. Paul
e. St. Augustine
969. Which of the following does not describe Chivalry

a. education was a social discipline where a boy of noble


birth had to pass the stages of
page, squire, and knighthood.
b. education was limited to warfare and religion
c.

education

was

for

intellectual

discipline

through

sciences and mathematics


d. education was for the development of well-rounded
personality
970.

The Guild-System was established for the purpose

of ____.
a. protecting the interests of middle class such as skilled
craftsman, businessmen
b. serving the royal families
c. establishing churches
d. attacking the moors as religious enemies through the
Crusades
971. Under the Guild System, the school, which served as
a vocational school for the craft guild
or skilled workers, was known as _____.
a. chanty school
b. guild school
c. burgher school
d. merchant school
e. nonformal school
972.

Six hundred years after birth of Christ a new

religion, founded by Mohammed took root in

Arabia. These Arabs who were also known as Saracens


among the moors of Spain established a religion known
as _____.
a. Islam based on the Quran or Koran Holy Scripture
b. Buddhism based on Gantama Buddhas teaching
c. Confucianism based on Confucius Analects
d. Hinduism based on Vedas Scripture
973. Renaissance was characterized by as a ____.
a. revival of ancient learning brought about the discovery
of the New World
b. fascinating stories of Marco Polo about the wealth and
technology of the East, that is China under Kublai Khan
c. the invention of the printing press and other events
d. all of these
974.

A movement, which is the result of the alleged

abuses of Catholic Church led by Martin Luther,


was known as ____.
a. Revolution
b. Reformation
c. Transformation
d. Transfiguration
e. Contradiction
975. Catholics response to demands for change and
liberalization of the Church practices leading to the
establishment of Jesuits orders and La Salle was known
as ____.
a. Counter Reformation
b. Social Transformation

c. Religious Exaltation
d. Institutional Development
e. Social Reform
976.

The content of education during the reformation

includes the ____.


a. study of bible and all the skills required to understand
it
b. a continuation of humanistic subjects such as history,
mathematic subjects, such as
history, natural science
c. use of the vernacular instead of Latin on the Church
d. all of these
977. Scholasticism is a philosophy which states that ___.
a. school is the only source of learning
b. man is rational who has to use reason to support his
religious beliefs
c. man is both physical, spiritual and rational in nature
d. B & C
978.

The aim of Scholastic education is to discipline

mans _____.
a. physical body
b. spirit or school
c. intellect or mind
d. emotion s, attitudes, values
e. society
979. As an offshoot of the influence of Scholasticism,
Present education, especially in Catholic seminars,

must include the following subjects in the curricula:


a. science, experimentation
b. religion, logic, ethics, philosophy
c. social studies and sciences
d. vocational-technical courses
e. community service
980.

The present military training for our schools came

from ___.
a. Athens
b. Greece
c. Sparta
d. Rome
981.

Life among primitive or tribal people was very

simple. Their organization was tribal not political, which


is, their ___ is usually the oldest or the wisest among
members of the clan.
a. head
b. teacher
c. preacher
d. warrior
982.

During the primitive education, there was no

reading or writing, however, information was transmitted


through ___.
a. word of mouth
b. songs
c. ceremonial rites
d. all of the above

983. Among the aims of Sumerian education was to train


the learners to be good and to do good things
especially to their god and to humanity called ___.
a. Ra or Amon Ra
b. Osiris
c. namlulu
d. Seth
984.

The outstanding contribution to education by the

Sumerian period is:


a. cuneiform writing
b. started the rudiments of education from which evolved
the modern educational systems
c. geometrical measurement and surveying
d. decimal system of arithmetical notation
985.

Egypt, the gift of Nile, is situated in the in the

northern part of the African continent. Ancient


Egypt was a desert country watered only by the Nile
River, which flooded the country from August
to October, leaving behind a very rich black earth. The
river flows into the Mediterranean Sea. The
government of Egypt was autocratic, ruled by a king
called ___.
a. Pharoah
b. Pariahs
c. Kshatriyas
d. Brahmas
986.

The Egyptians were polytheistic. They worshipped

the sun god, ____.

a. namlulu
b. ummia
c. ra or amon ra
d. kitharist
987. During the early Egyptian education, they used the
hieroglyphics form of writing. The Greek words
hieros
a. aware
b. villain
c. sacred
d. hero
988 During the early Egyptian education, they used the
hieroglyphics form of writing. The Greek words glypho
a. to carve
b. to write
c. to read
d. to see
989. The outstanding contribution to education of the
early Egyptian period is:
a. cuneiform writing
b. started the rudiments of education from which evolved
the modern educational systems
c. geometrical measurement and surveying
d. decimal system of arithmetical notation
990.

Vedas are composed of collection of ancient

religious wisdom. Rig Veda means:


a. Veda of Sacred Formulas

b. Veda of Charms
c. Veda of Psalms and Verses
d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
991.

Vedas are composed of collection of ancient

religious wisdom. Yajur Veda means:


a. Veda of Sacred Formulas
b. Veda of Charms
c. Veda of Psalm and Verses
d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
992.

Vedas are composed of collection of ancient

religious wisdom. Sama Veda means:


a. Veda of psalms and verses
b. Veda of Charms
c. Veda of Chants
d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
993.

Vedas are composed of collection of ancient

religious wisdom. Atharva Veda means


a. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions
b. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
c. veda of psalms and verses
d. Veda of Charms
994.

Vedas

are

composed

of

collection

of

religious wisdom. The Angas means:


a. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions
b. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
c. veda of psalms and verses
d. Veda of Charms

ancient

995.

Vedas are composed of collection of ancient

religious wisdom. The Code of Manu means:


a. Veda of psalms and verses
b. Veda of Charms
c. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions
d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge
996.

The outstanding contribution to education of the

early Hindu period is:


a. administration of civil service examination
b. free development of all human capacities
c. use of the vernacular as a tool of teaching
d. decimal system of arithmetical notation
997. The basic of philosophy of early Chinese education
was based on the writings of ____ and other
Chinese philosophers.
a. Plato
b. Aristotle
c. Socrates
d. Mao Tse Tung
998.

A philosophical school established by Socrates

where the inductive method was mainly used is


known as:
a. School of Philosophy
b. School of the Lyceum
c. School of Academy
d. Epicurean School

999. A philosophical school formed by the fusion of the


Socrates School of Philosophy and the Isocratic School of
Rhetorics is known as:
a. Epicurean School
b. School of the Academy
c. University of Athens
d. School of the Lyceum
1000. A philosophical school established by Plato is
known as:
a. University of Athens
b. School of Philosophy
c. School of Lyceum
d. School of the Academy
1001.

A philosophical school established by Aristotle is

known as:
a. School of the Academy
b. School of the Lyceum
c. University of Athens
d. Epicurean School
1002.

The two camps were reconciled by ____ when he

wrote in his Summa Theologiae, the universal is


implanted

in

the

object

and

the

universal

comprehended by the mind of man after the object.


a. Thomas Aquinas
b. Anselm
c. Abelard
d. Romulus Augustus

is

1003. The Islam religion was founded by:


a. Gau Tamma
b. Muhammad
c. Mohammed
d. Muslim
1004. The word Islam is the infinitive of the Arabic verb
aslama which means:
a. to praise
b. to believe
c. to surrender
d. to worship
1005.

The following are some of the outstanding

contribution

of

Muslim

education

to

the

present

educational system.
a. provided the foundation of modern academic freedom
b. algebra and trigonometry in the field of mathematics
c. replacing the roman numerals with figures borrowed
from the Hindus
d. using the laboratory and experimental method in the
teaching of science
1006.

The following are outstanding contribution of

American education except one:


a. progressivism
b. graduate school
c. democratic education
d. close coordination between theory and practice

1007. The Greeks legacy to the world is democracy. As a


teacher, how can you show your being
democratic?
a. consider your students as capable of independence
learning
b. give the students freedom to express ideas in any way
c. treat everyone fairly in terms of learning opportunities
d. reward the good students and punish the misbehaving
ones
1008. To occupy a government position, one had to pass
an examination on Confucian thought. From whom
did this influence come?
a. Hebrews
b. Hindus
c. Chinese
d. Greeks
1009.

Greeks Iliad and Odyssey were the famous

mythology written by:


a. Achilles
b. Plato
c. Homer
d. Herodotus
1010.

The most famous sophist who said that man is

the measure of all things was:


a. Plato
b. Protagoras
c. Socrates
d. Seneca

1011. The root of the present system of formal education


can be traced to the ancient times. Which of the
ancient education accounts started formal education?
a. Ancient Greek education
b. Ancient Oriental education
c. Ancient Roman education
d. Early Christian education
1012.

Vocational education responds to the need of

middle level manpower and skilled labor in any


society. Which of these countries already practiced the
type of education, which is the forerunner of vocational
education today?
a. Greece
b. Egypt
c. India
d. China
1013. Which of these can best describe the essence of
ancient education in India?
a. use of reason
b. education for ethical life
c. social stratification
d. love of nature
1014.

Which of these ancient Oriental philosophies

stressed harmony with nature?


a. Taoism
b. Buddhism
c. Hinduism

d. Jainism
1015. The type of education was more of an intellectual
discipline. The purpose of this movement was to bring
reason to faith and support theology by using logic.
a. Scholasticism
b. Buddhism
c. Monasticism
d. Hinduism
1016. It is the belief of the Jewish people that the Torah,
the Law, was handed down to Moses from Yahweh, the
Almighty God. What did this imply before in their ancient
education?
a. religious discipline
b. liberation from sin
c. Religious conformity
d. education as an apostolate
1017. The application of scientific knowledge to affair of
daily

life

was

the

dominant

theme

of

their

early

education. Which people are referred here?


a. Egyptians
b. Romans
c. Greeks
d. Arabs/Saracens
1018. Which of these modern educators advocated a child
centered education exemplified in his work Emile?
a. Herbart Spencer
b. John Locke

c. Jean Jacques Rousseau


d. John Amos Comenius
1019.

Which of

these modern educators criticized

traditional education describing it as the pedagogy of


the oppressed?
a. Pedro Poveda
b. Maria Montessori
c. Paolo Freire
d. John Henry Newman
1020. Which of these religious orders who were still and
still are active in education, which adheres to
the motto To the greater glory of God.
a. Jesuits
b. Franciscans
c. Dominicans
d. Benedictines
1021.

The

present military training in

our school

curriculum is an influence of
a. Greece
b. Sparta
c. Athens
d. Rome
1022.

Which of the following abilities is stressed by

humanistic education?
a. Enjoy the great works of man such as the classics
b. Learn the different philosophies in education
c. Make man distinctly civilized, educated and refined

d. Develop man into a thinking individual


1023.

The Athenian ideal of education is to form a

cultural in a graceful and symmetrical body. How can this


be achieved?
a. by giving more focus on health education
b. by adapting the philosophy know thyself
c. by improving emphasis on physical education
d. by a well-balanced development of mind, body and soul
1024.

Basic education includes secondary education.

Which of the following contributed to the establishment


of secondary schools?
a. Humanistic education
b. Reformation
c. Rationalism
d. Realistic
1025. Tutoring of learners is now practiced in our school
provided it is not done by their own
teacher but by an outsider. Which of these Western
philosophies influenced this practiced?
a. Egyptian
b. Roman
c. Greek
d. Athenian
1026.

They were practical people who successfully

managed their everyday affairs. Their education


was utilitarian and emphasized the practical application
of learned theories. They developed the virtues essential

to the exercise of their rights and the discharge of their


duties and obligations. They were:
a. Romans
b. Jewish
c. Spartans
d. Egyptians
1027.

This type of ancient education was characterized

by creative activity and logical thinking. It gave us


culture and enlightenment. They also became the first
greatest sportsmen. This type of ancient education is
known as:
a. Spartan
b. Greek
c. Athenian
d. Roman
1028.

This 2,200-year-old tomb of Qin Shihuang shows

much of China emperor extreme security.


a. Terra Cotta
b. Great Wall
c. Tiannamen Square
d. Bhudda Temple
1029.

Which of the following could be an off shoot of

Confucius Golden Rule Do unto others, as what


you want others do unto to you?
a. love begets love, hate begets violence
b. love and hate can go together
c. love your enemies
d. love conquers all

1030.

Following

Socrates

philosophy

of

Idealism,

teachers emphasize the teaching of:


a. Science and Technology
b. Social Science
c. Moral, Spiritual, Values Education
d. Vocational Education
1031.

Aristotles philosophy on Realism calls for the

emphasis of teaching:
a. Character, ethical, logical education
b. Science/Nature study
c. Mathematics
d. Vocational education
1032.

Modern education always offers general courses

like Math, languages, music, arts, painting and


others. This would be influenced made by the:
a. Primitive people
b. Chinese
c. Greeks/Romans
d. Hindus
e. Muslims
1033.

Which of the following is Spaniards greatest

contribution to Philippine education?


a. Establishment of sectarian colleges and universities
b. Propagation of Spanish language
c. Introduction of Christian religion in Philippine schools
d. A and C

1034.

The

early

Roman

education

aimed

at

the

development of vir bonus, which meant:


a. the good citizen, the good soldier, the good worker
b. the man possessing all virtues essential for the
exercise of his rights and the discharge of his duties and
obligations
c. the good soldier, but, not the good worker
d. both a and b
1035.

Egyptian education was highly practical and

empirical. Why?
a. It involved the study of subjects that could be applied
in their daily life.
b. It provided the modern world with basic foundations of
education and other subjects.
c. It was a venue for military training.
d. It emphasized total submission to the state.
1036.

Which of the following characterizes Chinese

education?
a. Participation of the young rituals and ceremonies and
in incidental apprenticeship to the activities of the family
and tribe.
b. Aimed at selecting and training people for public
service
c. It was a venue for military training.
d. It aimed at preparing men to know God and to live
peacefully among their fellows.
1037.

The Athenian system of education would have

closer resemblance to the presentday education

than Spartan education. Why?


a. Athenian education mainly prepared the learners for
war, while the Spartan education aimed at full rounded
development.
b. Spartan education mainly prepared the learners for
war, while the Athenian education aimed at full rounded
development.
c. Athenian education did not impose any form of
discipline, while Spartan education imposed discipline
that was cruel and very harsh.
d. Both Athenian and Spartan education emphasized
physical training to the neglect of intellectual training.
1038.

Which of the following practices characterizes

humanism as an educational development?


a. Interest in human nature and revival of the classics
b. Submissiveness to the demands imposed by church
authorities
c. Printing of books and salvation of the souls
d. Backtobasics and revival of the arts
1039.

With few available books, the monastic schools

resorted to:
a. the use of Latin as the medium of instruction
b. recitation and memorization
c. dictation, memorization and Socratic method
d. dictation, memorization, but, not Socratic method
1040.

Both

Cicero

and

Quintilian

believed

in

the

development of the ideal person, the orator. In which


aspect did their ideas differ?

a. Cicero believed in the development of the ability to


speak and persuade people, while Quintilian believed
otherwise.
b. Cicero believed that the orator should have wide
experience to be able to convince people, while, such
wide

experience

was

not

necessary

according

to

Quintilian.
c. To Cicero, what was important was to be able to
persuade people through speech, while Quintilian; a good
orator must also be a man of integrity.
d. Both believed in memory and moralizing.
1041.

The Athenian ideal of education is to develop a

cultural soul in a graceful and symmetrical body. How can


this be achieved?
a. By giving more emphasis on health education
b. By providing more situations for the development of
values
c. Give more focus to physical education
d. Have a wellbalanced development of mind, body and
soul
1042. Which one is contrary to the truth about the early
Filipinos education?
a. Every activity was aimed for survival and for security
reasons.
b. Every home is a virtual school.
c. Every individual progressed beyond the mentors
ability and skill.
d. Every parent was a teacher.

1043.

Which of the following educational practices was

not included in Da Feltres educational


contributions?
a. Adapting the work of the individual to his needs and
capacities
b. A balance between mental and physical activity
c. Use of punishment as a motive for learning
d. Inclusion of play in the curriculum and developing the
power to think
1044. Which of the following is the greatest contribution
of the Americans to the Philippine education system?
a. democratic teachers
b. English language
c. Public schools
d. study of the 3Rs
1045.

Which of the following is considered as the

greatest contribution of the Spaniards to our country in


terms

of

education

along

the

aspect

of

moral

development?
a. Mass education
b. Social distinction
c. Spread of Christianity
d. Use of Spanish language
1046. John Deweys emphasis in education was on the
development of an individual capable of reflective
thinking, which connotes:
a. being able to solve the problems he faces individually
and in group

b. developing the capacities of the child through a


continual interaction with his environment
c. that learning takes place when the child is ready for it
d. education involves the use of memory, imagination,
perception and motor dexterity
1047. Which of the following contributions of the realists
to educational methods would you consider a scientific?
a. Everything must be learned first in the mother tongue.
b. Words must not be repeated.
c. Learning starts from senses.
d. There was to be homework.
1048. Which would be given least emphasis as a result of
the influence of nationalism in education?
a. creation of a common language
b. the teaching of history and geography
c. music as an essential part of the curricula
d. education for intellectual aristocracy
1049. Rousseaus principle of individualization points out
that:
a. The child is allowed to grow naturally.
b. Nothing was to be done for the pupil if he could do it
himself
c. Each child was to develop according to his own nature.
d. Nothing and allow nothing to be done.
1050.

Which of the following summarizes John Lockes

tabula rasa theory?

a. Education consists of training the mind by imposing


appropriate discipline.
b. Training the mind and the body
c. The childs mind can be enriched through experience,
which

necessarily

employs

perception

through

the

senses.
d. The childs mind, upon birth, is like a blank sheet,
which grows larger as a child gets older.
1051.

Scholasticism tried to rationalize the doctrine of

the Church. Which of the following is not in accordance


with this movement?
a. It attempted to give supporting authority to the
intellect.
b. It tried to justify faith by reason and logic.
c. It limited itself to scientific and empirical activities.
d. It aimed to substantiate theology by logic.
1052.

Herbarts principle of apperception postulated

that:
a. Learning new knowledge can be facilitated
by recalling related old or previous learning.
b. In learning, focus should be on a single idea, converted
to the other ideas and then mastered.
c. Knowledge an only be had with genuine interest.
d. All of the above.
1053. The law of karma, what do you sow, you reap, are
words often said when Filipinos attempt to explain a
misfortune perceived to be rightly deserved by someone.
This originated from the

a. Hebrews
b. Hindus
c. Greeks
d. Chinese
1054.

What methods of teaching were used in both

disciplinism and rationalism?


a. sense-based
b. observation and experimentation
c. memorization and imitation
d. meditation and contemplation
e. exposition and exhortation
1055. The maxim Know Thyself was popularized by
Socrates. Which of the following statements do you think
would aptly describe it?
a. The individual knows about the subject matter of the
course.
b. He has a grasp of the strategies he will apply in
teaching the course.
c. He knows the rules and regulations of the school he is
currently connected with.
d.

He

is

aware

of

his

strengths

and

weaknesses,

capabilities and skills in teaching the course.


1056.

The first kindergarten also known as a garden

where children could grow was the product of


research by:
a. Pestalozzi
b. Rousseau
c. Herbart

d. Froebel
1957.

According

to

John

Deweys

education

is

continuous process of experiencing and revising or


reorganizing experiences. This means that education ___.
a. may take place anywhere and anytime the individual so
desires
b. is never completed and goes on throughout life
c. make take place formally or informally to enable the
individual to grow
d. takes place in the school where the individual is
exposed to specific, self-contained experiences
1058.

Democracy

in

education

from

the

Christian

perspective is viewed as ___.


a. equal education for men and women
b. education controlled by the state
c. education is subsidized by the state
d. education of all human beings without distinction of
sex, age, race, rank, social economic or political status
1059.

Education entrepreneurs are beginning to realize

the significance of pre-school education in terms of their


influence to later training. Hence, they try to make
learning as meaningful to the learner as possible. Whose
philosophy of education is most apt in this particular
situation?
a. Platos
b. Aristotles
c. Emmanuel Kants
d. John Deweys

1060.

With

whose

contemporary

ideas

curriculum

is

the

program

development
in

of

elementary

education primarily associated?


a. Edward Thorndike
b. Henry Barnard
c. John Dewey
d. Horace Mann
1061.

In content, this movement initiated a systematic

objective analysis of curriculum materials in order to


determine scientifically what should be taught. This
refers to ____.
a. Rationalism
b. Developmentalism
c. Scientific determinism
d. Social experimentalism
1062. With whose philosophy was pragmatism identified?
a. Binet
b. Terman
c. Dewey
d. Pestalozzi
1063. Education is a continuous process of experiencing
and of receiving or reorganizing experiences, according
to John Dewey. Which of the following situations is apt to
happen in education as influenced Deweys philosophy?
a.

education

individual
experiences

is

takes

place

exposed

to

in

the

school

specific,

self

where

the

contained

b. education may take place anywhere and anytime the


individual so desires
c. education is never completed and goes on throughout
life
d. education may take place informally to enable the
individual to grow
1064. Ms. Constantino regards the student as a spiritual
entity and as part of the larger spiritual universe. To what
philosophy does Ms. Constantino subscribe?
a. Existentialism
b. Idealism
c. Realism
d. Pragmatism
1065.

Who among the following believes that learning

requires disciplined attention, regular homework, and


respect for legitimate authority?
a. Perennialist
b. Reconstructionalist
c. Essentialist
d. Progressivist
1066.

Teacher B is concerned with conceptual matters

since reality is mental. Teacher Bs thinking is quite.


a. Pragmatic
b. Realistic
c. Existential
d. Idealistic

1067.

Who among the following stressed the processes

of experience and problem solving?


a. Plato
b. Dewey
c. Aristotle
d. Hegel
1068.

Dr.

importance

Melgo
of

emphasizes

deep

to

personal

his

students

reflection

on

the

ones

commitments and choices. Dr. Melgo subscribes to which


philosophy?
a.Pragmatism
b.Existentialism
c. Idealism
d. Realism
1069.

Teacher A believes that creation of knowledge is

by way of the learners interaction with their


environment. Teacher A is more of ___.
a. an idealist
b. a pragmatist
c. an existentialist
d. a realist
1070.

Which

of

the

following

does

not

refer

existentialism?
a. social existence means anarchy and violence
b. existence means creativity and uniqueness
c. existence means self-choice and self-determination
d. each man shapes his own life and destiny

to

1071. Life is what you make it. What you become is up


to you. This thought comes from the
a. Existentialist
b. idealist
c. Realist
d. philosophical analyst
1072.

Ms. Rochelle Esteban views her students as a

unique and responsible individual. She plans activities


and structures her teaching in such manner that her
students and develops her uniqueness. Which theory
does she uphold?
a. Perennialism
b. Realism
c. existentialism
d. essentialism
1073. Ms. Margarette Cassi is a firm believer of Roussean
theory that education should be according to nature. To
be in accord with nature, which of the following will Ms.
Cassi do?
a. treat the child as little adults
b. treat the child as a noble savage
c. treat the child as though he was little adult
d. treat the child according to the laws of growth and
development
1074. Ms. Geraldine Saladas is pragmatic teacher. Which
of the following ideas will she reject?
a. that knowledge is produced by a transaction between
man and his environment

b. the values must alter as culture and societies must


change
c. that the mind is passive and receptive
d. that what word best is true
1075.

John Dewey regarded education as a continuous

process of experiencing and reorganizing experience.


Which statement explains best his ideas?
a. education takes place in school
b. education goes on throughout life
c. education continues anywhere, anytime
d. education takes place formally with the teacher
1076.

The Philippine Elementary School Curriculum

(NESC) gives greater emphasis on the


development of basic skills specially the 3 Rs. What is
the philosophical basis for this?
a. Essentialism
b. Progressivism
c. existentialism
d. reconstructionism
1077.

Values Education is an additional subject in the

Philippine New Secondary Curriculum. Which


educational

philosophy

curriculum?
a. Humanism
b. Reconstructionism
c. existentialism
d. progressivism

justifies

this

change

in

the

1078. John Dewey advocates which of the following?


a. something is true if it works
b. morality is for persons
c. everything in this world is tentative, a series of means
and ends
d. what is right or wrong depends on the situation
1079. Your teacher is of the opinion that the world and
everything in it are ever changing and so teaches
you the skill to cope with change. Which is his governing
philosophy?
a. Existentialism
b. Realism
c. idealism
d. experimentalism
1080.

On which theory is the logical sequencing of

curriculum based?
a. Perennialism
b. Progressivism
c. essentialism
d. reconstructionism
1081. Do not teach too many subjects. What you teach,
teach thoroughly said one philosopher. The
primary reason behind the advice is to insure that
teachers
a. cover all the PELCS/PSLCs
b. relate their lessons to their students daily life
c. avoid failing grades
d. avoid spoon feeding their students

1082.

The back-to-basic curriculum is in essence a (an)

____ curriculum.
a.Existentialist
b.Progressivist
c. essentialist
d. perennialist
1083.

Approach every pupil as she/he is without

allowing yourself to be influenced by your foreknowledge


of his/her home background is an advice from
a. essentialist
b. rationalist
c. positivist
d. existentialist-phenomenologist
1084. Sometimes it may better to make wrong decisions
when a decision is urgent to make a right decision too
late a thought encouraged by the
a. rationalist
b. progressivist
c. realist
d. existentialist
1085.

After having been humiliated by his teacher,

student B evaluates that teacher very poorly despite


teachers excellent performance. Which trait is illustrated
Bs behavior?
a. rationalism
b. impersonalism
c. personalism

d. particularism
1086.

Jones, age 7, was removed from her class for

frequent fights with other children. She refused to be


disciplined and was to focus in class only for a very short
time. She also has frequent tantrums. She is suffering
from
a. mental retardation
b. down syndrome
c. attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder
d. learning disability
1087.

The strengthening of liberal education which

includes classical literature in the curriculum is


based on the though of ___.
a. rationalists
b. hedonists
c. humanists
d. stoics
1088.

Which philosophy approves of a teacher who

lectures most of the time and requires his


students to memorize the rules of grammar?
a. pragmatism
b. existentialism
c. realism
d. idealism
1089. The most popular among the pragmatist is
a. John Dewey
b. William James

c. Edward Thorndike
d. Amos Comenius
1090.

He believes that we acquire knowledge of our

world thorough our senses. His also the pioneer of the


inductive and scientific method.
a. John Comenius
b. Johann Pestalozzi
c. Jean Piaget
d. John Locke
1091. He introduced the kindergarten or childs garden
to the educational system
a. Maria Montessori
b. Edward Paparazzi
c. Friedrich Froebel
d. Johann Herbart
1092.

Curriculum correlation is a concept wherein

subjects should be taught so it relates to other subjects.


The proponent of this concept is
a. Johan Herbart
b. Hermann Ebbinghaus
c. John Comenius
d. Andrew Mc Birch
1093.

It is an area of philosophy which deals on the

nature of knowledge and the best methods of teaching is

a. epistemology
b. ethics

c. metaphysics
d. aesthetics
1094 Honesty remains a value even if nobody in an
organization values it. This pronouncement comes from
the mouth of a (an) ____.
a. pragmatist
b. idealist
c. reconstructionist
d. progressivist
1095.

A fresh graduate is usually idealistic. Which one

will most likely inspire her cling to her idealism?


a. introduction of educational innovations
b. support of living models
c. pressure of work
d. high salary
1096. People have ideas about the world and they learn
these ideas by reflecting upon them, according to the
____.
a. empiricist
b. existentialist
c. rationalist
d. pragmatist
1097.

Whose thought is this: Although there is an

external world from which human beings acquire sensory


information, ideas, originate from the working of the
mind.
a. rationalist

b. existentialist
c. empiricist
d. pragmatist
1098.

If you believe that the childs mind in TABULA

RASA, in what processes will you engage the


child to learn?
a. sensory impressions
b. reasoning
c. reflections
d. metacognition
1090. Which does the empiricist emphasize?
a. experience is the only source of knowledge
b. knowledge arises from the mind
c. knowledge is derived from reason without the aid of
the senses
d. information is interpreted by the mind
1091. Which of the following best describes the role of a
teacher from a perennialist perspective?
a. to expose the learner to up-to-date information about
Science and Math
b. to reveal the Wisdom of Ages such as those contained
in the Bible/Koran
c. to assist the learner clarify his/her value priorities
through self-analysis
d. to tell, interpret, or analyze complete information to
the students

1092.

Do not trust the senses since ideas arrived at

only by reason is an advice from the ____.


a. naturalist
b. rationalist
c. existentialist
d. empiricist
1093. Which is a weakness of the Montessori approach?
a. fosters development of the cognitive skills
b. foster independence
c. emphasize verbal interaction
d. neglects childrens social development
1094. According to the existentialist, every person is in
the same predicament and has the same
possibilities. What does this imply?
a. every person must have access to education
b. every person must choose to go to college
c. every person must go through the same form of
education
d. every person must go to college
1095.

Which groups of philosophers have opposite

views?
a. rationalists and existentialist
b. rationalists and idealists
c. rationalists and naturalists
d. rationalists and empiricists
1096.

Progressivism considers the nature of the child.

Which philosophy does NOT relate to this?

a. pragmatism
b. essentialism
c. humanism
d. naturalism
1097. The inclusion of the study of Rizal and other
national heroes in the school curriculum in order to
inculcate love of country is base on a (an)
a. pragmatist philosophy
b. existentialist philosophy
c. idealist philosophy
d. realist philosophy
1098. Who perpetuated the idea that reason is superior
to experience as a source of knowledge, thus
schools must develop human reason?
a. Humanists
b.Stoics
c. Hedonists
d. Rationalists
1099. Faith, hope, and love are values now and forever
whether people will value them or not. Upon what
philosophy is this anchored?
a. Idealism
b.Existentialism
c. Realism
d. Pragmatism
1100. His philosophy advocated a classical type of liberal
education or the study of the humanities.

a. Irving Babbit
b. John Dewey
c. Jean Jacques Rousseau
d. Aristotle
1101.

Whose philosophy expounded the concept of the

Laboratory School?
a. Plato
b. Jean Jacques Rousseau
c. John Dewey
d. Irving Babbit
1102.

Whose

philosophy

influenced

the

present

emphasis on Character Education and Values Education in


our school system?
a. Confucius
b. Gandhi
c. Tagore
d. Bonifacio
1103.

Who expounded the need to study the child

carefully for individualized instruction?


a. Boccacio
b. Erasmus
c. Ascham
d. Da Feltre
1104. Whose philosophy inspired the inclusion of Physical
Education in the curriculum and the replacement of
lectures with textbooks?
a. Da Feltre

b. Petrach
c. Boccacio
d. Erasmus
1105. He suggested that competition and award should
be used to motivate people.
a. Aristotle
c. Plato
b. Herbart
d. Socrates
1106.

The idea of Practical Arts and Home Economics

subjects for boys is the philosophy of ___.


a. Confucius
b. Rizal
c. Gandhi
d. Tagore
1107. The world, as we experienced it, depends on how
the mind perceive. This is according to:
a. Leibniz
b. Hegel
c. Berkeley
d. Spinoza
1108.

The Golden Rule was popularized by a Chinese

philosopher and teacher named


a. Mencius
b. Sun Yat-Sen
c. Confucius
d. Mao Tse Tung

1109.

Educators

have

realized

the

significance

of

preschool education. Hence, they try to make learning as


meaningful to the learner as possible. Whose philosophy
of education is most apt in this particular situation?
a. Aristotles
b. Emmanuel Kants
c. Platos
d. John Deweys
1110.

The philosophy of adult education was conceived

by:
a. Gaffud
b. Tagore
c. Confucius
d. Gandhi
1111.

Who

contributed

among

MOST

to

these
the

Filipino

nationalistic

philosophers
tint

in

education system?
a. Jose Laurel
b. Andres Bonifacio
c. Jose Rizal
d. Apolinario Mabini
1112. Who pointed out that education is life itself?
a. De la Salle
b. Socrates
c. Thorndike
d. Dewey

our

1113.

But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His

righteousness, and all these things shall be added unto


you. This educational philosophy has been advocated by
_____. He is considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Confucius
b. Jesus Christ
c. Muhammad
d. Buddha
1114.

Education

Education

is

continuous

is

life,

social

Education

process,

reconstruction

of

is

growth,

Education
experience.

is

This

educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where


he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Herbart
b. William James
c. Spencer
d. John Dewey
1115.

Mental activity is functional. Knowledge is

instrumental. It is the consequences that make the


choice good or bad. This educational philosophy has
been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as
one of the pioneer thinkers of education.
a. William James
b. John Dewey
c. John Locke
d. Rousseau

1116. Knowledge that is best for use in life is also best


for the development of power. Emphasis on physical
education. Importance of science in the curriculum.
This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____
where he was also considered as one of the pioneer
thinkers of education.
a. Socrates
b. Aristotle
c. Plato
d. Spencer
1118.
Play,

Self-activity as the means of development.


spontaneous

development

utilized

activity,
to

manual

promote

and

industrial

self-realization.

Process of education determined by the nature of the


child. This educational philosophy has been promoted by
_____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer
thinkers of education.
a. Locke
b. Comenius
c. Froebel
d. Herbart
1119. Doctrine of apperception. Education should be
scientific. Mind is a unity, possessing by one
power,

that

of

entering

into

relation

with

its

environment. This educational philosophy has been


promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of
the pioneer thinkers of education.
a. Soren Kierkegaard
b. Herbart

c. Pestalozzi
d. William James
1120.

Education as the process of organized growth.

All education should be founded upon the laws of natural


development of the child. Use of objects in teaching.
Emphasis on method and technique of teaching. This
educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where
he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Pestalozzi
b. Locke
c. Comenius
d. Rousseau
1121.

Development of the child according to his

nature. A man should live a simple life. The child, the


important

factor

in

education.

Use

of

instinctive

tendencies as the starting point of education. This


educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where
he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Pestalozzi
b. Locke
c. Comenius
d. Rousseau
1122. Tabula rasa or blank paper theory a child is
born

with

blank

mind

(neither

good

nor

bad).

Education can shape the pupil according to the will of


the teacher. Formal discipline (training gained in one

area can be applied in another area). This educational


philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also
considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education.
a. Pestalozzi
b. Locke
c. Comenius
d. Rousseau
1123.

Development of the whole man. Follow the

order of nature. Train for character. Both sexes


should

be

included

in

education.

This

educational

philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also


considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education.
a. Pestalozzi
b. Locke
c. Comenius
d. Rousseau
1124. The end of life is knowledge. Knowledge is virtue.
Know thyself. Social and individual interests should be
harmonized. Mans life is rational and universal. This
educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where
he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Socrates
b. Aristotle
c. Plato
d. Spencer
1125. Each person should devote his life to that which
he is best fitted to do. The function of education is to

determine what each individual is by nature fitted to do.


Social justice (give what is due to whom it is due).
Intellectual aristocracy (the rule of the intellectual
elite). This educational philosophy has been promoted
by _____ where he was also considered as one of the
pioneer thinkers of education.
a. Socrates
b. Aristotle
c. Plato
d. Spencer
1126. Virtue is not possession of knowledge but state of
the will. The end of education is not knowledge lane,
but the union of the intellect and the will, or knowledge
expressed

in

action.

Reality,

not

ideas

but

the

performance, is the highest function. Adaptation of


education to the form of government. Objective and
scientific not introspective method of education. This
educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where
he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of
education.
a. Socrates
b. Aristotle
c. Plato
d. Spencer
1127.

The

following

philosophers except one:


a. James
b. Dewey
c. Schiller

are

pragmatic

educational

d. Rousseau
1128.

He was a member of the Catholic clergy and

professor of philosophy at the University of Wittenburg,


nailed his ninety-five theses at the door of his church at
Wittenburg in 1517 airing his criticisms against the
Catholic Church. He was:
a. Mohammad
b. Jesuits
c. Martin Luther
d. Ricky Martin
1129.

He was known as the first modern educational

reformer to advocate compulsory education.


a. Mohammad
b. Jesuits
c. Martin Luther
d. Ricky Martin
1130. He was known as the greatest scholar among the
German school organizers, conducted a school survey in
Germany, probably the first school survey in the world,
and came out with the so called Saxony plan.
a. Sturm
b. Martin Luther
c. Melanchthon
d. Copernicus
1131. This verbal realist proposed a very comprehensive
curriculum

composed

of

wide

range

of

physical

exercises, sports and games, the Bible and religious

exercises, instrumental music, intellectual readings form


ancient literature in science, history, mathematics, and
astronomy

and

literature

in

Latin,

Greek,

Hebrew,

Chaldaic, and Arabic languages. He is:


a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais
d. Copernicus
1132. This verbal realist advocated the study of ancient
learning and classics in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic,
Syrian

and

Italian;

natural

science,

social

science,

philosophy, morality, religion and physical education for


the military. He is:
a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais
d. Copernicus
1133. One of the agencies of education during the sense
realism is the model educational institution for scientific
investigations. This school was drawn up:
a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1134.

Another agencies education during the sense

realism is the six-year vernacular elementary schools for


all boys and girls, secondary schools and university. This
school has been postulated by:

a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1135.

Textbook was also considered as an important

agency of education. This is according to:


a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1136.

It is a secondary school known as Realschule

where pure and applied science dominated the


curriculum. This school was established by:
a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1137.

The following are great educational philosophers

who espoused sense realism except one


a. John Locke
b. Francis Bacon
c. Richard Mulcaster
d. Wolfgang Ratke
1138.

Children must be studied thoroughly and their

innate

abilities

postulated by:
a. Comenius

respected.

This

principle

has

been

b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1139.

Education should appeal to the childs natural

interests. This principle has been postulated


by:
a. Comenius
b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1140. All learning should follow the course of nature.
This principle has been advocated by:
a. Comenius
b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1141. He is the foremost champion of formal discipline.
He believed that the process of acquiring knowledge is
more important than the knowledge acquired. He is:
a. John Locke
b. Francis Bacon
c. Richard Mulcaster
d. Wolfgang Ratke
1142.

An Englishman that advances the idea that the

mind of a child at birth is a blank tablet upon which are


printed or inscribed all the experiences of the child
acquired through his senses.

a. Jean Jacques Rousseau


b. Richard Mulcaster
c. John Locke
d. Francis Bacon
1143.

The following are well-known rationalist except

one:
a. Baron Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz
b. Herbert of Cherbury
c. John Locke
d. Baruch Spinoza
1144. He was Frenchman and has been considered as the
outstanding champion of naturalism.
a. Jean Jacques Rousseau
b. Richard Mulcaster
c. John Locke
d.

Francis

Bacon

1145. The end of life is knowledge, knowledge is virtue,


know thyself for the unexamined life is not worth
living, says
a. Plato
b. Socrates
c. Aristotle
d. Heraclitus
1146.

The

following

philosophers except one:


a. James
b. Schiller

are

pragmatic

educational

c. Dewey
d. Rousseau
1147.

The staunchest advocate of progressivism in

education was:
a. James
b. Schiller
c. Dewey
d. Rousseau
1148. The Father of Existentialism:
a. Soren Kierkegaard
b. Pestalozzi
c. Herbart
d. William James
1149. The school is the book which is written the future
of the nations. Show us the schools of a people and we
will tell you what those people are. This is a Filipino
philosophy of education postulated by ____.
a. Rizal
b. Mabini
c. Rafael Palma
d. Jorge Bacobo
1150.

Thou shalt cultivate the special gifts which had

been granted thee, working and studying according to


thy ability, never leaving the path of righteousness and
justice in order to attain thine own perfection. This is a
Filipino philosophy of education advocated by ____.
a. Venancio Trinidad

b. T. H. Pardo de Tavera
c. Jose Rizal
d. Mabini
1151. Our education should instill love for work, spirit
of tolerance, respect for law, love of peace, and
practice of thrift. This is a Filipino philosophy of
education postulated by ____.
a. Manuel L. Quezon
b. T. H. Pardo de Tavera
c. Raul Magsaysay
d. Raul Roco
1152. To my humble way of thinking education has for
its supreme and overshadowing aim the formulation of a
sound and noble outlook of life. This is a Filipino
philosophy of education postulated by ____.
a. Francisco Benetiz
b. Rafael Palma
c. Jorge Bacobo
d. Venancio Trinidad
1153.

Education must secure freedom, efficiency, and

happiness for all people. This is a Filipino philosophy of


education advocated by ____.
a. Camilo Osias
b. Manuel Laya
c. Juan Manuel
d. Rafael Palma

1154.

The qualities that distinguish the educated

Filipinos of today are (1) power to do, (2) knowledge of


the past and current events, and (3) possession of the
elements of conduct that are the accomplishments of
culture and morality. This is a Filipino philosophy of
education postulated by ____.
a. Francisco Balagtas
b. Ferdinand Marcos
c. Benigno Aquino
d. Francisco Benetiz
1155. Education should aim to develop men and women
who are as deeply concerned in the development and
uplift of our communities, particularly in the rural areas,
as in the promotion of their won personal or individual
well-being. This is a Filipino philosophy of education
postulated by ____.
a. Ferdinand Marcos
b. Manuel Quezon
c. Venancio Trinidad
d. Rafael Palma
1156.

Education should develop personality. The

teacher

should

study

each

pupil

individually;

adapt

schoolwork to the abilities and interests of pupils, hold


quarterly conferences of teachers to thoroughly assess
pupils progress. These idea or philosophy is postulated
by ____.
a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais

d. Michael Montaigne
1157. The aim of learning was the development of the
whole man. It is the incidental method of teaching; all
learning is to be made pleasant; learning facilitated
through natural activities; reasoning substituted for rote
learning; and made use of reference books. These idea or
philosophy is advanced ____.
a. Francis Bacon
b. Francois Rabelais
c. Wolgang Ratke
d. Richard Mulcaster
1158.

Education was to prepare for actual living.

Reading for content and for syntax; use of resource


person in the classroom; discussion and lectures by
academic authorities. These ideas or philosophies were
postulated by _____.
a. Rousseau
b. Comenius
c. Pestalozzi
d. John Milton
1159.

The following are humanistic or verbal realists

except:
a. Martin Luther
b. Juan Luis Vives
c. Francois Rebalais
d. John Milton

1160.

Children must be studied thoroughly and their

innate abilities respected; make use of the games, play


and exercise for learning purposes. These ideas or
philosophies of education are coming from _____.
a. Richard Mulcaster
b. Wolgang Ratke
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Francis Bacon
1161.

The ultimate goal of education was eternal

happiness with God and education should prepare for the


activities of life through knowledge; learning should start
from the senses, learning should proceed from known to
unknown. These ideas or philosophies of education were
postulated by ____.
a. Richard Mulcaster
b. Wolgang Ratke
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Francis Bacon
1162.

Give man dominance over things; He used the

inductive

method

of

learning.

These

ideas

or

philosophies of education were advanced by ____.


a. Richard Mulcaster
b. Wolgang Ratke
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Francis Bacon
1163. Developed a natural method of teaching; nothing
is to be learned by rote; repetition must be done as often
as possible; and learning by the senses first and then

exploration. These ideas or philosophies of education


were postulated by ____.
a. Richard Mulcaster
b. Wolgang Ratke
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Francis Bacon
1164. The following are sense realist except:
a. Richard Mulcaster
b. John Amos Comenius
c. Wolgang Ratke
d. Francis Bacon
1165. A German religious reformer, the inaugurator of the
Protestant reformation, who insisted on state founded
compulsory education for both sexes especially in the
elementary level but also compelled parents to send their
children on school. He was ____.
a. John Comenius
b. Jean Jacques Rousseau
c. Martin Luther
d. John Lock
1166. Taught in the court of school of Northern Italy and
was believed to be one of the first teachers to combine
physical and mental activity in a school situation. He was
_____.
a. Vittorino Da Feltre
b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
c. John Dewey
d. Friedrich Froebel

1167.

He was known as educational reformer and a

writer. His famous work, the Great Didactic gives


his theories and procedures of practical education. He
was ____.
a. Johann Friedrich Herbart
b. Desiderius Erasmus
c. John Comenius
d. John Milton
1168. An English philosopher known as intellectual ruler
of the 18th century, whose theories and knowledge and
political life are still widely felt. He protested against the
time devoted to study Latin and Greek and recommended
a broader curriculum and physical training, and strongly
advocated the disciplinary theory of education. He was
____.
a. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
b. Machiavelli
c. Rene Descartes
d. John Locke
1169. He was the first to develop an educational theory
based

on

naturalistic

approach.

Few

books

have

exercised such profound influence on the theory and


practice of education as he attached the formal education
and

insisted

on

nature

as

the

educational process. He was ____.


a. Jean Jacques Rousseau
b. John Heinrich Pestalozzi
c. Johann Friedrich Herbart

best

guide

to

the

d. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz


1170.

In his aim to psychologized education he

combined physical, moral, intellectual and manual work.


His major emphasis on helping children to learn by
experience and observation, rather than by verbalism and
memorization. He was ____.
a. Johann Friedrich Herbart
b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
c. Friedrich Froebel
d. John Amos Comenius
1171. His central principle was the ideas are developed in
the mind through external stimuli, and that ideas have a
dynamic force, which reaches out for new ideas. Based on
this principle, the teachers task is to select ideas in
accordance with the pupils background, to arouse the
interests of the pupils, and gradually to build ideas into a
moral

and

intellectual

structure.

He

advocated

the

culture-epoch theory, based on the premise that the


growth of children corresponds to the development of
culture through the ages. To put his theory to practice, he
formulated five formal steps of instruction: preparation,
presentation, association,
generalization and application. He was ____.
a. Johann Friedrich Herbart
b. Friedrich Froebel
c. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
d. John Amos Comenius

1172.

His theory was based on the concept of the

absolute as a creative force, of which the childs nature is


a part. The function of the teacher is to promote the
growth of the child as a human plant in the direction of
its own inner laws of growth. He stressed creative selfdevelopment
unfolding

the

and

spontaneous

best

in

the

activity,

child.

He

making

formulated

or
a

philosophy of development in his Education of Man,


Pedagogic

of

the

Kindergarten,

and

Education

by

Development. He was ___


a. Jean Jacques Rousseau
b. Friedrich Froebel
c. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
d. Juan Luis Vives
1173. The school is a preparation for life, it is life, and
the school cannot be a preparation for social life except
as it produces the typical conditions of life. In other
words, education must start with the interests, activities
and

experiences

of

the

child,

and

the

process

is

participating in-group and social activities, in order to


develop intelligent members of democracy. These ideas
or philosophy of education was postulated by ____.
a. John Dewey
b. John Comenius
c. John Locke
d. John Prats
1174.

A French philosopher, who defined his plan of

education in Emile, saw the child as an offspring of


nature. His writings represented an attack as an age of

reason,

gave

impetus

to

the

romantic

moment

by

emphasizing feelings. He was ___


a. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz
b. John Dewey
c. Rene Descartes
d. Jean Jacques Rousseau
1175. He was the Father of Modern Philosophy, whose
first task was to work out his rational scheme. His
method consists of harnessing the power of the mind
with a special set of rulers. He insisted upon the
necessity

of

method

upon

systematic

and

orderly

thinking. H was ____.


a. Michel Montaigne
b. Rene Descartes
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Jean Jacques Rousseau
1176. He was a French essayist and thinker regarded as
the Father of Modern Essay. He was also one of the
pioneers of the autobiography. He was convinced of the
importance of introspection, of examining ones own
experiences in order to determine values and rules of
conduct, and of communicating ones self-knowledge to
others. He was ____.
a. Richard Mulcaster
b. Martin Luther
c. Erasmus
d. Michel Montaigne

1177.

He defined education as a natural, symmetrical,

and harmonious development of the faculties of the child.


According

to

him,

sense

perception

was

the

real

foundation of knowledge and observation was to be the


basis of all instruction. His most important contribution
to education was his concept that teachers must respect
the individuality of every child and must base discipline
upon love. He was ___.
a. John Amos Comenius
b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
c. Johann Friedrich Herbart
d. John Dewey
1178.

He was an English educator-philosopher. He

believed that the aim of every educational activity was


the search for truth. According to him, the attainment of
truth should be guided by reason and the mind is capable
of

obtaining

and

formulating

reason.

His

education

revolved around the childs moral development and


formulation of desirable habits. He was ____.
a. John Dewey
b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi
c. John Locke
d. John Amos Comenius
1179. He was a follower of Pestalozzi and later came an
administrator in the kindergarten school where
he applied the principles of Pestalozzi. He placed great
emphasis on self-activity among children. The curriculum
included games, plays, song and work. He emphasizes
activities like manipulation of objects and more freedom

in the classroom. He was also known as the Father of


Kindergarten. He was ____.
a. Maria Montessori
b. Froebel
c. Herbart
d. Dewey
1180. He was a German sense realist. He advocated the
use of vernacular in instruction to enable the child to
learn other lessons. He emphasized mastery through
repetition and memorization. He was ____.
a. Wolfgang Ratke
b. Comenius
c. Pestalozzi
d. Rousseau
1181. The end of knowledge is not knowledge alone. It is
the union of the innate intellect of the individual and his
will. It is knowledge expression in action. This education
philosophy was postulated by ____.
a. Plato
b. Confucius
c. Socrates
d. Aristotle
1182. He said development of the whole man before he
becomes professional. He said further that
both boys and girls should be included in education
regardless

of

their socio-economic

status.

Moreover,

according to him, Effective learning is done through the

use of vernacular and postulated the use of visual aids


in classroom teaching. He was ____.
a. Confucius
b. Rousseau
c. Comenius
d. Erasmus
1183.

He said Development of moral and ethical

principles to promote peace and order and to preserve


human dignity. He also postulated the golden rule for all
men to follow treat others as you wish them to treat
you. He was ____.
a. Plato
b. Confucius
c. Socrates
d. Aristotle
1184. Man is by nature good and virtuous. Everything is
good as it comes from the hand of the author
nature. This educational philosophy was postulated by
____.
a. Michel Montaigne
b. Rene Descartes
c. John Amos Comenius
d. Jean Jacques Rousseau
1185. Learning was spontaneous, meaning that children
had an inner need to work at that which interested them
with the prodding of teachers or the use of rewards and
punishments. The curricula included three major types,
activities and experiences: practical skills, sensory and

muscular skills developed through repetitive exercise and


formal

skills.

This

concept

of

education

has

been

postulated by ____.
a. Maria Montessori
b. Rene Descartes
c. Pestalozzi
d. John Dewey
1186.

He was a German philosopher known for his

contribution to moral development in education and for


highly structured methodology of teaching. For him, the
chief

aim

of

education

was

moral

development,

to

produce a good person with varied interest. He was ____.


a. Froebel
b. Rousseau
c. Herbart
d. Dewey
1187. Knowledge acquired that is best for use in life is
also best for the development of power. He opposed to
free public education; those who really want an education
should work hard to acquire the means to attain it. This
philosophical thought has been postulated by ____.
a. Locke
b. Dewey
c. Comenius
d. Spencer
1188. One of the agencies of education during the sense
realism is the model educational institution for scientific
investigations. This school was drawn up:

a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1189.

Another agencies education during the sense

realism is the six-year vernacular elementary schools for


all boys and girls, secondary schools and university. This
school has been advocated by:
a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1190.

Textbook was also considered as an important

agency of education. This is according to:


a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1191. It is a secondary school known as Realschule
where pure and applied science dominated the
curriculum. This school was established by:
a. Bacon
b. Comenius
c. Mulcaster
d. Hecker
1192. The following are great educational philosophers
who espoused sense realism except one

a. John Locke
b. Francis Bacon
c. Richard Mulcaster
d. Wolfgang Ratke
1193.

Children must be studied thoroughly and their

innate abilities respected. This principle has


been advocated by:
a. Comenius
b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1194.

Education should appeal to the childs natural

interests. This principle has been advocated by:


a. Comenius
b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1195 All learning should follow the course of nature.
This principle has been advocated by:
a. Comenius
b. Bacon
c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1196. The use of inductive method of learning has been
advocated by:
a. Comenius
b. Bacon

c. Ratke
d. Mulcaster
1197. He is the foremost champion of formal discipline.
He believed that the process of acquiring
knowledge

is

more

important

than

the

knowledge

acquired. He is:
a. John Locke
b. Francis Bacon
c. Richard Mulcaster
d. Wolfgang Ratke
1198.

The following are well-known rationalist except

one:
a. Baron Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz
b. John Locke
c. Herbert of Cherbury
d. Baruch Spinoza
1199. He was Frenchman and has been considered as the
outstanding champion of naturalism.
a. Jean Jacques Rousseau
b. Richard Mulcaster
c. John Locke
d. Francis Bacon
1200. The following are the outstanding contribution of
sense realism to our present educational system except
one:
a. the emphasis on science in the curriculum
b. use of vernacular in teaching

c. the teaching of science by the laboratory method


d. formal discipline as an educational process
1201.

It is one of the types of education in the formal

discipline where it is primarily for the development of


wise conduct, good breeding, and the control of desires
by reason. This type of education is known as:
a. physical education
b. physical education
c. intellectual education
d. aristocracy of intelligence
1202. One of the types of education in formal discipline
that develops the mental power to acquire
knowledge, not to increase knowledge by itself.
a. moral education
b. intellectual education
c. physical education
d. liberal education
1203.

All except one are John Lockes three steps in

learning.
a. sense learning, memorization, reasoning
b. reasoning, sense learning, memorization
c. memorization, reasoning, sense learning
d. sense learning, reasoning, memorization
1204. It is a philosophical doctrine, which advocated that
reason can be a source of knowledge and that
truth can best be established by a process of deduction
from a priori principle independent of experience.

a. humanism
b. disciplinism
c. rationalism
d. realism
1205. All except one are aims of rationalism.
a. intellectual freedom
b. living a life guided by reason
c. aristocracy of intelligence
d. good habit formation
1206. The following are agencies of education during the
rationalism period except one:
a. secondary and higher schools
b. cathedral schools
c. encyclopedia
d. fashionable salons
1207.

The rationalists believed that mental processes

were the impression made by objects upon the mind


through the senses. So they taught by the inductive
method. This method instruction during this period is
known as:
a. inductive method
b. science-based
c. deductive method
d. application of reason
1208. The rationalist always applied the test of reason to
every phase of activity or life and rejected those that did

not meet the test. This method instruction during this


period is known as:
a. inductive method
b. science-based
c. deductive method
d. application of reason
1209. The following are the outstanding contribution of
rationalism to our present educational system is:
a. the emphasis on science in the curriculum
b. use of vernacular in teaching
c. training of creative thinking and reasoning
d. none of the above
1210.

According to Rousseau, man by nature is good

and virtuous. He wanted that the goodness and virtue in


man be developed unhampered by the artificialities of the
type of society current during his time. This aim of
naturalism is known as:
a. creation of new society
b. preservation of individual freedom
c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue
d. all of the above
1211.

According

to

Rousseau,

there

should

be

simplicity, liberty, equality, and fraternity for all, a


society in
which the individual could attain his fullest fulfillment as
a natural man. This aim of naturalism is known as:
a. creation of new society
b. preservation of individual freedom

c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue


d. all of the above
1212.

According to Rousseau, individual should be

liberated from the impositions of the state, the Church,


and the aristocratic society. This aim of naturalism is
known as:
a. creation of new society
b. preservation of individual freedom
c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue
d. all of the above
1213.

The development of all the endowments of a

child. He opposed to specialization because, according


to him, this would make some men dependent upon other
men. This is one of the many types of education that
Rousseau pushes which is known as:
a. democratic and universal education
b. intellectual education
c. moral education
d. general education
1214. Rousseau wanted to educate the child morally the
natural way, that is, the child should not be punished by
other people for his untoward acts but by the results of
his acts. This type of naturalism education is known as:
a. democratic and universal education
b. intellectual education
c. moral education
d. general education

1215. Rousseau said that education is a natural right of


all freemen and since all children are free and equal, they
should receive the same kind or type of education. The
rich and the poor should be educated together in the
same way. This type of naturalism education is known as:
a. religious education
b. general education
c. intellectual education
d. democratic and universal education
1216. Rousseau did not approve the use of textbooks in
intellectual learning. The learner had to learn through the
use of senses. This type of naturalism education is known
as:
a. religious education
b. general education
c. intellectual education
d. democratic and universal education
1217. The following are three modern principles of
teaching as established by Rousseau except one:
a. principle of growth
b. principle of pupil activity
c. principle of individualization
d. principle of discipline
1218. Rousseau divided stages of growth of the child. He
said, the child is still capable of right reasoning
and hence, his feelings are dominant in determining his
actions. This stage of growth is in the:
a. infancy

b. boyhood
c. childhood
d. adolescence
1219.

The following are disadvantages of naturalism as

advocated by Rousseau if it is used today except one:


a. the use of textbooks
b. not suitable for big classes
c. tutorial system is expensive
d. order of nature
1220.

He was a member of the Catholic clergy and

professor of philosophy at the University of Wittenburg,


nailed his ninety-five theses at the door of his church at
Wittenburg in 1517 airing his criticisms against the
Catholic Church. He was:
a. Mohammad
b. Jesuits
c. Martin Luther
d. Ricky Martin
1221. He was known as the greatest scholar among the
German school organizers, conducted a school survey in
Germany, probably the first school survey in the world,
and came out with the so called Saxony plan.
a. Sturm
b. Martin Luther
c. Melanchthon
d. Copernicus

1222.

This verbal realist advocated the study of the

vernacular as a national language and Latin as a


universal language. According to him, the study of
language should be based on usage. He is:
a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais
d. Copernicus
1223. This verbal realist proposed a very comprehensive
curriculum

composed

of

wide

range

of

physical

exercises, sports and games, the Bible and religious


exercises, instrumental music, intellectual readings form
ancient literature in science, history, mathematics, and
astronomy

and

literature

in

Latin,

Greek,

Hebrew,

Chaldaic, and Arabic languages. He is:


a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais
d. Copernicus
1224. This verbal realist advocated the study of ancient
learning and classics in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic,
Syrian

and

Italian;

natural

science,

social

science,

philosophy, morality, religion and physical education for


the military. He is:
a. Juan Luis Vives
b. John Milton
c. Francois Rabelais
d. Copernicus

1225.

The

only

disagreements

way

and

to

solve

speculations

the

problem

regarding

of

obtuse

questions, is to inquire seriously into the nature of


human understanding and shows from an exact analysis
of its powers and capacity that is by no means fitted such
remote

and

obtuse

subjects.

This

philosophy

is

postulated by
a. David Hume
b. Jean Jacques Rousseau
c. Baruch Spinoza
d. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz
1226. His brilliant philosophical treatises among which
the most renowned in his Levithian, a book on social
and political philosophy. He was deeply impressed by the
precision of science and above all by the certainty of
scientific knowledge. He was
a. Rene Descartes
b. John Locke
c. Thomas Hobbes
d. Francis Bacon
1227. Turned to description of the joys and sorrows for
natural man, expressing deep dimension of feeling as
opposed to the brittle logic of doctrine. This theory of
knowledge was postulated by
a. Boccacio
b. Petrarch
c. Montaigne
d. Machiavelli

1228.

His

stagnant.

central

He

criticism

learned

three

was

that

distempers

learning
of

has

learning:

fantastical learning mans concern themselves with


words,

emphasizing

text,

languages

and

style;

contentious learning it begins with fixed positions or


points of view taken by earlier thinker, and these views
are

used

as

the

starting

points

in

contentious

argumentations; and delicate learning wherein earlier


authors who claimed more knowledge that can be proved,
are accepted by readers as knowing as much as they
claim, and this account for as the dictator of science. This
theory of knowledge was postulated by
a. Thomas Hobbes
b. Jean Jacques Rousseau
c Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz
d. Francis Bacon
1229.

It is a body of doctrine with reference to some

political and cultural plan together with the devices for


putting it into operation
a. nationalism
b. patriotism
c. ideology
d. communism
1230.

This term applies to the position that education

should be concerned with the actualities of life.


a. naturalism
b. idealism
c. realism
d. existentialism

1231. It is an autocratic educational movement where it


held education should equip the student for a happy and
successful life as a man of the world. It stressed modern
languages,

travel,

and

study

of

contemporary

institutions.
a. verbal realism
b. educational realism
c. social realism
d. sense realism
1232.

It is the science that seeks to organize and

systematize

all

fields

of

knowledge

as

means

of

understanding and interpreting the totality of reality.


a. psychology
b. anthropology
c. philosophy
d. sociology
1233.

It refers to the attempt to give a reasoned

conception of the universe and mans place in it.


a. psychology
b. anthropology
c. philosophy
d. sociology
1234. It refers to a worldview or a reasoned conception
of the whole cosmos, and a life-view or doctrine of
values, meanings and purposes of human life.
a. psychology
b. anthropology

c. philosophy
d. sociology
1235. It is a search for a comprehensive view of nature,
an attempt at a universal explanation of the nature of
things.
a. psychology
b. anthropology
c. philosophy
d. sociology
1236.

It is a systematic and logical explanation of the

nature, existence, purposes and relationship of things,


including human beings, in the universe.
a. psychology
b. anthropology
c. philosophy
d. sociology
1237. This deals with the first principles, the origin and
essence of things, the causes and end of things.
a. metaphysics
b. epistemology
c. axiology
d. ethics
1238.

This deals with knowledge and with ways of

knowing.
a. metaphysics
b. epistemology
c. axiology

d. ethics
1239.

This deals with purposes and values. This also

includes the idea of what is right and what is wrong, good


and

evil,

aesthetics,

which

deals

with

beauty

and

ugliness.
a. metaphysics
b. epistemology
c. axiology
d. ethics
1240. It is theory concerned with the careful study of the
child; a child-centered point of view.
a. humanism
b. rationalism
c. disciplinism
d. developmentalism
1241.

It is a doctrine that advocated the disciplinary

theory of education, which claimed that the mind of the


child at birth is a tabula rasa or blank tablet.
a. humanism
b. rationalism
c. disciplinism
d. realism
1242. It is theory that the way of life concerned with the
fullest realization of the human life.
a. humanism
b. rationalism
c. disciplinism

d. realism
1243. It is a philosophy of education that proclaimed the
spiritual nature of man.
a. idealism
b. spiritualism
c. realism
d. existentialism
1244.

This refers the branch of philosophy concerned

with the systematic treatment of the relationship of


ideas.
a. idealism
b. essentialism
c. realism
d. logic
1245.

It is educational theory based on a doctrine that

opposed that was artificial.


a. realism
b. naturalism
c. rationalism
d. developmentalism
1246.

It is a philosophy of life concerned with the

education that emphasized the realities of life.


a. realism
b. naturalism
c. rationalism
d. developmentalism

1247.

It is a body of doctrine with reference to some

political and cultural plan together with the devices for


putting it into operation
a. nationalism
b. ideology
c. patriotism
d. communism
1248. It is a philosophical doctrine, which advocated that
reason can be a source of knowledge and that truth can
best be established by a process of deduction from a
priori principle independent of experience.
a. humanism
b. rationalism
c. disciplinism
d. realism
1249.

It consists of transcendent universals, forms, or

ideals, which are the objects of true knowledge. It


also involves the belief that there exists, ulterior to all
finite existence, an order of form which are real, eternal,
self-explanatory, self-moving, intelligible, and purposeful,
on which all finite beings and activities human knowledge
and morality, are dependent both for their existence and
for their meaning.
a. naturalism
b. realism
c. pragmatism
d. idealism

1250. This view that the whole of reality is nature. There


is no area, knowledge, or experience to which the
methods of dealing with nature may be extended. This
philosophy subordinates mind to matter and holds that
ultimate reality is material.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1251.

It is a tendency, movement, or more or less

definite system of thought in which stress is placed upon


practical consequences and values as standards for
explicating

philosophic

concepts,

and

as

tests

for

determining their value and truth.


a. pragmatism
b. humanism
c. realism
d. naturalism
1252. It is a kind of pragmatism, which stresses thought
as an instrument and its function as adapting the
human organism to its environment.
a. functionalism
b. instrumentalism
c. humanism
d. realism
1253. This educational philosophy has a dual purpose: to
educate the individual for his life here on earth

and to prepare him for his life beyond. It is considered as


the ultimate aim of education in Christian perfection in
this life as prerequisite to the life beyond.
a. naturalism
b. supernaturalism
c. humanism
d. pragmatism
1254.

This philosophy of education places spiritual

things over and above worldly things. Man is both matter


and spirit and his spiritual will must prevail over his
materials and wordily desires for him to avoid sinning
and for him to attain spiritual perfection.
a. naturalism
b. supernaturalism
c. humanism
d. pragmatism

1255.

This

refers

to

as

the

doctrine

where

an

indispensable common core of culture knowledge, skills,


attitudes, ideals, etc. can be identified. The core should
be taught systematically to the learners who should
maintain a rigorous standard of achievement.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1256. This theory holds that universals are independent
of antecedent to, and more real than the specific

individual instances in which they are manifested. This


theory is very similar to, if exactly the same as Platonic
idealism.
a. functionalism
b. instrumentalism
c. humanism
d. realism
1257. This philosophy of education is dominated by the
technological experimental advancement which have so
powerfully shaped our modern culture; it is concerned
with recognizing change and adjusting thorough the use
of the scientific method; it concentrates on present
problems rather than on the application of a priori
principles to the solution of present problems.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1258. Another feature of this philosophy of education is
that it considers the child as the center of the education
process.

The

aims

of

education

are

formulated

in

accordance with interest and well-being of the child. The


curriculum

is

constructed

to

suit

the

intellectual

capacities and other characteristics of the child.


a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism

1259. Another feature of this philosophy of education is


that it emphasizes learning by doing. The child must
participate in all learning activities.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1260.

This philosophy of education puts emphasis on

uniqueness of the individual. Man functions, grows,


develops, makes choices, suffers, experiences intense
feelings, and faces God as an individual.
a. essentialism
b. existentialism
c.

progressivism

d. realism
1262. Education is the process of developing awareness
about the freedom of choice and the meaning and
responsibility for ones choice. This is philosophy of
education is known as:
a. essentialism
b. existentialism
c. progressivism
d. idealism
1263. It is believe that schools should originate policies
and progress, which would bring about reform of the
social order, and teachers, should use their power to lead
the young in the program of social reform. They agree
that educational philosophies are culturally based and

grow out of a specific cultural pattern conditioned by


living

at

given

time

in

particular

place.

This

is

philosophy of education is known as:


a. essentialism
b. philosophical analysis
c. reconstructionism
d. progressivism
1264.

This

philosophy

of

education

left

legacy

characterized by: Emphasis on the child as the learner,


rather on the subject matter; Stress on activities and
experiences,

rather

than

on

textbook

reliance

and

memorization; and Absence of fear and punishment for


disciplinary purposes. . This is philosophy of education
is known as:
a. essentialism
b. philosophical analysis
c. reconstructionism
d. progressivism
1265. It is a philosophy of education that proclaims the
spiritual nature of men and the universe. Its basic
viewpoint stresses the human spirit, soul or mind as the
most important element in life. It holds that the good,
true and beautiful are permanently part of their structure
of a related, coherent, orderly and unchanging universe.
This is philosophy of education is known as:
a. idealism
b. essentialism
c. existentialism
d. progressivism

1266. This refers to the universal elements of man that


are

unchanging

regardless

of

time,

place

and

circumstances. It us these universals that make up the


elements in the education of man. Education implies
teaching, teaching implies knowledge, knowledge is truth
and truth is the same everywhere. This is philosophy of
education is known as:
a. idealism
b. realism
c. progressivism
d. reconstructionism
1267.

This philosophy of education believes that each

child follows a logical pattern of growth development and


that

education

must

be

attuned

to

these

natural

patterns. This is philosophy of education is known as:


a. Naturalism
b. realism
c. pragmatism
d. existentialism
1268. Possession of a philosophy of education makes an
educator
a. a mechanical follower of routine
b. an easy victim of educational fad
c. an intelligent member of the profession
d. an expert in selecting subject matter
1269.

Education has been derived from the Latin word

educate which means to

a. guide and direct


b. discipline and control
c. nourish, bring up, to train
d. reflect and meditate
1270. Philosophy of education refers to
a. reflective points of view on education
b. goals and objectives of education
c. mission statement of education
d. update education
1271.

Idealism when applied to education emphasizes

that
a. material aspect of life
b. spiritual nature of nature
c. scientific facts
d. objective reality
1272. The philosophy of idealism as expounded by Plato,
means that
a. ideas, forms or universals come ahead of particular
b. things existing in mans world
c. ideas are so real and enduring that objects of senses
are reflecting or non-permanent as compared to them
d. physical objects are only imperfect embodiment of
ideas
e. all of these
1273.

Realism as a philosophy was expounded by

Aristotle in manner

a. nature of things whose existence needs not to be


proven is the starting point for philosophizing
b. material thing have their own nature, come into
existence due to various causes
c. the first cause is known as the Prime Mover and who is
himself unmoved
d. all of these
1274. Which of the following is John Deweys pragmatic
education philosophy?
a. education is life
b. education is growth and social process
c. education is continuous reconstruction of experience
d. all of these
1275. Which of the following explain the maim ideas of
Scholasticism?
a. man is both physical and spiritual being that is, with
body and soul
b. man is rational being who knows what is right or wrong
c. when there is conflict between reason and faith, the
latter should prevail
d. all of these
1276.

Pragmatism could be best explained in this

manner
a. to determine the meaning of any idea, put into practice
in the objective world of actualities and whatever its
consequences prove to be, these constitute the meaning
of idea

b. to determine the meaning of any idea, you to rely on


your personal, subjective views
c. to determine the meaning of any idea, you to rely on
your personal, objective views
d. none of these
1277.

Pragmatism,

when

applied

to

education,

emphasizes the
a. permanent truth
b.

that

truth

is

man-made,

that

there

is

nothing

permanent, everything changes


c. future of society
d. ultimate reality of anxieties and death
e. none of these
1278. Pragmatism rely most on the
a. introspection method
b. experimental method
c. deductive method
d. speculative method
1279. Humanism holds that
a. the aim of education is mans perfection so that he can
live a truly human life
b. man is both matter and spirit and has to live by his
reason and will
c. mans perfection is achieved through disciplining the
material aspect of his lie for spiritual supremacy
d. all of these
1280. Existentialism, as a philosophy states that

a. reality is a matter of individuals own making based on


his free choices and decisions
b. the world is fundamentally absurd without any purpose
that lifes significance is only found in what a person
gives to his life
c. man cannot escape the reality of anxieties and death
d. all of these
1281. Essentialism holds that the aim of education is
a. mastery of science and technology
b. adjustment of the child to his world by equipping with
the basic knowledge, skills, attitudes, ideals of cultures
which are fixed and universal
c. complete development of critical and creative mind
d. pure spiritual and moral development
1282.

When

applied

to

education,

existentialism

considers the
a. importance of values and religious education
b. uniqueness, freedom of choices and experience of man
c. undesirable traits of man
d. all of these
1283.

Of the following stage of human development

theories that is a culminating stage?


a. Eriksons conflict between initiative and guilt
b. Freud anal stage
c. Piagets formal operational stage
d. Holophrastic speech
e. Kohlbergs punishment-obedience morality orientation

1284.

Which of the following describe a common

philosophy of life among simple Filipinos?


a. to strive for more material progress at any cost
b. to be proud of ones success
c. to maintain harmony with God and man
d. to be completely humble and submissive to others
1285.

The belief that the aims of education should be

arranged in the order of their contribution to human


survival is closely associated with which of the following?
a. the utilitarian of Spencer
b. the naturalism of Rousseau
c. the realism of Thomas Aquinas
d. the pragmatism of Dewey
e. the humanism of Erasmus
1286. Which of the philosophical position could plausibly
be taken to support the practice of allowing
students to choose their own educational goals and
experiences?
a. Positivism
b. Existentialism
c. Essentialism
d. Realism
e. Perenialism
1287.

The teacher uses a variety of instructional

materials with different groups of students and expects


students largely to direct their own learning. Students
are encouraged to select their own topics for learning,
devise

their

own

activities

and

group

themselves

according to their interests. The teacher usually works


with individual or small groups of students throughout
the school day. According to the description of the
educational values of the teacher appear to be most
reflective of which of the following:
a. Behaviorism
b. Humanism
c. Structuralism
d. Traditionalism
e. Positivism
1288. The essence of education is reason and intuition.
This implies that education should concentrate
on developing the rational faculty since mans most
distinctive characteristics is his ability to reason. It
follows that education should employ methods of mental
discipline and the teacher should be an authority of his
subject matter. Which educational theory adheres to this
position?
a. Existentialism
b. Perenialism
c. Essentialism
d. Progressivism
1289.

The classroom viewed as a miniature society

where

pupils

engage

in

problem-solving

activities

reflective of the personal and social experiences of the


children. The emphasis of the classroom is on the
acquisition of skills, which can help them solve own reallife problems. Which educational theory is referred to
here?

a. Progressivism
b. Idealism
c. Existentialism
d. Naturalism
1290. The school should provide for group thinking in a
democratic atmosphere that fosters cooperative
learning

rather

than

competitive

learning.

Scientific

methods of inquiry complement such atmosphere in the


student quest for shared experiences. Which theory
advocates this view?
a. Progressivism
b. Essentialism
c. Existentialism
d. Perenialism
1291.

Growth, though the reconstruction experience, is

the nature, and should be open-ended goal of education.


Education

should

lead

to

more

education;

initial

educative experience should contribute to succeeding


more effective experience. The character of learning, as
implied here episodic. Which philosophy advocates this
goal of education?
a. Idealism
b. Pragmatism
c. Existentialism
d. Realism
1292.

When teacher view the learner as a unique, free

choosing, and responsible individual made of

intellect and emotion, the former would setup situations


in the classroom where the learner can develop these
aspects of his individuality. What theory underlies this
nature of the learner?
a. Idealism
b. Essentialism
c. Realism
d. Existentialism
1293.

The philosophy believes that ideas are innate to

the individual. Hence, the true essence of the Socratic


dialogue (questioning method) is analogous to midwifery
-to-wring ideas from the learner. Which school of thought
underlies this belief?
a. Realism
b. Idealism
c. Language Analysis
d. Naturalism
1294.

Its proponents advocate devising paradigms in

the educative process like Kenneth B. Hendersons


model in teaching of concepts. In the use of this model,
the context of this concept must be taken fully into
account because it may otherwise change the meaning of
the name given the concept. The model also distinguishes
denotative from connotative concepts. Which theory
recommends this method of education?
a. Language Analysis
b. Existentialism
c. Essentialism
d. Idealism

1295.
such

The curriculum should concentrate on the basis


as

reading,

elementary,

and

writing,

expansion

and
and

arithmetic

in

the

continuation

of

the

basics, to include humanities in the secondary level.


Which theory recommends this type of curriculum?
a. Perennialism
b. Essentialism
c. Existentialism
d. Reconstructionism
1296. Teacher should constantly examine and reexamine
their strategies and techniques in the classroom.
Empirical

researchers

should

be

done

on

the

effectiveness of teaching and teachers. Which theory


prescribes this view?
a. Existentialism
b. Idealism
c. Language Analysis
d. Realism
1297.

Education should be active and related to the

needs and interest of the learners. Learning occurs


amidst

movements

and

activities.

The

teacher

participation is very minimal because the pupils dominate


the class activities. Which theory recommends this type
of educative process?
a. Existentialism
b. Perenialism
c. Progressivism
d. Essentialism

1298. The teacher is the personification of reality in the


classroom. Reality, in this belief, is regarded as
a creation of the Absolute Mind. In effect, pupils learn
though imitation, interest, effort and discipline. The
teacher should be emulated. Which is the principal
exponent of this role of the teacher?
a. Pragmatism
b. Naturalism
c. Realism
d. Idealism
1299.

Education is considered both a basic need and

right of citizens. This implies that the state should


provide for schools so those children will have access to
education and satisfy this basic need and exercise of
their right. Which philosophy advocates this belief?
a. Realism
b. Naturalism
c. Idealism
d. Pragmatism
1300.

Children

need

passionate

encounter

with

perennial problems of life, the agony and joy of love, the


reality

of

choices,

the

anguish

of

freedom,

the

consequences of actions, and even the inevitability of


death. Both beautiful and ugly or the positive and
negative sides of life should be stressed in the educative
process. Whose belief is this education?
a. Essentialism
b. Realism

c. Perennialism
d. Existentialism
1301. One of the distinctive view of cosmology is
a. Evolutionism
b. Idealism
c. Naturalism
d. All of these
1302.

A questioning attitude toward the possibility of

having any knowledge


a. Skepticism
b. Dualism
c. Agnosticism
d. Pluralism
1303. Reasoning from particulars to a general conclusion
is called
a. Rationalization
b. Induction
c. Deduction
d. Revelation
1304.

One of the theories of education whose basic

principle is existence precedes essence is called


a. Existentialism
b. Progressivism
c. Perennialism
d. Pragmatism

1305.

An

educational

theory,

which

is

sometimes

referred to as experimentation.
a. Existentialism
b. Essentialism
c. Progressivism
d. Pragmatism
1306.

A theory founded on the belief that the body of

knowledge, which has endured through time and space,


should form the basis of ones education.
a. Perennialism
b. Pragmatism
c. Idealism
d. Essentialism
1307. Mind and body are two aspects of a fundamental
reality whose nature is unknown
a. Emergency Theory
b. Spiritualism
c. Parallelism
d. Double Aspect Theory
1308.

Man has the power of choice and is capable of

genuine initiative.
a. Determinism
b. Creativism
c. Free Will
d. idealism
1309.

It consists of transcendent universals, forms, or

ideals, which are the objects of true knowledge. It also

involves the belief that there exists, ulterior to all finite


existence, an order of form which are real, eternal, selfexplanatory, self-moving, intelligible, and purposeful, on
which all finite beings and activities human knowledge
and morality, are dependent both for their existence and
for their meaning.
a. naturalism
b. realism
c. pragmatism
d. idealism
1310. This view that the whole of reality is nature. There
is no area, knowledge, or experience to which the
methods of dealing with nature may be extended. This
philosophy subordinates mind to matter and holds that
ultimate reality is material.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1311. It is a tendency, movement, or more or less definite
system of thought in which stress is placed upon
practical consequences and values as standards for
explicating

philosophic

concepts,

determination their value and truth.


a. pragmatism
b. humanism
c. realism
d. naturalism

and

as

tests

for

1312. it is a kind of pragmatism, which stresses thought


as an instrument and its function as adapting the
human organism to its environment.
a. functionalism
b. instrumentalism
c. humanism
d. realism
1313. This educational philosophy has a dual purpose: to
educate the individual for his life here on earth and to
prepare him for his life beyond. It is considered as the
ultimate aim of education in Christian perfection in this
life as prerequisite to the life beyond.
a. naturalism
b. supernaturalism
c. humanism
d. pragmatism
1314.

This philosophy of education places spiritual

things over and above worldly things. Man is both matter


and spirit and his spiritual will must prevail over his
materials and wordily desires for him to avoid sinning
and for him to attain spiritual perfection.
a. naturalism
b. supernaturalism
c. humanism
d. pragmatism
1315.

This

refers

to

as

the

doctrine

where

an

indispensable common core of culture knowledge, skills,


attitudes, ideals, etc. can be identified. The core should

be taught systematically to the learners who should


maintain a rigorous standard of achievement.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1316. This theory holds that universals are independent
of

antecedent

to,

and

more

real

than

the

specific

individual instances in which they are manifested. This


theory is very similar to, if exactly the same as Platonic
idealism.
a. functionalism
b. instrumentalism
c. humanism
d. realism
1317. This philosophy of education is dominated by the
technological experimental advancement which have so
powerfully shaped our modern culture; it is concerned
with recognizing change and adjusting thorough the use
of the scientific method; it concentrates on present
problems rather than on the application of a priori
principles to the solution of present problems.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1318. Another feature of this philosophy of education is
that it considers the child as the center of the

education process. The aims of education are formulated


in accordance with interest and well-being of the child.
The curriculum is constructed to suit the intellectual
capacities and other characteristics of the child.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1319. Another feature of this philosophy of education is
that it emphasizes learning by doing. The child must
participate in all learning activities.
a. existentialism
b. essentialism
c. naturalism
d. progressivism
1320.

This philosophy of education puts emphasis on

uniqueness of the individual. Man functions,


grows, develops, makes choices, suffers, experiences
intense feelings, and faces God as an individual.
a. essentialism
b. existentialism
c. progressivism
d. realism
1321.

Rousseau established three great principles of

teaching

that

formed

the

basis

of

the

reforms

Pestalozzi, Herbart and Froebel. These principles are:


1. The Principle of Growth
2. The Principles of Student Activity

of

3. The Principle of individualization


4. The Principle of Child Readiness
5. The Principle of Child Development
6. The Principles of Real Objective Existence
a. 1, 2, and 3
b. 4, 5, and 6
c. 2, 4, and 6
d. 1, 3, and 5
1322.

Progressive education left a legacy characterized

by:
a. emphasis on the child as the learner, rather than on
the subject matter.
b. stress activities and experiences, rather than on
textbook reliance and memorization
c. cooperative learning, rather than competitive lesson
learning
d. absence of fear punishment for disciplinary purposes
e. e .all of these
1323. Perennialism represents a conservative theoretical
view cantered in the authority of tradition and the
classis. Among its major educational principles are:
a. truth is universal and does not depend on the
circumstances of place, time or person
b.

good

education

involves

search

for

an

understanding of the truth


c. truth can be found in the great work of civilization
d. education is a liberal exercise that develops the
intellect

e. all of these
1324.

Among

the

common

themes

found

in

the

essentialist point of view are:


a. the elementary school

curriculum should aim

to

cultivate basis tool skills that contribute to literacy and


mastery of arithmetical computation
b.

the

secondary

curriculum

should

cultivate

competencies in history, mathematics, science, English


and foreign languages
c.

schooling

requires

discipline

and

respect

for

legitimate authority
d. learning requires hard work and disciplined attention
e. all of these
1325.

Which of the following is an application of the

philosophy of Naturalism in Education?


a. education must change the learners nature
b. education must conform to the natural processes of
growth and development
c. education must encourage superstition part of nature
d. education must accept the learners conduct good or
bad
1326. Idealism when applied to education emphasis the:
a. materials aspects of life
b. spiritual; nature of the universe
c. scientific facts
d. objective reality

1327. Which of the following give much importance to the


teachers role in society?
1. Eastern Philosophers
2. Idealist
3. Realists
4. Pragmatist
5. Communists
a. 1, 3, 4, 5 above
b. 1 & 5 only
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
d. 2, 3, 4, 5
e. 1, 2, 3, 4
1328. What branch of philosophy where on asks how do
we acquire knowledge?
a. Axiology
b. Logic
c. metaphysics
d. epistemology
e. ontology
1329. If one wants to become a physician, then he must
take up medicine in medical school. What
philosophy of education this situation suggested?
a. Pragmatism
b. Essentialism
c. humanism
d. supernaturalism
e. realism

1330.

The explanation man is both matter and spirit

and his natural will must prevail over his materials


and

worldly

desires

for

him

to

avoid

sins.

What

philosophy does statement correlate?


a. Humanism
b. Supernaturalism
c. Essentialism
d. Theism
e. Reconstructionism
1331.

Which of the following sentences expresses a

broader meaning of philosophy?


a. it is the sum total of the behavior tendencies of a
person from a specific stimulus
b. it is a mans beliefs and views about the world, which
guides his actions
c. it is mans unexpressed feelings, judgments and
convictions
d. it is mans empirical observation which influence
education
1332.

What do you think is the reason why the role of

philosophy of education has been strongly endorsed?


a. It serves as an inventory of practices, principles and
theories.
b. It serves as a means to enlighten what has been found
unsound educational practice.
c. It serves as a common denominator when diversities
and conflicting educational practices arise.
d. It serves as punitive device for those who cannot
conform to ideal educational practices.

1333.

Which of Gandhis philosophy, particularly, his

being opposed to untouchability and his being an


advocate of equal rights of women in reflected is the
school practices in the Philippines today?
a. Access and equity which means that school must be
open to all regardless of race and status;
b. Academic freedom, which means that teachers in
higher education institutions must use their expertise to
teach the truth.
c. Progressive scholarship, which means that poor but
deserving students must get full financial support for
their education.
d. Student bookkeeping, which means those students,
can move on in their lesson by their own pace.
1334. Which of the following educational implications is
called for Platos view about the nature of the
child, which says that every child is naturally fit for a task
in life?
a. The teacher should assign pupils to groups for their
socialization.
b. The teacher should prepare learning tasks that will
serve as follow-up for further learning.
c. The teacher should develop teaching materials that are
adaptable in all school subjects.
d. The teacher should develop varied experiences that
are commensurate to the developmental levels of other
pupils.

1335.

Which statement is parallel to Comenius view of

the nature of the child, which states that child, is


essentially evil but he is rectified through education.
a. Little learning is a dangerous thingJuan Luna
b.One evil cannot rectify by another evilJose Rizal
c. A crime cannot be expiated by vain lamentation Jose
Rizal
d. Through education our Motherland will receive light
Jose Rizal
1336. What kind of education will result if it is patterned
after Indian philosophy, which is speculative?
a. Teachers will be inclined to use experimentation as
method of teaching.
b. Superstitious beliefs will be treated as valid as
scientific findings.
c. Pupils objective observations will be encouraged.
d. Truths are testable.
1337.

Why is the Caste System of India contrary to

democracy?
a. Absence of social mobility through education
b. Religion is more important than education
c. Absence of Method of Teaching
d. Presence of equity and access in education
1338.

In

what

way

will

the

BhagavadGita

as

philosophy coincides with the education philosophy of


idealism?
a. Reality is atom, thus education is tutorial
b. Reality is nature, thus education is contractual

c. Reality is spirit, thus education is memorization


d.

Reality

is

mind

and

body,

thus

education

is

experimental
1339. Which of those is an example of Mahatma Gandhis
Theory of Non-violence?
a. Character education should lead students to industry
and thrift
b. Character education should emphasize self-control and
tolerance
c. Character education should develop subjective values.
d. Character education should include military discipline
1340.

Buddha spent much of his life and teaching and

directing his disciples using proper sequence of ideas.


Which method of teaching in contemporary education is
similar to this?
a. Debate
b. Deductive Method
c. Socialized recitation
d. Inductive method
1341. The Confucian ideal of the superior individual was
one who lives a life of rightness, virtue and
propriety. What does this means?
a. Being educated was a question of conduct and
character
b. Being educated was a question of wealth and power
c. Being educated was a question of rank and status
d. Being educated was a question of birth

1342.

Taoism of Lao-Tzu as a philosophy states that

people were originally happy but suffer now as a


result of the changes brought by civilization. Which one
parallels this?
a. Rousseau who believed that a child is essentially good
but he is corrupted by society
b. Froebel who believes that a person is a social being
c. John Locke who believes that a childs mind is blank
state
d. Comenius who believes that a child is essentially evil
but rectified through education
1343.

Zen Buddhism as a philosophy prized intuition

rather than intellectual discovery. What do you


think is the adverse effect of this on education?
a.

Sources

of

authority

in

education

may

not

be

acknowledged
b. Objectivity in the appraisal of knowledge
c. Children lack self-confidence
d. Learning is more of gut feeling rather that analysis
1344.

The Zen method includes physical violence, such

as striking the head. What prohibition in the Philippines


Education System parallels this?
a. Physical exercise during class sessions
b. Ice breakers in between lessons
c. Corporal punishment in the classroom
d. All of these
1345. One of the fundamental concepts of Judaism is the
belief that God cares for the world and all its creatures.

What educational implications may be made from this


concept in teaching?
a. God may be viewed as a loving Father
b. God may be viewed as a protector of all
c. God may be viewed as a reverend authority
d. All of these
1346. One of the philosophers of Christian church was St.
Thomas Aquinas who wrote De Magistro which
considers that the teacher as the secondary cause of
learning. What education implications may be derived
from this?
a. Learning will take place even without the teacher
b. The environment, including the teacher plays vital role
in the pupils learning
c.

The

pupils

themselves

are

responsible

for

their

learning as they interact with the environment


d. God can inspire the teacher as he manages the
learning process
1347.

For western thinkers, progress is measured in

terms of better jobs and more practical and efficient


social system. For the Eastern philosophers progress
may mean nonattachment and the development of ones
inner being. Which one is close to both Eastern and
Western thoughts?
a. Eastern philosophy is concerned about ethics and
aesthetics
b.

Western

philosophy

economic progress

equates

development

with

c. Eastern philosophy is spiritual in her approach to


development
d. All of these
1348.

Eastern philosophy states that one cannot live a

good life unless he is transformed. Which


concept of education parallels this thinking?
a. Learning is behavioral change
b. Learning is organization of values and attitudes
c. Learning is experiencing life
d. Learning is acquisition of facts and information
1349.
Eastern

In terms of curriculum and methods how does


philosophy

differ

from

Western

philosophy?

Which one belongs to Western philosophy?


a. Leaders gather together the thoughts of the day in the
form of sutras, which required commentaries to make
them intelligible.
b. Yoga, in which the mind enters a trance where it is
emptied of all content, unaware of subject or object.
c. Oral discourse and dialectic
d. Oral tradition and reading of sacred literature
1350.

Which of these is NOT true about philosophy of

education and the teacher?


a. Increase the teachers awareness of his life and career
b. Teacher makes decisions and act accordingly
c. Cultivates a wide range of interest.
d. Contrary to what he believes is his philosophy

1351. What do you think makes democracy as philosophy


better than communism? Democracy aims
a. To develop the person to the maximum of his capacity
b. To develop the person to become a citizen who can be
called to defend his country from invaders
c. To provide subsidy to the needy.
d. To provide education for religiosity
1352.

Rousseau, in his book, Emile tried to convince

people that a child be educated in the environment of the


home, especially the learning language. What do you
think was the method?
a. Alphabetic-phonetic method
b. Structural analysis method
c. Communicative competence method
d. Natural method
1353. Plato, in his book THE REPUBLIC stated that every
person should serve where his talents fit. What is
its educational implication?
a. Ones economic status determines his profession
b. Regardless of status in life one can raise his career by
using his abilities to the maximum
c. The bright should serve the bright and poor should
serve the poor
d. Top position should be occupied by the rich
1354. The dialectic method was believed to be the best
method of learning by this philosophy because it was
regarded as a critical method of thinking. It was widely
used throughout the Middle Ages particularly by Christian

educators. It is still very popular in our school but now in


the form of informal dialectic as in questioning and
discussion

sessions.

Which

philosophy

is

closely

associated with this method?


a. Pragmatism
b. Existentialism
c. Naturalism
d. Idealism
1355. This Western philosophy has affinity for precision
and order. The desire for order and precision has
been imbibed by Filipino educators as manifested in such
contemporary school practices as ringing bells, set time
periods for study, departmentalization in the higher
educational level, daily lesson plan, course scheduling,
increasing

specialization

in

curriculum,

prepackaged

curriculum materials, line-staff from of administration


organization.

Which

philosophy

has

advocated

such

practices?
a. Scholasticism
b. Realism
c. Idealism
d. Pragmatism
1356.

The

civil

service

examination

for

entry

to

government position and to the various professions is


popularly perceived as fitting culmination of ones formal
education in our country today. It has its origin in a
country considered to have nurtured to the worlds
human culture. Which country is referred to here?
a. Saudi Arabia

b. Japan
c. India
d. China
1357.

Though it is not yet widespread, some teachers

employ this Oriental method of yoga to instill


discipline and order in the class. While the practice does
not really approximate the real method, some teachers
resort it to for this purpose?
a. Islam
b. Hinduism
c. Buddhism
d. Shintoism
1358. The teaching of rules of conduct in the classroom
and their classroom and their application in the home and
community has been the influence of an ancient Eastern
philosophy. As in Kantian moral philosophy an ancient
Oriental sage has advocated a universal maxim of human
conduct. Which philosophy is referred to here?
a. Judaism
b. Buddhism
c. Confucianism
d. Islam
1359. The fatalistic attitude of many Filipinos particularly
the disadvantages families, has built up their negative
attitude

toward

education.

They

do

not

consider

education as if factor for social mobility or a sound


investment

in

human

resource

development.

Which

Eastern philosophy has influenced us in this attitude?

a. Hinduism
b. Confucianism
c. Buddhism
d. Islam
1360.

Teacher-student

emphasis

in

our

relationship

schools.

This

is

given

evidence

of

much
the

personalistic element of Filipino culture is carried over to


schools from our legacy of a closely-knit family structure
where there is respected and loyalty to elders. As an
elder, the Filipino teacher is expected to be similarly
treated by her pupils. Which ancient Eastern philosophy
has greatly contributed to this tradition?
a. Hinduism
b. Buddhism
c. Islam
d. Confucianism
1361.

Through their varied experiences in life and

lessons in school, pupils in particular and people in


general would come to realize that there are forces and
laws that govern their life; and that their free will or
choices have no power to control or change them. Most of
their science lessons would confirm this philosophical
concept. Which concept or principle is referred to here?
a. Principle of integration
b. Appetitive principle
c. Principle of determination
d. Categorical imperative

1362.

When the teacher leads the class to conduct a

scientific inquiry to test its observations of a certain


phenomenon, his methodology is consisted with this
epistemological concept. Which theory is involved here?
a. Coherence theory
b. Correspondence theory
c. Experimental theory
d. Experimental theory
1363.

When the teacher presents objects and asks the

pupils to describe them in terms of qualities perceived


through the use of the senses, the activity is rooted in a
certain

epistemological

theory.

Which

theory

of

knowledge is primarily involved in these learning tasks?


a. Revelationism
b. Intuitionism
c. Rationalism
d. Empiricism
1364.

In another instance, a teacher leads the class to

learn a mathematical truth discovered thousands


of years ago by Pythagoras, a Greek mathematicism,
which type of knowledge is appealed to by this method?
a. Empirical knowledge
b. Authoritative knowledge
c. Rational knowledge
d. Initiative knowledge
1365. When the leader leads the class to discover truth
by relating parts of the whole as in the case of most
truths in formal sciences like logic and mathematics, the

class is strictly adhering to certain theory of truth. Which


theory is referred to here?
a. Coherence theory
b. Correspondence theory
c. Theory of verifiability
d. Pragmatic theory
1366.

A teacher who subscribes to the progressivist

theory of education would embrace certain reforms in


connection

with

methodology.

He

would

discard

traditional ones in favor of modern practices. Which is


one is considered a progressivist reform in methodology/
a. Greater participation for the learners
b. Formal instruction pattern
c. Strict eternal discipline
d. Teacher domination of activities
1367.

The existentialist position in teaching is that the

teacher need not be a successful teacher but an


honest one. Besides, the teacher here offers knowledge.
If asked to present his views on a
controversial issue, he gives his views without asking the
class to accept them. The class can either accept or reject
the teachers views. More often then not, the class
accepts the teachers stand because it is well-studied
one. How is the teacher described in this role?
a. The teacher is an authority
b. The teacher is nondirective
c. The teacher is a model to be emulated
d. The teacher is directive

1368. There is a universally accepted principle that the


child educates himself in great measure. Most of his
knowledge is based on what he discovers in his own
active relations with things and people, as a great
philosopher advised the way to do this is to tell the
learner as little as possible and induce him to discover as
much as possible. What educational concept supports this
view?
a. Education should be based on needs and interest of
the learner
b. Education should engage the spontaneous self-activity
and volition of the learner
c.

Learning

experiences

should

be

drawn

from

the

personal and social experiences of the learner


d. Education is a lightly personal process that involves
the learner alone.
1369. The teacher should be a fellow worker with God in
perfecting man. At times he/she becomes the very father
or mother of the pupils soul. His/hers is the task of
perfecting mind, the highest form of existence in the
common.

Which

theory

advocates

this

role

of

the

teacher?
a. Idealism
b. Naturalism
c. Realism
d. Pragmatism
1370 According to one of its popular exponents, it is the
educators responsibility to see equally two things in the
problem-solving method. First, that the problem grows

not of the condition of the experience being had I the


present and that is within the capacity of the students.
Secondly, that is such that if arouses in the learner an
active quest for information and for production of new
ideas. To which school of thought do these ideas belong?
a. Naturalism
b. Realism
c. Idealism
d. Pragmatism
1371. The curriculum is a means of forming desirable
habits. The objectives of the curriculum are
habits or tendencies to acquire use, and enjoy truth. It is
suggested that the way to form these habits is by
mastery

of

organized

subject

matter.

Which

theory

advocates this view of the curriculum?


a. Essentialism
b. Idealism
c. Realism
d. Pragmatism
1372. Its proponents advocate devising in the education
process like Kenneth H. Hendersons model in
the teaching of concepts. In the use of this model, the
context of the concept must be taken fully into account
because it may otherwise change the meaning of the
name given the concept. The model also distinguishes
connotative concept. Which theory recommends this
method of education?
a. Language Analysis
b. Existentialism

c. Essentialism
d. Idealism
1373.

The curriculum should concentrate on the basic

such reading, writing and arithmetic in the elementary,


and expansion and continuation of the basics to include
humanities

in

the

secondary

level.

Which

theory

recommends this type of the curriculum?


a. Perennialism
b. Existentialism
c. Essentialism
d. Reconstructionism
1374. Teachers should constantly examine or re-examine
their

strategies

Empirical

and

techniques

researchers

should

in
be

the
done

classroom.
on

the

effectiveness of teaching and teachers. Which theory


prescribes this view?
a. Perennialism
b. Existentialism
c. Essentialism
d. Reconstructionism
1375.

Education should be active and related to the

needs and interests of the learners. Learning occurs


amidst

movements

and

activities.

The

teachers

participation is very minimal because the pupils dominate


the class activities. Which theory recommends this type
of educative process?
a. Existentialism
b. Progressivism

c. Perennialism
d. Essentialism
1376. The teacher is a personification of reality in the
classroom, reality, in this belief, is regarded as a creation
of the Absolute Mind. In effect, pupils learn through
imitation, interest, effort, and discipline. The teacher is to
be emulated. Which is the principal exponent of this role
of the Teacher?
a. Pragmatism
b. Realism
c. Naturalism
d. Idealism
1377.

Education is considered both a basic need and

right of citizens. This implies that the state should


provide for schools so that children will have access to
education and satisfy this basic need and exercise their
right. Which philosophy advocates this belief?
a. Realism
b. Idealism
c. Naturalism
d. Pragmatism
1378. Student needs a passionate encounter with the
perennial problems of the life, the agony and joy of life,
the reality of choice; the anguish of freedom, the
consequences of actions; and even the inevitability of
death. Both the beautiful and ugly of the positive and
negative sides of life should be stressed in the educative
process. Whose belief is this in education?

a. Essentialism
b. Perennialism
c. Realism
d. Existentialism
1379.

This Philosophy believes that ideas are innate to

the individual. Hence, the true essence of the Socratic


dialoguem dialogue (questioning method) is analogous to
midwiferyto out ideas from the learner. Which school of
thought underlies this belief?
a. Realism
b. Language Analysis
c. Idealism
d. Nationalism
1380.

The curriculum should include only those, which

have survived the test and combine the symbols and


ideas of literature, history and mathematics with the
sciences of the physical word, such curriculum contains
virtues that are deemed universal and unchanging. With
theory prescribes this nature of the curriculum?
a. Essentialism
b. Perennialism
c. Reconstructionalism
d. Realism
1381. Teachers regard themselves as surrogate parents
along the loco parents principle. This belief stems from
the view that education starts from the home with
parents as the first teachers, and is continued in the
school, a social institution that should provide sustained

guidance and protection to the young learner. This


implies that parents have the primary responsibility of
educating

their

children.

Which

school

of

thought

espouses this nature of education?


a. Pragmatism
b. Realism
c. Naturalism
d. Idealism
1382. The teacher presents principles and values and the
reason for them encouraging students to examine them
in order to choose for themselves whether or not to
accept them, to choose fro themselves whether or not to
accept them the teachers role is to offer knowledge.
Which theory advocates this role of teacher?
a. Reconstructionism
b. Essentialism
c. Idealism
d. Existentialism
1383.

The class identifies a social or economic problem

requiring an urgent solution; discuss various means of


solving it; arrives at a consensus on the means of solving
the problems; and sets out to effect the solution in the
community to eradicate the problem. The end viewers to
effect change in the community to make it a better place
to live in. Which theory recommends this educative
process?
a. Progressivism
b. Reconstructionism
c. Essentialism

d. Idealism
1384.

The school provide for group thinking in a

democratic

atmosphere

at

that

foster

cooperative

learning than competitive learning. Scientific methods of


inquiry compliment such atmosphere in the students
quest for shared experience. Which theory advocates this
view?
a. Progressivism
b. Existentialism
c. Essentialism
d. Perennialism
1385.

Growth,

through

the

reconstruction

of

experiences, is the nature, and should be open-minded


goal of
education. Education should lead to more education,
initial

educative

experience

should

contribute

to

succeeding more effective experience. The character of


learning as implied here is episodic. Which philosophy
advocates this goal of education?
a. Idealism
b. Existentialism
c. Pragmatism
d. Realism
1386. When a teacher views the learner as a unique free
choosing and responsible individual made us of intellect
and emotion, the former would set up situation in the
classroom where the learner can develop these aspects of

his individuality. What theory underlies this nature of the


learner?
a. Idealism
b. Realism
c. Essentialism
d. Existentialism
1387.
where

The classroom is viewed as a miniature society


pupils

engage

in

problem-solving

activities

reflective of the personal and social experiences of the


children. The emphasis in this classroom is on the
acquisition of skills, which can help them solve own reallife problems. Which educational theory is referred to
here?
a. Progressivism
b. Essentialism
c. Idealism
d. Naturalism
1388. The essence of education is reason and intuition.
This implies that education should concentrate
on developing the rational faculty since mans most
distinctive characteristic is his ability is his ability to
reason. It follows that education should employ methods
of mental discipline and the teacher should be an
authority of his subject matter. Which educational theory
adheres to this
position?
a. Existentialism
b. Perennialism
c. Essentialism

d. Progressivism
1389.

Which

education

philosophy

emphasizes

adjustment to and ever changing society?


a. Idealism
b. Realism
c. Pragmatism
d. Essentialism
1390. How do you describe the curriculum in a realistic
school?
a. subject-centered
b. society-centered
c. society-centered
d. school-centered
1391. Which group of teacher will favor the transmission
of subject matter?
a. Essentialism and Perennialism
b. Pragmatism and Progressivism
c. Essentialism and Progressivism
d. Pragmatism and Perennialism
1392. Mr. Vela puts so much importance on discipline and
values

development.

philosophy?
a. Pragmatism
b. Progressivism
c. Realism
d. Idealism

What

could

be

his

education

1393.

Mrs. Reyes is a pragmatic teacher what could be

her major or outstanding characteristic?


a. Model of moral and intellectual
b. Authority in the classroom
c. Master of subject
d.Socially aware
1394.

Mr. Avila is a Realistic teacher. In which learning

activities will her students engage?


a. Discussion of controversial issues
b. Visiting poor communities
c. Hands-on activities
d. observation and imitation
1395. Mrs. Flores believes that is very necessary for the
students to know the laws of nature because these will
help them solve their problem. What could be her basic
educational philosophy?
a. Progressivism
b. Idealism
c. Pragmatism
d. Essentialism
1396. Why does a teacher need to have a philosophy of
education?
a. It makes her knowledgeable
b. it serves as basis in making decision
c. It allows her to become credible
d. it develops her self-concept and esteem
1397. What is a distinct-feature of Montessori education?

a. The pupils study their lesson at the same time


b. The pupils are exposed to manipulate activities
c. The pupils are encourage to emulate others
d. The pupils are given more opportunities to learn
through competition
1398.

Herbert stressed the principle of apperception.

How does a teacher apply it?


a. By using motivation techniques
b. By reviewing the learner about concepts related to the
present lesson
c. By making the learner formulate generalization
d. By letting the learner apply what they learned
1399. Who were the educational philosophers who gave
much consideration to the learner?
a. Plato, Ratke
b. Confucius, Rousseau, Montessori
c. Froebel, Montessori
d. Herbart, Pestalozzi, Ratke
1400. Miss Cruz believes that what is true today may no
longer be true tomorrow. What learning objective will
she stress?
a. Development of thinking skills
b. Development of moral character
c. Acquisition of knowledge
d. Acquisition of information
1401. Mrs. Cruz is a realist teacher while Miss David is a
pragmatic teacher. In what respect are they similar?

a. Both emphasize the development of self


b. Both emphasize on learning by doing
c. Both emphasize on the importance of knowledge
d. Both emphasize on recalling and instruction
1402. Value education is offered as a separate subject in
the NSEC while value development is ___.
a. emphasized for creativity and productivity
b. integrated with Technology and Home Economics
c. emphasized in Science and Technology
d. integrated in all subject areas
1403. Aside from the appropriation by Congress for the
support of public education ____ was enacted to aid
provincial, municipal, city and barrio schools.
a. RA No. 7784
c. RA No. 5447
b. RA No. 7731
d. RA No. 7743
1404. By constitutional mandate the state shall exercise
reasonable supervision and regulation of all educational
institutions. This means that the state may ___.
a. take charge of the administration of educational
institutions
b. impose minimum requirements and conditions upon
which school may operate
c. set and dictate the policies of private schools
d. collect taxes from donations or contributions given
directly for educational purposes.

1405.

Rapid

technological

development

facilities

transmission of knowledge for educational purposes,


whether formal or informal through media technology.
This development is called ___.
a. Sine Skwela Technology
b. Mass Media Technology
c. Distance Educational Technology
d. Computer Assisted Technology
1406.

Institutions of learning are required to meet the

minimum standards for state recognition but are


encouraged to set higher standards of quality over and
above the minimum through ____ as
provided in Educational Act of 1982.
a. life-long education
b. voluntary accreditation
c. formal education
d. academic freedom
1407.

Which of the following is NOT provided in

Education Act of 1940?


a. the national support of elementary education
b. the double-single session plan in the elementary
schools
c. the six-year elementary course
d. vocational education in the public schools
1408. The primary objective in the regionalization of the
educational system is to ___.
a. encourage the undertaking of language researches in
various regions

b. take into account local needs and condition and


encourage local development planning
c.

get

assurance

that

all

educational

policies

are

implemented nationwide
d. promote quality education at all levels and in all
communities of the country
1409.

These are also known as combination classes

organized

in

barrios/barangays

where

the

required

number of pupils of the same grade levels has not met


the required number to make a separate class thus the
teacher apportions class time for instruction to every
grade level within class. These are ____.
a. extension classes
b. heterogeneous classes
c. multi-grade classes
d. homogenous classes
1410.

Which policy of the State does the National

Secondary Assessment Test (NSAT) enhance?


a.

the

coordination

of

functions

and

activities

of

education institutions
b. the evaluation of the graduates of secondary schools
c. the offering of scholarships to deserving students
d. the maintenance of the highest quality of education
1411. To fight illiteracy, the 1987 Constitution mandates
that the state shall maintain a system of free
education in elementary and high school. Further it
provides that ___.

a. elementary education should be compulsory for all


children of school age
b. formal and non-formal education should be compulsory
c. elementary and high school education should

be

compulsory
d. education at all levels should be compulsory
1412. According to the Constitution, the State is required
to establish and maintain free public and compulsory
education in the ____.
a. elementary level only
b. secondary level
c. secondary and tertiary levels
d. elementary and secondary levels
1413. The recognition of teachers as persons in authority
was conferred to them during the ___.
a. Spanish rule
b. Japanese regime
c. American rule
d. Commonwealth government
1414.

Section V, Article XIV of the 1986 Constitution

provides

that

the

State

shall

assign

the

highest

budgetary priority to education to ____


a. encourage teacher to conduct more researchers and
studies on the arts and culture
b. ensure that all schools are provided with modern
equipment and facilities
c. attack the best available talents through adequate
remuneration

d. curtail the exodus of the teachers seeking employment


abroad
1415. The primary objective of bilingual education is to
prepare the learners to be ____.
a. proficient in Filipino and eight major dialects
b. globally competitive
c. proficient in English and another foreign language
d. proficient in both Filipino and English
1416. According to Magna Carta for Teachers, a teacher
assigned to a school ten or more kilometers from the
poblacion without regular means of transportation to
reach, is entitle to ___.
a. a hardship allowance of 25 percent of the monthly
salary as additional compensation
b. an additional compensation of 50 percent of the
monthly salary
c. service credits of one day for every five days of service
during the whole year
d. the privilege of teaching only four days a week
1417.

The operation Return to the Basics saw its

embodiment in the ____.


a. National Elementary Achievement Test
b. New Secondary Education Curriculum
c. National Secondary Achievement Test
d. New Elementary School Curriculum
1418.

Values education in the NSEC is offered as a

separate subject as values development in the

NSEC is ___.
a. integrated with Technology and Home Economics
b. integrated in all subjects
c. emphasized for creativity and productivity
d. emphasized in Science and Technology
1419.

To

strengthen

teacher

education

the

Teacher

Education Council created under RA No. 7764 will choose


a private or public college engaged in pre-service,
continuing, formal and non-formal education of teachers
in strategic places in each region of the country based on
certain criteria. This will be called ____
a. Department of Teacher Education
b. Teacher Education Center of Excellence
c. Commission on Teacher Education
d. Teacher Education Commission
1420. Which policy of the State does the administration
of the National Elementary Achievement Test (NEAT)
enhance?
a. the maintenance of the highest quality of education
b. the evaluation of elementary grade graduates
c. the revision of elementary education curriculum to
make it responsible to the needs of the time
d.

the

coordination

of

functions

and

activities

of

education institutions
1421.

Professionalization of teachers and teaching as

promulgated in Presidential Decree No. 1006, defines


teaching

as

institution ____.

profession

concerned

with

classroom

a. by teachers on full-time basis


b. at the tertiary level in both public and private
institutions
c. at the elementary and secondary levels in both public
and private schools
d. by teachers of permanent status
1422.

The Educational Act of 1982 expressly granted

institutions of higher learning the freedom to


determine on academic grounds that shall be admitted to
study, who may teach and what shall be the subjects of
study and research. This refers to ____.
a. academic freedom
b. constitutional freedom
c. educational freedom
d. institutional freedom
1423.

In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics for

Professional Teachers, which of the following teacher


descriptions

is

included

in

the

Code

of

Ethics

for

Professional Teachers?
a. Persons of dignity and reputation
b. Duly licensed professional
c. With satisfactory teaching performance
d. Passed the licensure exams for teachers
1424. In a DECS Memorandum issued last 1998, the new
name of multi-grade is ___.
a. paaralan ng bahay
b. friendly school
c. escuela nueva

d. school of the future


1425. The encouragement of self-learning, independent,
and out-of-school study programs as stated in the 1987
Constitution has given rise to ___.
a. the clamor for a Grade VII
b. the conduct of NEAT and NSAT
c. the implementation of open universities and distance
learning programs
d.

institutionalization

of

early

childhood

care

and

development
1426.

The

1987 Philippine

Constitution

states the

following EXCEPT
a. The National language of the Philippines is Filipino
b. The official language of the Philippines are Filipino and
English
c.

Filipino

is

the

Tagalog

of

the

Tagalog

speaking

provinces
d. The government shall initiate and sustain the use of
Filipino as medium of official communication and as a
language of instruction in the education system
1427. A presidential body to study Philippines Education
created by virtue of Executive Order No. 46 during the
incumbency of DECS Secretary Andrew Gonzales with an
aim to study Philippine Education is the ___.
a. Presidential Commission on Educational Reform
b. Commission on Philippine Education
c. Survey Outcomes of Elementary Education
d. Philippine Commission to Survey Philippine Education

1428.

The Constitutional provision on language has the

following aims EXCEPT


a. to make the regional dialect as auxiliary media of
instructions in regional schools
b. to maintain English as a second language
c. to make Filipino the sole medium of instruction
d. to make Filipino the national language and medium of
instruction and official communication
1429.

The introduction of nonformal education in life

with the Constitution provision on ___.


a. protection of teachers
b. promoting the rights of all citizens to make quality
education accessible to all
c. acceptance, affection and achievement
d. affection, ability, attitudes
1430. With regards to business, which does the Code of
Ethics say about teachers?
a. a teacher shall maintain a good reputation with respect
to debts, loans and other financial matters
b. no teacher shall be financially interested in any
commercial venture involving textbooks
and other school commodities where he/she can exercise
official influence
c. no teacher shall act as an agent of textbooks and other
school commodities where he/she can exercise official
influence
d. a teacher may not engage in any kind of business

1431. Which is ethical for a teacher to do in a situation


where he/she falls in love with a student or when a
student falls in love with his/her teacher?
a. the teacher advises the student to discontinue with
his/her studies
b. the teacher resigns from his/her teaching job
c. the teacher avoids that learner
d. the teacher exercises discretion to avoid scandal and
gossip and preferential treatment of that learner
1432.

Miss Connie Cepeda is newly appointed teacher.

The principal handed a copy of the Teachers Code of


Ethics.

Which

could

have

been

the

motive

of

the

principal?
a. acquaint her with principles of moral behavior, conduct
and relationship in the practice of profession
b. make her aware of the principles and rules prescribed
under the authority of the state
c. familiarize her with the generally customs of right
living in a society
d. provides her a set of rules and regulation to observe in
school
1433.

Ms. Shrilly Ann Regalado is newly appointed

teacher. The principal advised her to avoid any conduct,


which discredits the teaching profession. Which of the
following

action

will

not

any

manner

discredit

the

teaching profession?
a. writing anonymous letters
b.

revealing

concerned

confidential

information

to

authorities

c. assigning undeserved grades


d. joining social drinking and gambling session
1434. As a teacher you enjoy certain rights, which have
corresponding

responsibility.

Which

situation

reflects

balance of rights and authority?


a. allow your husband a once a week completely free
night out with his own friends
b. ask your husband to give you once a week, a similar
completely free night out with friends
c. insists on going together on your once a week free
night together
d. refuse your husband request for a once a weeknight
out
1435. Which of the following is less evil? A teacher had
to collect money from parents to defray expenses of an
elaborate Graduation Program.
a. request rich parents to start the collection and serve
as model for the poor parents
b. teach children to find means and ways to get the
amount of money needed
c. ask children to deposit half of their money for recess to
the teacher
d. present simple program to cut down on expenses
1436.

In recent years there has been an increasing

emphasis on non-formal education. What is the major


concern
context?

of

non-formal

education

in

the

Philippine

a. acquisition of appropriate vocational and technical


skills
b. dislike of white collar jobs
c. eradication of illiteracy
d. love of arts in all forms
1437.

The Philippine Education Act of 1982 defines the

areas of concern of the three levels of the


education system. Which is the mission of the elementary
education?
a. an enlightened, disciplined, creative and productive
citizen
b. modern and up-to-date methods and materials
c. an effective and efficient teacher
d. relevant and quality curriculum
1438. Which of the following is a value thrust of the New
Elementary Education?
a. pursuit of higher intellectual and moral values
b. extension and deepening of social concerns
c. development of a sense of nationhood
d. preservation of democratic values
1439. The main purpose of the compulsory study of the
Constitution in the Philippine schools is to ___.
a. prepare students for law-making
b. acquaint students with the historical development of
the Philippine Constitution
c. make constitutional experts of the students
d.

develop

citizens

the

students

into

responsible,

thinking

1440.

In

the

Preamble

of

the

Code

of

Ethics

of

Professional Teachers, which is not mentioned about


teachers?
a. possess dignity and reputation
b. with high moral values as well as technical and
professional competence
c. LET passers
d. duly licensed professionals
1441.

Whom does the Code of Ethics of Professional

Teachers NOT cover?


a. teachers in the tertiary level
b. all full-time or part-time public and private school
teachers and administrators
c. teachers in all educational institutions at the preschool, elementary and secondary levels
d. teachers of academic, vocational, special, technical or
non-formal institutions
1442. In the most recent curriculum introduced in 2002,
Makabayan is a subject
a. singles out Values Education
b. serves as a practice environment for holistic learning
c. compartmentalizes subject excluding English, Filipino,
Science and Math
d. integrates English, Filipino, Science and Math
1443. The Filipino learner envisioned by the Department
of Education is one who is imbued with the desirable
values of a person who is

a. makabayan, makasarili, makakalikasan, at maka-Diyos


b. makabayan, makatao, makahalaman,at maka-Diyos
c. makabayan, makakaragatan, makatao, at maka-Diyos
d. makabayan, makatao, makakalikasan, at maka-Diyos
1444.

Which is NOT a characteristic of the 2002 Basic

education Curriculum?
a. more integrated
b. more compartmentalized
c. more holistic
d. makes use of interdisciplinary approach
1445.

Which program was adopted to provide universal

access to basic education to eradicate illiteracy?


a. paaralan-sa-bawat-barangay
b. education for all
c. values education framework
d. science and education development plan
1446. The Philippine constitution directs the teaching of
religion in public schools on the following conditions
EXCEPT
a. option is expressed in writing
b. without cost to the government
c. with cost shouldered by the parents or guardians
d. given only at the option of parents or guardians
1447. The adoption of national language directed by the
Philippine Constitution is designed primarily to
a.

facilitate

groups

communication

among

diverse

linguistic

b. do away from colonial mentality


c. officially adopt Tagalog as national language
d. counteract elitism
1448. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section
1 and Section 2, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution?
a. Quality education is a privilege in so far as all citizens
are concerned.
b.

Public

education

in

the

elementary

is

free

and

compulsory.
c. Scholarship grants, student loan programs, subsidies
and other incentives to deserving students in both public
and private schools.
d. Nonformal, informal and indigenous learning, selflearning, independent, and out-of-school study programs
are encouraged.
1449.

What statement is FALSE with reference to the

provisions

of

Section

3,

Article

XIV

of

the

1987

Constitution?
a. The study of the Constitution shall be included in the
curricula of all educational institution.
b. Religion shall be allowed to be taught in public
elementary and high schools within the regular class
hours.
c. Nationalism, patriotism, love of humanity, respect for
human rights, and appreciation of the role of national
heroes shall be inculcated and fostered in all schools.
d. The rights and duties of citizenship shall be taught,
ethical and moral values

strengthened, moral character and discipline developed,


critical and creative thinking encouraged, scientific and
technological knowledge broadened, vocational efficiency
to be promoted.
1450.

What statement is FALSE with reference to the

implementing guidelines the policy on bilingual education


as contained in Department Order No. 25, s. 1974?
a. Bilingual education is defined operationally as the
separate

use

of

Filipino

and

English

as

media

of

instruction in definite subject areas; Arabic shall be used


in areas where necessary.
b. English and Filipino are used as media of instruction in
Grade I in all schools, except in those schools using the
vernacular.
c. English and Filipino shall be taught as language
subjects in all grades in the elementary and secondary
schools.
d. Filipino shall be used as medium of instruction in social
studies, science, worked education, health education and
physical education. English shall remain as medium.
1451. What statement is False with reference to Section
6 and 7 of Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution?
a. The national language of the Philippines is Filipino. It
shall be further developed and enriched on the basis of
existing Philippine and other languages.
b. For purposes of communication and instruction, the
official languages of the Philippines are Filipino and
English.

c.

The

use

of

Filipino

as

medium

of

official

communication and as language of instruction in the


educational system is an executive prerogative.
d. Spanish and Arabic shall be promoted on a vocabulary
and optional basis.
1452.

What statement is FALSE with regard to the

provisions of Section 10-19 of Article XIV of the 1986


Constitution?
a. Considering that science and technology are essential
for national development, the State shall give priority to
science and technology education.
b. Equal access to cultural opportunities is ensured
through the educational system.
c. All educational institutions are mandated to undertake
regular sports activities throughout the country.
d. The evolution of a Filipino national cultural based on
one ethnic culture shall be fostered.
1453.

What statement is NOT TRUE with reference to

Section 4, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution?


a.

The

control

institution

shall

and
be

administration
vested

in

the

of

educational

citizen

of

the

Philippines.
b. No educational institution, without exception, shall be
established exclusively for aliens and no group of aliens
shall comprise more than one-third of the enrolment in
any school.
c. Academic freedom shall be enjoyed in all institutions of
higher learning.

d. The State shall enhance the right of teachers to


professional advancement; the State shall assign the
highest budgetary priority to education and ensure that
teaching will retain its rightful share of the best available
talents

through

adequate

remuneration

and

others

means of job satisfaction and fulfillment.


1454.

Batas Pambansa Blg. 232, Sec. 13:2 provides

institutions

the

freedom

to

determine

on

academic

grounds that shall be admitted to study, who shall teach,


and

what

shall

be

the

subject

and

research.

This

statement means:
a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural
opportunities.
b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom.
c.

Philippine

education

encourages

voluntary

accreditation.
d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes
duties and obligations upon school administrators or
managers.
1455.

Batas Pambansa Blg. 232, Sec. 12 grants school

managers the right to be deemed persons in authority in


the discharge of lawful duties and responsibilities and
shall therefore be accorded due respect and protection.
This statement means:
a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural
opportunities.
b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom.
c.

Philippine

accreditation.

education

encourages

voluntary

d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes


duties and obligations upon school administrators or
managers.
1456. The State shall ensure that all the people shall be
given as much as possible equal chance of
obtaining an education and cultured life. This statement
means:
a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural
opportunities.
b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom.
c.

Philippine

education

encourages

voluntary

accreditation.
d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes
duties and obligations upon school administrators or
managers.
1457.

The Educational Act of 1982 otherwise known as

B.P. Blg. 32, in Sec. 29, encourages intended


official approval for institution and programs which desire
to

meet

standards

of

quality

over

and

above

the

minimum requirements for State recognition.


a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural
opportunities.
b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom.
c.

Philippine

education

encourages

voluntary

accreditation.
d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes
duties and obligations upon school administrators or
managers.

1458.

Which of the following is a right granted to

students as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 9:1-9?


a. The right to receive, through primarily competent
instruction,

relevant

quality

education

in

line

with

national goals and conducive to their full development as


persons with human dignity.
b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions
and

to

effective

channels

of

communications

with

appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the


school or institution.
c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers
for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of
matters relating to the school programs.
d.

The

right

of

institutions

of

higher

learning

top

determines on academic grounds that shall


be admitted to study, who may teach, and what shall be
the subject of the study and research.
1459. Which of the following is a right granted to parents
as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 8:1-2?
a. The right to receive, through primarily competent
instruction,

relevant

quality

education

in

line

with

national goals and conducive to their full development as


persons with human dignity.
b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions
and

to

effective

channels

of

communications

with

appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the


school or institution.
c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers
for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of
matters relating to the school programs.

d.

The

right

of

institutions

of

higher

learning

top

determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted


to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of
the study and research.

1460. Which of the following is a right granted to school


personnel as provided in B. P. Blg. 232, Sec. 10:1-4?
a. The right to receive, through primarily competent
instruction,

relevant

quality

education

in

line

with

national goals and conducive to their full development as


persons with human dignity.
b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions
and

to

effective

channels

of

communications

with

appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the


school or institution.
c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers
for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of
matters relating to the school programs.
d.

The

right

of

institutions

of

higher

learning

top

determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted


to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of
the study and research.
1461. Which of the following is a right granted to schools
as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 13:1-2?
a. The right to receive, through primarily competent
instruction,

relevant

quality

education

in

line

with

national goals and conducive to their full development as


persons with human dignity.

b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions


and

to

effective

channels

of

communications

with

appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the


school or institution.
c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers
for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of
matters relating to the school programs.
d.

The

right

of

institutions

of

higher

learning

top

determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted


to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of
the study and research.
1462.

Which of the following is a right granted to

teachers as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 1:1-4?


a. The right of access to his own school records, the
confidentiality of which the school shall maintain and
observe.
b. The right to be free from compulsory assignments not
related to their duties as defined in their appointments or
employment

contracts,

unless

compensated

thereof,

conformable to existing laws.


c. The right to be free from involuntary contributions
except those imposed by their own organizations.
d.

The

right

to

establish

join

and

maintain

labor

organizations of their choice to promote their welfare and


defend their interests.
1463. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section
16 Teachers Obligations of the Batas Pambansa Blg.
232?

a. Perform his duties to the school by discharging his


responsibilities in accordance with the philosophy, goals
and objectives of the school.
b.

Be

accountable

for

the

efficient

and

effective

attainment of specified learning objectives in pursuance


of national development goals, within the limits of
available school resources.
c. Assume the responsibility to maintain and sustain his
professional; growth and advancement and maintain
professionalism in the behavior at all times.
d. Exercise his rights responsibly in the knowledge that
he is answerable for any infringement or violation of the
public welfare and of the rights of others.
1464. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section
14 Duties and Responsibilities of Students of the Batas
Pambansa Blg. 232?
a. Uphold the academic integrity of the school, endeavor
to achieve academic excellence and abide the rules and
regulations governing his academic responsibilities and
moral integrity.
b. Promote and maintain the peace and tranquility of the
school by observing the rules of discipline, and by
exerting efforts to attain harmonious relationship with
fellow students, the teaching and academic staff
and other school personnel.
c. Exert his utmost to develop his potentialities for
service, particularly by undergoing an education suited to
his abilities, in order that he may become an asset to his
family and to society.

d.

Participate

as

an

agent

of

constructive

social,

economic, moral intellectual, cultural and political change


in his school and the community within the context of
national policies.
1465.

Sec.

of

Commonwealth

No.

180

set

the

requirements for a private college to fulfill before it is


granted university status. This statement means:
a.

Philippine

education

grants

university

status

to

qualified colleges.
b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality.
c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary
roles of public and private educational institutions.
d. Philippine education is financed by public and private
funds.
1466. Act. No. 74, otherwise known as the Educational
Act 1901, passed by the Second Philippine Commission
authorized the establishment of private schools but did
not

provide

for

their

control

and

supervision.

This

statement means:
a.

Philippine

education

grants

university

status

to

qualified colleges.
b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality.
c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary
roles of public and private
educational institutions.
d. Philippine education is financed by public and private
funds.

1467. The State sees to it that the right of all citizens to


quality education at all levels is protected and promoted.
This statement means:
a.

Philippine

education

grants

university

status

to

qualified colleges.
b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality.
c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary
roles of public and private educational institutions.
d. Philippine education is financed by public and private
funds.
1468.

The principal source of funds for financing public

education is taken from the one percent (1%) tax on real


estate imposed by R. A. No. 5447. This statement means:
a.

Philippine

education

grants

university

status

to

qualified colleges.
b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality.
c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary
roles of public and private educational institutions.
d. Philippine education is financed by public and private
funds.
1469.

Philippine education allows publications in the

school campus. However, there limitations to freedom to


publish. For instance, the Revised Penal code of the
Philippines prohibits the publication of the following
except one.
a. Inciting the people to rebellion
b. Libelous remarks
c. Obscene publications and exhibitions
d. poll surveys

1470. No educational institutions in the Philippines shall


be established exclusively for aliens and no group of
aliens

shall

comprise

more

than

one-third

of

the

enrolment in any school. This statement means:


a. Philippine education is nationalistic.
b. Philippine education is democratic.
c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated
and relevant.
d. Philippine education encourages regional planning.
1471. Education should be accessible to all. The State is
trying its best to reach all children in spite of the
shortage of funds. . This statement means
a. Philippine education is nationalistic.
b. Philippine education is democratic.
c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated
and relevant.
d. Philippine education encourages regional planning.
1472.

The State shall take into account regional and

sectoral needs and conditions and shall


encourage

local

educational

planning

policies

and

in

the

programs.

development
This

of

statement

means:
a. Philippine education is nationalistic.
b. Philippine education is democratic.
c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated
and relevant.
d. Philippine education encourages regional planning.

1473. The State is supposed to establish, maintain, and


support a complete, adequate and integrated system of
education relevant to the needs of all the people and
society. This statement means:
a. Philippine education is nationalistic.
b. Philippine education is democratic.
c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated
and relevant.
d. Philippine education encourages regional planning.
1474. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article
II The Teacher and State of the Code of Ethics of
Professional Teachers?
a. Every teacher shall enjoy academic freedom and shall
the privilege of sharing the product of his researches and
investigations, provided that, if the results are inimical to
the declared policies of the state, they shall be drawn to
the proper authorities for appropriate remedial action.
b. A teacher is a facilitator of learning and of the
development of the youth; he shall, therefore, render the
best services by providing an environment conducive to
such learning and growth.
c. Every teacher or school official shall actively help carry
out the declared policies of the state, and shall take an
oath to this effect.
d. A teacher shall not use his position or official authority
of influence to coerce any other person to follow any
political course of action.

1475. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article


IV The Teacher and the Profession of the Code of Ethics
of Professional Teachers?
a. Every teacher shall actively help insure that teaching is
the

noblest

profession,

and

shall

manifest

genuine

enthusiasm and pride in teaching as a noble calling.


b. Every teacher shall use the teaching profession in a
manner that makes it a dignified means for earning a
decent living.
c.

Every

teacher

shall

uphold

the

highest

possible

standards of quality education, and shall make the best


preparation for the career of teaching, and shall be at his
best at all times in the practice of his profession.
d. Teachers shall, at all times, be imbued with the spirit
of professional loyalty, mutual confidence and faith in one
another, self-sacrifice for the common good and full
cooperation with colleagues. When best interest is at
stakes in any controversy, teachers shall support one
another.
1476. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article
VIII The Teacher and the Learners of the Code of Ethics
of Professional Teachers?
a. A teacher shall not accept favors or gifts from learners,
their parents, or others in their behalf in exchange for
requested concessions, especially if underserved,
b. A teacher shall not inflict corporal punishment or
offending

learners

nor

make

deductions

from

their

scholastic ratings as a punishment for acts which are


clearly not manifestation of poor scholarship.

c. In a situation where mutual attraction and subsequent


love develop between teacher
and

the

learner,

the

teacher

shall

exercise

utmost

professional discretion to avoid scandal, gossip, and


preferential treatment of the learner.
d. A teacher shall maintain at all ties a dignified
personality,

which

could

serve

as

model

worthy

of

emulation by learners, peers and others.


1477.

As provided in the Republic Act #4670, every

teacher shall enjoy equitable safeguards at each


stage

of

any

disciplinary

procedures

and

shall

the

following except:
a. the right to be informed in writing, of the charges
b. the right to full access to he evidence in the case
c. the right to defend himself and to be defended by a
representative of his choice and/or his organization,
adequate

time

being

given

to

the

teacher for the

preparations of his defense


d. the right to appeal to clearly designated authorities.
e. All of these
1478.

Whenever possible, the proper authorities shall

take all steps to enable married couples, both of


whom are public school teachers, to be employed in the
same locality.
a. Yes, it is provided in Republic Act #4670
b. No, its against on nepotism
c. Yes, as long as they will not be in the same school
d. No, it against the provision of Republic Act #4670

1479. In areas in which teachers are exposed to hardship


such as difficulty in community to the place of work or
other hazards peculiar to the place of employment, as
determined by the Secretary of Education, they shall be
compensated special hardship allowance equivalent to:
a. at least 100% of their monthly salary
b. at least 75% of their monthly salary
c. at least 50% of their monthly salary
d. at least 25% oft their monthly salary
1480.

What statement is NOT TRUE in the case of

barangay high schools?


a. barangay high schools are established to provide all
Filipino equal opportunities for high school education
b. Principal of the public high school nearest to it
administers a barangay high school.
c. A barangay school is authorized to open only within a
three kilometers radius of any existing high school
d. A barangay high school may be opened on the basis of
the petition of the parents of fifty students.
e.All of these
1481.

What is the primary purpose of the creation of

barangay schools?
a. to give equal opportunities for secondary education to
all Filipino youth.
b. To cater to the needs for education of the barangay
residents.
c. To serve the purpose of a Constitutional provisions.
d. To make community development a reality.

e.All of these
14082. What statement is inconsistent with one of the
provisions of Republic Act No. 4670, otherwise known as
the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers?
a. actual teaching is limited to six hours
b. no teacher shall be transferred without his consent
c. every teacher shall enjoy security of tenure.
d. a teacher entitled to a study leave not exceeding one
school year often ten years of service.
e. All of these
1483.

Which statement is TRUE with respect to the

meaning of the principle of separation of Church and


State?
a. there should be a law that shall be made respecting an
establishment of religion
b.

no

public

money

or

property

shall

ever

be

appropriated, applied, paid, or employed directly or


indirectly, for the use, benefit, or support of any sect,
church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of
religion
c. all persons are encouraged to take part in any activity
of the church and profess their belief
d. the state can punish a person for entertaining or
professing religious beliefs or disbeliefs
1484. Which of the following phrases is NOT provided for
in the Education Act of 1940, known as Commonwealth
Act No. 536?
a. public elementary education to be supported

by the National Government


b. a six-year elementary education instead of seven
c. a double-single session in the elementary grades
d. fixed the actual teaching time of elementary
e. all of these
1485.

DECS Department Order No. 25, s. 1974 requires

the use of Filipino as medium of instruction in ____.


a. social studies
d. all of the above
b. character education
e. none of the above
c. work education, physical and health education
1486. Under the Magna Carta for Teachers, teachers with
____ years of service of more may be
considered PBET eligible.
a. at least 10 years or more continuous service
b. at least five years or more continuous service
c. seven years of service
d. three years of service
e. none of the above
1487.

According to Presidential Decree 1006 and its

implementing Memorandum No. 1. s. 1977 of the


National for Teachers, PBET is administered by _____.
a. Civil Service Commission
b. Department of Education, Culture and Sports
c. National Educational Testing and Research Center
d. jointly administered by all of the above
e. none of these

1489. Presidential Decree 1006, otherwise known as the


Decree Professionalizing Teaching was promulgated to
____.
a. regulate the practice teaching
b. ensure that teacher education is of the highest quality
c. assess prospective teachers knowledge, skills and
competencies
d. all of the above
e. none of the above
1490. With the promulgation of the bilingual policy of the
Department of Education, Culture and Sports, what is the
immediate function of English in the schools?
a. it is a tool for learning science and mathematics
b. it is an instrument for acquiring information about the
world
c. it is a means of communication with Englishspeaking
people.
d. It is a tool for advancement in the business world
e. All of these
1491. In accordance with the DECS Department Order No.
25,

s.

1974,

the

use

of

English

instructional media starts in ____.


a. Grade I
d. Grade VI
b. Grade III
e. all of the above
c. Grade IV

and

Filipino

as

1492. Department of Education Memorandum No. 280 is


aimed at _____.
a. promoting the economic and social welfare of all
teaching and non-teaching personnel.
b. establishing teachers cooperatives and other income
generating activities
c. harnessing available manpower and material resources
toward productive endeavors
d. all of the above
e. none of the above
1493. This curriculum has fewer learning areas, but puts
more emphasis on the mastery of learning.
a. New Elementary School Curriculum
b. New Secondary Education Curriculum
c. Revised Elementary Education Curriculum
d. Revised Secondary Education Curriculum
1494.

Which is the following is not a right of the

teachers?
a. freedom of expression
b. establishes and joins organization
c. intellectual property
d. stage strike and protests
e. academic freedom
1495.

The

Commission

established by _____.
a. RA 7722
b. RA 7796
c. RA 7687

on

Higher

Education

was

d. RA 1452
e. RA 7743

1496.

The Republic Act, which lengthens the school

calendar from 200 days to not more than 220 days to take
effect in school year 1995-1996, is _____.
a. Republic Act No. 7791
b. Republic Act No. 7743
c. Republic Act No. 7798
d. Republic Act No. 7784
e. Republic Act No. 1616
1497.

The name of the Dept. of Education, Culture and

Sports (DECS) was changed to Dept. of Education (DepEd)


by virtue of what law?
a. R.A. # 9155
d. R. A. No. 2194
b. R.A. # 9411
e. R. A. No. 4670
c. R.A. # 9630
1498. Known as the Philippines Science City.
a. Los Baos, Laguna
d. City of Manila
b. Cebu City
e. City of Baguio
c. Muoz, Nueva Ecija

1499. This landmark law bans sexual harassment in the


workplace and in the educational institutions.
a. R. A. #7977
d. Adm. Order No. 1250
b. Exec. Order #A-6
e. DECS Order No. 120
c. R. A. #7877
1500.

Free Public Secondary Education Act of 1988 is

contained in _____.
a. R. A. #6938
d. R. A. #6655
b. R.A. #6735
e. R. A. #7752
c. R. A. 6657
1501. The governance Basic Education Act of 2001 is
under ____.
a. R. A. 9155
d. R. A. #9165
b. R. A. 9145
e. R. A. 7752
c. R. A. 9135
1502.

Public school teachers must observe the Dress

Code prescribed by the Civil Service Commission. This


practice in the line with the Code of Ethical Standards for
Public Official of Employees, under Republic Act No.
a. 6713 b. 6731
c. 6741 d. 6751
e. 6171

1503. Anti-graft and Corrupt Practices Act is under _____.


a. R.A. 3029
b. R.A. 3019
c. R.A. 3051
d. R.A. 4991
e. R.A. 5919
1504. It is a decree, which made the observance of the
flag ceremony compulsory.
a. R.A. 4670
b. Batas Pambansa Blg. 232
c. R. A. 1459
d. R. A. 1265
1505. The first teacher-training school established by the
Americans in the Philippines in 1901 is the ____.
a. University of the Philippines
b. Philippine Normal School
c. Zamboanga Normal School
d. Cebu Normal University
e. Iloilo Normal School
1506. Which of the following is being demanded by the
CHED?
a. identifying certain colleges as centers of excellence
with corresponding funding and responsibilities
b. emphasis on voluntary accreditation of programs
c. creation of specialists to evaluate programs
d. granting autonomy to accredited private schools
e. all of these

1507. Which of the following is a violation of R.A.7787Anti-Sexual harassment Act of 1995?


a. A BEED applicant for teaching is being asked for a date
by the superintendent, before she could be hired.
b. The applicant is being asked to give P5, 000 before she
could be hired.
c. The applicant is being interviewed about her studies,
including her victory as a beauty title holder- Miss Cebu
Tourism 1998.
d. The applicant was made to clean the office.
e. None of these
1508. This law grants paternity leave of absence with full
pay for male employees in both public and private sector
for the first four (4) deliveries of their legitimate spouses.
a. RA 8187
b. RA 8876
c. Adm. Order # 308
d. Exec. Order #1052
1509.

In the appointment or assignment of teachers to

public elementary or secondary schools, priority


shall be given to bonafide residents of the barangays,
municipality or city or province where the school is
located,

provided

that

the

teacher

minimum qualifications for the position.


a. RA # 8190 d. RA # 6655
b. RA # 6735 e. RA # 6850
c. RA # 6657

possesses

the

1510. A law the requires that every school division should


organize special classes for children with special needs.
a. RA # 1265 d. RA # 8190
b. RA # 6713 e. RA # 7624
c. PD # 603
1511.

An Act abolishing the National College Entrance

Examination (NCEE), repealing for the purpose of PD No.


1467?
a. RA # 7977 d. RA # 7731
b. RA # 7323 e. RA # 7463
c. RA # 7877
1512.

A DECS Order that implemented the Bilingual

Education

Policy

since

1974

requiring

English

as

medium of instruction in Science, Math and Filipino in all


other subject in elementary and secondary school.
a. DECS Order No. 25
b. DECS Order No. 35
c. DECS Order No. 38
d. DECS Order No. 107
e. DECS Order No. 603
1513. This Order prescribed that any student, teacher,
professor, officer or employee of a university,
college or school who impedes, obstructs, prevents, or
defeats the right and obligation of a teacher or professor
to teach his subject or the right of a student to attend his
classes shall be subject to disciplinary action without
prejudice to the criminal liability of the offender.
a. Executive Order No. 34, s. 1980

b. Administrative Order No. 34, s. 1980


c. Department Order No. 34, s. 1980
d. MEC Order No. 22, s. 1980
e. MEC Order No. 34, s. 1980
1514. Vox Populi Est Supreme Lex is a Latin expression
that means what?
a. The Supreme Being is God
b. No one is above the law
c. The voice of the people is the supreme law
d. it is the popular choice
1515. This law was approved on January 23, 2002 which
establishes the National Service Training Program for
tertiary level students and amended Republic Act No.
7077 and Presidential Decree No. 1706.
a. Republic Act No 9163
b. Republic Act No. 8491
c. Republic Act No. 8525
d. Republic Act No. 7796
1516. This law was approved on August 2001 and known
as An Act Instituting a Framework of Governance for
Basic

Education,

Establishing

Authority

and

Accountability, Renaming the Department of Education,


Culture and Sports as the Department of Education.
a. Republic Act No. 3155
b. Republic Act No. 8047
c. Republic Act No. 854
d. Republic Act No. 7104

1517.

To improve the quality of tertiary education the

following must be undertaken:


a. Encourage flexibility in curricular construction and
simplify

minimum

academic

and

physical

facilities

standards
b. Redefine minimum campestral credit hours to conform
to time allocations
c. Revive Associate in Arts (A.A.) and similar two-year
general education courses
d.

Liberalize

tertiary

regulation

and

encourage

alternative mechanisms for monitoring quality of high


education
e. Permit student who did basic education abroad and
finished at least ten years to enter college
1518.

This law was enacted on June 8, 1940 and

conferred the status of persons in authority upon the


teacher,

professors,

and

persons

charged

with

the

supervision of public or duly recognized private schools,


colleges and universities.
a. Commonwealth Act No. 80
b. Commonwealth Act. No. 1
c. Commonwealth Act No. 578
d. Act No. 2706
1519. This law prescribed the inclusion in the curricula of
all schools, both public and private, from elementary
schools to the universities the life, works and writings of
Jose Rizal especially to the Noli Me Tangere and El
Filibusterismo.
a. Republic Act No. 1256 as amended by R.A. No. 8491

b. Republic Act No. 1124 as repealed by R.A. No. 7722


c. Republic Act No. 6728 as amended by R.A. 8545
d. Republic Act No. 1425
1520. This law provided for the granting of civil service
eligibility to all government employees who are holding
provisional or temporary status who have rendered a
total of at least seven (7) years of efficient and dedicated
service.
a. Republic Act No. 4670
b. Republic Act. 7323
c. Republic Act No. 6850
d. Republic Act No. 7722
1521. This law grants civil service eligibility to all honor
graduates (i.e. summa cum laude, magna cum
laude, cum laude) of four year or longer courses from
schools,

colleges

and

universities

of

good

standing

starting school year 1972-1973.


a. Republic Act No. 4670
b. Presidential Decree No. 907
c. Presidential Decree No. 1006
d. CHED Order No. 59
1522.

This

assignment

law
of

provides

teachers

to

in

the
public

appointment

or

elementary

or

secondary schools, priority shall be given to bonafide


residents

of

the

barangays,

municipality

or

city

or

province where the school is located, provided that the


teacher possesses the minimum qualification for the
position.

a. Republic Act No. 8190


b. Republic Act no. 7624
c. Republic Act No. 7731
d. Republic Act No. 7797
1523. This law made the observance of the flag ceremony
compulsory.
a. Republic Act No. 7079
b. Republic Act No. 1265
c. Republic Act No. 9155
d. Republic Act No. 3019
1524.

It is an act to strengthen the regulation and

supervision of the practice of teaching in the Philippines


and prescribing a Licensure Examination for Teachers.
a. RA 7836
e. RA 9155
b. RA 9293
e. RA 7610
c. RA 7722
1525.

According to Republic Act No. 7836, this term

refers to the profession concerned primarily with


classroom instruction at the elementary and secondary
levels in accordance with the curriculum prescribed by
the

Department

of

Education,

Culture

and

Sports,

whether on parttime or full-time basis in the private or


public schools.
a. Teachers
c. Principals
b. Teaching

d. Learning
1526. The scope of the board examination for teachers in
the elementary level shall consist of, namely:
a. professional education and field of specialization
b. general education and field of specialization
c. general education and professional education
d. general education only
1527. The scope of the board examination for teachers in
the secondary level shall consist of, namely:
a. professional education and field of specialization
b. general education and field of specialization
c. general education and professional education
d. general education, professional education and field of
specialization
1528.

A professional license signed by the chairman of

the Commission and bearing the registration number and


date of issuance thereof and the month of expiry or
renewability shall likewise be issued to every registrant
who has paid the annual registration fees for _____
consecutive years.
a. three years
c. five years
b. four years
d. six years
e. seven years
1529. As provided in RA 9293, professional teachers who
have not practiced their profession for the past five (5)

years shall take at least twelve (12) units of education


courses, consisting of at least:
a. six (6) units of pedagogy and six (6) units of content
courses
b.

six

(6)

units

of

general

education

and

six

(6)

professional education
c. six (6) units of professional education and six (6) units
field specialization
d. twelve (12) units from any courses or subjects
1530.

Examinees

who

have

failed

the

licensure

examination for professional teachers, with a rating of


not lower than five percentage points from the passing
general average rating, shall be eligible as _____ upon
issuance by the Board of a two-year special permit,
renewable for a nonextendible period of two (2) years.
a. temporary teacher
b. para-teacher
c. substitute teacher
d. permanent/regular teacher
1531. Special parental authority and responsibility over
the minor child in Article 218 of the Family Code of the
Philippines means
a.

authority

shall

apply

to

all

authorized

activities

whether inside or outside the premises of the school,


entity of institution
b. authority shall apply to all activities whether inside or
outside the premises of the school, entity of institution
c. authority shall apply only to activities inside the
premises of the school, entity of institution

d. none of these
1532.

When

parental

authority

does

terminate

permanently?
a. upon the death of the parents
b. upon the death of the child
c. upon emancipation of the child
d. all of these
1533.

Pursuant to Art. 231 of the Family Code of the

Philippines, parental authority may also be suspended if


the parent or the person exercising the following, except.
a. treats the child with excessive harshness or cruelty
b. gives the child corrupting orders, counsel or example
c. compel the child to beg
d. subject the child or allows him to be
subjected to acts of lasciviousness
e. deal the child with tender loving care
1534.

This Act refers to the Special Protection of

Children

Against

Child

Abuse,

Exploitation

and

Discrimination.
a. RA 7722
c. RA 7877
b. RA 9293
d. RA 7610
e. RA 8980
1535. This is known as the Anti-Sexual Harassment Act
of 1995
a. RA 7722

c. RA 7877
b. RA 9293
d. RA 7610
e. RA 8980
1536.

In education or training environment, sexual

harassment is committed ____.


a. against one who is under the care, custody or
supervision of the offender
b. against one whose education, training, apprenticeship
or tutorship is entrusted to the offender
c. when the sexual favor is made a condition to the giving
of a passing grade, or the granting of honors and
scholarships, or the payment of a stipend, allowance or
other benefits, privileges or considerations
d. when the sexual advances result in an intimidating,
hostile or offensive environment for the result, trainee or
apprentice.
e. All of these
1537.

This Act is known as Early Childhood Care and

Development
a. RA 7722
c. RA 7877
b. RA 9293
d. RA 7610
e. RA 8980
1538.

This is an Order renaming the Bureau of Non-

Formal Education to Bureau of Alternative Learning


System

a. Executive Order No. 653


b. Executive Order No. 365
c. Executive Order No. 356
d. Executive Order No. 123
e. Executive Order No. 456
1539.

With Republic Act 7836 the licensure exam for

teachers is with:
a. Commission on Higher Education
b. Professional Regulation Commission
c. Department of Education
d. Civil Service Commission
1540.

This

embodies

the

teachers

duties

and

responsibilities as well as proper behavior in performing


them.
a. Code of Ethics for Teachers
b. Magna Carta for Public School Teachers
c. Bill of Rights
d. Philippine Constitution of 1987
1541.

Dr. Melgo upholds his freedom to discuss topics

within his field of expertise without fear of being


persecuted. This is known as:
a. Right to Suffrage
c. Right to grow professionally
b. Academic Freedom
d. Freedom of speech
1542.

Under

no

circumstances

shall

teacher

be

prejudiced discriminatory against any learner, stays the

Code of Ethics. When a teacher prejudiced against any


learner?
a. when the refuses a pupil with a slight physical
disability in class
b. when he makes a farsighted pupil sit at the back
c. when he makes a nearsighted pupil sit in front
d. when he considers multiple intelligence in the choice of
his teaching strategies
1543.

Who

among

the

following

is

genuinely

nationalistic? The citizen who ___.


a. works overseas for the education of his/her children
b. sings the National Anthem with all his/her heart
c. salutes the flag as it is raised during ceremony
d. uses his/her skill and capital to generate jobs in the
countryside
1544.

Which is the most authentic proof of nationalism

on the part of teacher?


a. winning the award Most Outstanding Teacher
b. utilizing every minute of the academic time for
competent teaching
c. earning graduate degree for promotion
d. being a member in the National Organization for
Professional Teachers
1545. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section
1 and Section 2, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution?
a. quality education is privilege in so far as all citizens
are concerned

b.

public

education

in

the

elementary

is

free

and

compulsory
c. scholarship grants, student loan programs, subsidies
and other incentives to deserving students in both public
and private schools
d. non-formal, informal and indigenous learning, selflearning, independent, and out-of- school study programs
are encouraged.
e. All of these
1546. Under the present Constitution, pupils attendance
in religious instruction is public elementary and high
schools shall be allowed only if ___
a. the superintendent, supervisors and principals will
issue an instruction compelling attendance
b. the parish priest or pastor shall authorize them in
writing
c. when parents shall submit written authority allowing
their children to attend religious instruction
d. when school children have become delinquents
e. when children made promise to behave properly
1547.

Miss Melgo is a BS Biology graduate and is

intending to teach in a public high school. Based on


Magna Carta for public School Teachers, what she should
do to qualify?
a. pursue a Masters degree in Biology
b. start teaching in a private school
c. earn five-year experience as Biologist
d. d. take at least 18 units in education

1548.

What can be filed against a principal or teacher

who is a paramour?
a. infidelity
c. immorality
b. bigamy
d. moral defamation
1549. During the Marcos era, national development goals
were

stated

in

Education

Act

of

1972,

known

as

Presidential Decree ____.


a. No. 6-A
b. No. 7-A
c. No. 8-A
d. No. 9-A
1550.

What statement is inconsistent with one of the

provision of Republic Act No. 4670, otherwise known as


the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers?
a. teacher engaged in actual classroom instruction shall
be

required

to

render

more

than

six

hours

actual

classroom teaching
b. no teacher shall be transferred without his consent
c. every teacher shall enjoy security of tenure
d. a teacher is entitled to a study leave not exceeding
one school year
1551.

Which of the following is not a right of public

school teachers?
a. freedom of expression
b. establishes and joins organizations
c. intellectual property

d. stage a strike and protests


e. academic freedom
1552.

Mr. Melgo, a public school teacher of Cantoratoy

National High School plans to pursue Masters studies.


When he is entitled to go on study leave?
a. if his principal approves his leave
b. if he has rendered seven years of service
c. f a substitute teacher is available
d. if there is a decrease in the enrollment
1553.

Mr. Melgo, an ineligible teacher was given a

probationary appointment in Cantoratoy National High


School. When can he avail of permanent status?
a. when there is a vacant permanent position
b. after finishing MA in education
c. once given the Teacher of the Year award
d. after rendering at least 10 years of efficient service
1554.

The State shall ensure and protect academic

freedom

and

shall

promote

its

exercise

and

the

observance for the continuing intellectual growth, the


advancement of learning and research, the development
of responsible and effective leadership, the education of
high-level

and

middle-level

professionals,

and

the

enrichment of our historical and cultural heritage. This


is the declaration of policy of ____.
a. CHED
c. DepEd
b. TESDA
d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A

1555.

it is hereby declared that policy of the State to

provide relevant, accessible, high quality and efficient


technical education and skills development in support of
the development of high quality Filipino middle-level
manpower responsive to and in accordance with the
Philippine development goals and priorities. This is the
declaration of policy of ____.
a. CHED
c. DepEd
b. TESDA
d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A
1556.

It is hereby declared the policy of the State to

protect and promote the right of all citizens to quality


basic education and to make such education accessible to
all by providing all Filipino children a free and compulsory
education in elementary level and free education in the
high school level. This is the declaration of policy of ____.
a. CHED
c. DepEd
b. TESDA
d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A
1557.

it is hereby declared to be the policy of the

government to ensure, within context of a free


and democratic system maximum contribution of the
educational system to his attainment of the
following

national

development

declaration of policy of ____.


a. CHED

goals.

This

is

the

c. DepEd
b. TESDA
d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A
1558. To fight illiteracy, the 1987 Constitution mandates
that the state shall maintain a system of free education
in elementary and high school. Further it provides that
___.
a. elementary education should be compulsory for all
children of school age
b. formal and nonformal education should be compulsory
c. elementary and high school education should be
compulsory
d. education at all levels should be compulsory
1559. According to the Constitution, the State is required
to establish and maintain free public and compulsory
education in the ____.
a. elementary level only
b. secondary level
c. secondary and tertiary levels
d. elementary and secondary levels
1560.

Section V, Article XIV of the 1986 Constitution

provides

that

the

State

shall

assign

the

highest

budgetary priority to education to ____


a. encourage teacher to conduct more researchers and
studies on the arts and culture
b. ensure that all schools are provided with modern
equipment and facilities

c. attack the best available talents through adequate


remuneration
d. curtail the exodus of the teachers seeking employment
abroad
1561. The primary objective of bilingual education is to
prepare the learners to be ____.
a. proficient in Filipino and eight major dialects
b. globally competitive
c. proficient in English and another foreign language
d. proficient in both Filipino and English
1562. According to Magna Carta for Teachers, a teacher
assigned to a school ten or more kilometers from the
poblacion without regular means of transportation to
reach, is entitle to ___.
a. a hardship allowance of 25 percent of the monthly
salary as additional compensation
b. an additional compensation of 50 percent of the
monthly salary
c. service credits of one day for every five days of service
during the whole year
d. the privilege of teaching only four days a week
1563.

To strengthen teacher education the Teacher

Education Council created under RA No. 7764 will choose


a private or public college engaged in pre-service,
continuing, formal and non-formal education of teachers
in strategic places in each region of the country based on
certain criteria. This will be called ____
a. Department of Teacher Education

b. Commission on Teacher Education


c. Teacher Education Center of Excellence
d. Commission on Teacher Education
e. Teacher Education Commission
1564.

Professionalization of teachers and teaching as

promulgated in Presidential Decree No. 1006, defines


teaching

as

profession

concerned

with

classroom

institution ____.
a. by teachers on full-time basis
b. at the tertiary level in both public and private
institutions
c. at the elementary and secondary levels in
both public and private schools
d. by teachers of permanent status
1565.

The Educational Act of 1982 expressly granted

institutions of higher learning the freedom to determine


on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who
may teach and what shall be the subjects of study and
research. This refers to ____.
a. academic freedom
b. constitutional freedom
c. Educational freedom
d. d. institutional freedom
1566.

In

the

Preamble

of

the

Code

of

Ethics

for

Professional Teachers, which of the following


teacher descriptions is included in the Code of Ethics for
Professional Teachers?
a. Persons of dignity and reputation

b. Duly licensed professional


c. with satisfactory teaching performance
d. passed the licensure exam for teachers
1567.

The

1987 Philippine

Constitution

states the

following EXCEPT
a. The National language of the Philippines is Filipino
b. The official language of the Philippines are Filipino and
English
c. Filipino is the official language of the Tagalog speaking
provinces
d. The government shall initiate and sustain the use of
Filipino as medium of official communication and as a
language of instruction in the education system
1568. As provided for in the Education Act of 1982, how
are the institutions of learning encouraged to set higher
standards

of

quality

over

and

above

the

minimum

required for state recognition?


a. academic freedom
b. continuing professional education
c. formal education
d. voluntary accreditation
1569.

The Constitutional provision on language has the

following aims EXCEPT


a. to make the regional dialect as auxiliary media of
instructions in regional schools
b. to maintain English as a second language
c. to make Filipino the sole medium of instruction

d. to make Filipino the national language and medium of


instruction and official communication
1570. The introduction of non-formal education in life
with the Constitution provision on ___.
a. protection of teachers
b. promoting the rights of all citizens
c. to make quality education accessible to all
d. acceptance, affection and achievement
e. affection, ability, attitudes
1571. With regards to business, which does the Code of
Ethics say about teachers?
a. a teacher shall maintain a good reputation with respect
to debts, loans and other financial matters
b. no teacher shall be financially interested in
any commercial venture involving textbooks and other
school commodities where he/she can exercise official
influence
c. no teacher shall act as an agent of textbooks and other
school commodities where he/she can exercise official
influence
d. a teacher may not engage in any kind of business
1572. Which is ethical for a teacher to do in a situation
where he/she falls in love with a student or when a
student falls in love with his/her teacher?
a. the teacher advises the student to discontinue with
his/her studies
b. the teacher resigns from his/her teaching job
c. the teacher avoids that learner

d. the teacher exercises discretion to avoid scandal and


gossip and preferential treatment of that learner
1573.

Miss Connie Cepeda is newly appointed teacher.

The principal handed a copy of the Teachers Code of


Ethics.

Which

could

have

been

the

motive

of

the

principal?
a. acquaint her with principles of moral behavior, conduct
and relationship in the practice of profession
b. make her aware of the principles and rules prescribed
under the authority of the state
c. familiarize her with the generally customs of right
living in a society
d. provides her a set of rules and regulation to observe in
school
1574. This law grants the paternity leave of absence with
full pay to male employee in both public and private
sector for the first four (4) deliveries of the legitimate
spouses.
a. Republic Act No. 8047
c. Republic Act No. 7687
b. Republic Act No. 8190
d. Republic Act No. 8187

1. Dadalaw sa mga paaralan si Dr. Filemon S. Salas, ang


tagapamanihala ng mga paaralang lungsod, sa lungsod
ng Pasay.
Ang pangungusap ay nagagamit bilang
A. panuring
B. paksa
C. tuwirang layon
D. pamuno
2. Of the following, which is imposed a final tax of ten
percent (10%)?
A. PCSO and lotto winnings
B. Books, literary works and musical compositions
C. Currency bank deposit
D. Royalties
3. The main message of the Moral Recovery Program
launched by Leticia Ramos Shahani starts with the
__________.
A. world
B. family
C. self
D. nation
4. Lucy's husband has been a drug dependent. She
wanted him rehabilitated to be economically productive.
Where will she commit her husband?
A. DARN
B. Bukang Liwayway Center
C. DARE
D. NFPI

5. Which has become a prototype of other schemes that


defeated the real and true purpose of the CARL?
A. The conversion of farmlands to industrial complexes
B. The stock option scheme of Hacienda Luisita
C. The conversion from agricultural to subdivision
D. The voluntary offer to sell
6. It was also discovered that the chemical 3m
butylphthalide can lower the blood pressure of rats. This
statement is classified as
A. prediction
B. experiment
C. finding
D. nonessential fact
7. Which law of force and motion explains this
occurrence, when a rocket is propelled upward by the
powerful downward discharge of exhaust gases?
A. Universal Gravitation
B. Action and Reaction
C. Applied Force
D. Inertia
8. Which are limited only to the sale of real property and
stock transaction?
A. Business incomes
B. Capital gains
C. Employment incomes
D. Passive incomes

9. A carpenter wanted three pieces of wood each 1 1/2


feet long. If he planned to cut them from a 6-foot piece of
wood, how much of the piece would be left?
A. 4 1/2 ft
B. 1 1/2 ft
C. 4 1/2 ft
D. 3 ft
E. none of these
10. Employees at Shaira's Musicmart get a 20% discount
on all purchases. If Theresa buys three tapes at Php7.49
each, how much will she have to pay after her employee
discount?
A. Php16.98
B. Php19.98
C. Php18.98
D. Php17.98
E. none of these
11. How much topsoil is needed to cover a garden 25 feet
by 40 feet to a depth of 6 inches?
A. 480 ft3
B. 440 ft3
C. 500 ft3
D. 460 ft3
E. none of these
12. Which one BEST defines personal integrity?
A. The unity between ignorance and reality
B. The unity of man's deeds, words, thoughts and
realities

C. The unity of man's social, political and physical


aspects
D. The relationship between virtue and conduct
13. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang aral na ibinigay ng ANG
ALAMAT NI MARIANG MAKILlNG na ikinuwento ni Jose
Rizal?
A. Pagyamanin at pangalagaan ang ating bayan at lahi
pagkat hiyas at yaman natin ito.
B. Pag-ibig ang makapagbabago sa mundong ito.
C. Kabanalan ang magpatawad at tulungan ang isang
nagkasala.
D. Dahil sa pagmamalabis at pagsasamantala, maraming
biyaya ang sa kanya'y nawawala.
14. Anong uri ng panghalip ang salitang may salungguhit
sa pangungusap?
May padalang tulong ang pamahalaan para sa kanila.
A. Pambalana
B. Palagyo
C. Paari
D. Palayon
15. Which will solve poverty caused by capitalism?
A. Fascism
B. Communism
C. Empirism
D. Socialism
16. What correction should be made to this sentence?

Most fire-related death's result from household fires; yet


many people do not have fire extinguishers in their
homes.
A. Remove the comma after fires
B. Change result to results
C. Change have to has
D. Replace death's with deaths
17. Ano ang ipinahihiwatig ng salitang may salungguhit?
Matayog ang lipad ni Pepe kaya't bata pa siya'y
nagsisikap na siya.
A. May kayabangan si Pepe.
B. Mataas ang pangarap ni Pepe.
C. Marunong si Pepe.
D. Ibig ni Pepeng maabot ang langit.
18. Si Dr. Jose Rizal ay sumulat ng aklat ng itinampok sa
iba't ibang bansa.
Ang pangungusap ay nagagamit bilang __________?
A. panuring
B. pamuno
C. tuwirang layon
D. paksa
19. Which of the following methods can all diabetics
control their condition and avoid heart disease and
blindness?
I. Regulating their intake of glucose
II. Increasing the levels of insulin in the body by taking
insulin injections

III. Maintaining a reasonable exercise regimen to keep


weight down.
A. I
B. II
C. I and II
D. I and III
20. Find m in the proportion m/12 = 30/24.
A. 30
B. 15
C. 20
D. 25
E. none of these
21. Which word is pronounced with a /z/ at the end?
A. Maps
B. Jakes
C. Laughs
D. Buys
22. The carat is a unit of measure used to weigh precious
stones. It equals 3.086 grains. How many grains does a
2.8 carat diamond weigh?
A. 864.08
B. 86.408
C. 8.6408
D. 8640.8
E. none of these

23. Which are the next three terms in the progression


1/125, -1/25, 1/5 . . . 7 terms?
A. -2, 6, -26
B. -3, 7, -27
C. -4, 8, -28
D. -1, 5, -25
E. none of these
24. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang aral na ibinibigay ng
epikong Muslim na INDARAPATRA AT SULAYMAN?
A. Pagmamahal
B. Katapangan
C. Katapatan,
D. Pagtanaw ng utang-na-loob
25. One package is 100 pounds, and the other is 150
pounds. The weight of the second package is how many
times that of the first?
A. 1 times heavier
B. as heavy
C. none of these
D. 10 pounds heavier
E. 20 pounds heavier
26. What correction should be made to this sentence?
Recently, educators exammined the effectiveness of
computer instruction in schools.
A. Replace educators with educator's
B. Change the spelling of exammined to examined
C. Change schools to Schools
D. Replace computer with computer's

27. What is the mood of these lines?


Daylight, I must wait for the sunrise
I must think of a new life
And I mustn't give in.
When the dawn comes
tonight will be a memory, too
And a new day will begin.
A. Afraid
B. Sarcastic
C. Depressed
D. Hopeful

28. What correction should be made to this sentence?


First-borns often pattern their behavior after they're
parents and other adults.
A. Replace their with they're
B. Change pattern to patterned
C. Replace they're to their
D. No correction is necessary
29. Why does a pendulum in a grandfather clock once set
in motion continue to swing, thereby regulating the
clock's movement? This is due to the Law of
A. Universal Gravitation
B. Action and Reaction

C. Applied Force
D. Inertia
30. What does a stick of unlit dynamite demonstrate?
A. Chemical Energy
B. Nuclear Energy
C. Kinetic Energy
D. Potential Energy
31. A nation in which loess would likely be found today is
A. Iceland
B. United States
C. Japan
D. Ecuador
32. Which is the MOST important perceived need and
problem of the Filipino family?
A. Unemployment or financial problem
B. Proneness to vices
C. Over protectiveness of children
D. Double standard on the roles of male and female
33. Of the following changes in the socio-economic,
political cultural and physical that have occurred in the
Filipino family, which one remains to be TRUE?
A. The loss of the traditional evening prayer and the
ritual of blessing (mano)
B. The unity of the family despite competing demands
C. The continued parental influence over children's
language dress and other behavior
D. The continued support for parents and siblings

34. Which of the following foreign policy actions today is


a direct result of early American imperialist policy?
A. Stationing of American troops in West Germany
B. America's military support of Israel in the Middle East
C. America's patrolling of waters off the Libyan coast
D. America's establishment of military bases in the
Philippines
35. Which is the BEST WAY to write the underlined
portion of this sentence?
A person should keep in mind some basic safety rules
when you are deciding whether or not to use a fire
extinguisher.
A. rules you decide
B. rules when you decided
C. rules you are deciding
D. rules when deciding
36. Which antidote would have a similar effect if vinegar
or citrus juice were not available?
A. Milk
B. Raw egg white
C. Vegetable oil
D. Water

37. How much larger is the supplement of a 57 degree


angle than the complement of a 75 degree angle?
A. 108 degrees

B. 18 degrees
C. 105 degrees
D. none of these
E. 123 degrees
38. Julieta Villaruel was a landowner from Cabiao, Nueva
Ecija. Under the CARL, she was claiming 8 hectares, 5
hectares of which represented the retention limit and the
3 hectares for her only child. Why was her child denied
the 3 hectares?
A. Her son was 15 years old who was actually tiling the
farm
B. Her son was 17 years old who was managing the farm
C. Her son was 13 years old who has been helping till
the farm
D. Her son was 19 years old who was actually tilling or
managing the farm
39. Below is the poem written by Edgar Lee Masters in
1915:
What Happened to Tom Merritt?
At first I suspected something
She acted so calm and absent-minded.
And one day I heard the back door shut,
As I entered the front, and I saw him slink
Back of the smoke house into the lot,
And across the field.
And I meant to kill him on sight.
But that day, walking near Fourth Bridge,
Without a stick or a stone at hand,

All of a sudden I saw him standing,


Scared to death, holding his rabbits,
And all l could say was,Don't, Don't, Don't,
As he aimed and fired at my heart.
Which of the following techniques is used in the poem?
A. Verse
B. Rhyme
C. Free verse
D. Personification
40. Anong tayutay ang tinutukoy nito?
Durog ang katawang bumagsak sa semento si Miguel.
A. Pagtutulad
B. Pagbibigay katauhan
C. Pagmamalabis
D. Pagwawangis
41. Which refers to FUNNEL EFFECT?
A. The belief that every criminal gets caught and is
punished.
B. The belief that crime is under control in the United
States.
C. The idea that only a very few suspects arrested for
committing a crime are actually punished.
D. The idea that all crimes are put into the same
criminal justice system.
42. To gain the attention of the audience, the trick is
__________?
A. start low, speak hurriedly
B. start high, speak loudly

C. start high, speak rapidly


D. start low, speak slowly
43. Below is a biographical sketch.
Success often comes to those with humble beginnings,
Elvis Aron Presley was born on January 8, 1935, in Tupelo,
Mississippi. He first sang in a church choir and taught
himself to play the guitar, but he never learned to read
music. By 1953, he had moved to Memphis, Tennessee,
graduated from high school, and enrolled in night school
to become an electrician. That year, at Sun Records,
Presley recorded a personal record for his mother, a song
that was heard by the company's president. As a result of
the president's recognition, Presley's first record,That's
all Right, Mama,was out in 1954.
He toured the South, and in 1955 five of his records were
released simultaneously. His first national television
appearance was that year on Jackie Gleason'sThe Stage
Show,but Presley became known for his appearance
onThe Ed Sullivan Show,where the young singer gyrated
as he sangrock n' rollmusic. During the live television
performance, Presley was photographed only from the
waist up because his motions were considered obscene.
Elvis the Pelvisbegan his film career in 1956 with LOVE
ME TENDER and signed a long term film contract. The
movie critics were not always kind, but teenagers flocked
to Presley's films. Within a few short years, Presley had
established a career that would span twenty-five years of
ups and downs and make him one of the most popular
entertainers in history. Long after his untimely death at

age 42, Presley would be remembered asThe King of Rock


n' Roll
The author uses the phrase ups and downs to refer to
Presley's
A. gyrations as he performed
B. increasing and decreasing finances
C. successes and disappointments in his career
D. use of drugs,uppers and downers
44. Which one explains why oxygen a gas, is the largest
component of the Earths crust?
A. Oxygen gives Earth's crust its lightness
B. Oxygen is the most abundant element in the world
C. Oxygen is capable of combining with most of the
elements in the Earth's crust.
D. Oxygen is needed to sustain all life on Earth.
45. What is meant by LAST DITCH in this sentence?
The aged bishop was prepared to fight to the last ditch to
defend his good name.
A. One's last courage
B. One's last strategy
C. One's last hope
D. One's last defense
46. Ang sumusunod ay isang talumpati na may pamagat
na SA KABATAAN na sinulat ni Onofre Pagsanghan.
Isa sa mga salitang napag-aralan natin sa wikang
Pilipino ay ang salitang NABANSOT.

Kapang ang isang bagay daw ay dapat pang lumaki


ngunit ito'y tumigil na sa paglaki, ang bagay na ito raw ay
NABANSOT. Marami raw uri ng pagkabansot ngunit ay
pinakamalungkot na uri raw ay ang pagkabansot ng
isipan, ng puso at ng diwa.
Ang panahon ng kabataan ay panahon ng paglaki, ngunit
ang ating paglaki ay kailangang paglaki, at pag-unlad ng
ating buong katauhan, hindi lamang ng ating sukat at
timbang. Kung ga-poste man ang ating taas at ga-pison
man ang ating bigat ngunit kung ang pag-iisip naman
nati'y ga-kulisap lamang kay pangit na kabansutan. Kung
tumangkad man tayong tangkad-kawayan at bumilog man
tayong bilog-tapayan, ngunit kung tayo nama'y tulad
nibondyingay di mapagkatiwalaan-anong laking
kakulangan. Kung magkakatawan tayong
katawangTarzanat mapatalas ang ating isipang sintalas
ng kay Rizal, ngunit kung ang ating kalooban nama'y itim
na duwende ng kasamaan-anong kapinsalaan para sa
kinabukasan.
Kinabukasan, kabataan, tayo raw ang pag-asa ng
Inang Bayan. Tayo raw ang maghahatid sa kanya sa langit
ng kasaganaan at karangalan o hihils sa kanya sa putik
ng kahirapan at kahihiyan. Ang panahon ng pagkilos ay
ngayon, hindi bukas, hindi sa isang taon. Araw-araw ay
tumutuwid tayong palangit or bumabaluktod tayong
paputik. Tamang-tama ang sabi ng ating mga ninunong
kung ano raw ang kinamihasnan ay siyang
pagkakatandaan. Huwag nating akalaing
makapagpapabaya tayo ng ating pag-aaral ngayon at sa
araw ng bukas ay bigla tayong magiging mga
dalubhasang magpapaunlad sa bayan. Huwag nating

akalaing makapaglulublob tayo ngayon sa kalaswaaan at


kahalayan at sa mahiwagang araw ng bukas sigla tayong
magiging ulirang mga magulang.
Kabataan, tunay na pag-ibig sa bayan, ang tunay na
nasyonalismo, ay wala sa tamis ng pangarap wala rin sa
pagpag ng dila. Ang tunay na pag-ibig ay nasa pawis ng
gawa.
Bakit di dapat tumangkad tulad ni bondying?
A. Di ito magpakakatiwalaan
B. Di totoo ito
C. May kakulangan ito
D. Magulo kasi ito
47. Which word in the passage does NOT require a
change in pitch to show confidence?
I am the master of my fate, I am the captain of my soul.
A. am
B. captain
C. master
D. fate
48. Below is the poem written by Edgar Lee Masters in
1915:
What Happened to Tom Merritt?
At first I suspected something
She acted so calm and absent-minded.
And one day I heard the back door shut,
As I entered the front, and I saw him slink
Back of the smoke house into the lot,

And across the field.


And I meant to kill him on sight.
But that day, walking near Fourth Bridge,
Without a stick or a stone at hand,
All of a sudden I saw him standing,
Scared to death, holding his rabbits,
And all l could say was,Don't, Don't, Don't,
As he aimed and fired at my heart.
The way in which the poet presents these words in line 12
implies that Tom
A. tried to annoy the other man.
B. was shot before the finished the statement.
C. did not want to hurt the other man.
D. begged the man to stop seeing his wife.
49. Which one should be TRUE if Earth's rotation axis did
not tilt?
I. Days and nights would be the same length everywhere
on Earth.
II. There would be no hours of darkness on points along
the equator.
III. Earth would have no seasons.
IV. Each part of the Earth would have the same daily
temperature pattern.
A. II and IV
B. III and IV
C. IV and I
D. I and III

50. To pass her English Test, Lucille must get 75% of the
items correct. Out of 80 questions, how many must she
correctly answer?
A. 55
B. 60
C. none of these
D. 65
E. 70
51. The Miranda Family purchased a 250-pound side of
beef and had it packaged. They paid Php365.00 for the
side of beef. During the packaging, 75 pounds of beef
were discarded as waste. What was the cost per pound
for the packaged beef?
A. Php2.08 per pound
B. none of these
C. Php2.50 per pound
D. Php2.06 per pound
E. Php2.30 per pound
52. Which family obligation is especially valued?
A. Supplying groceries to relatives in remote barrios
B. Providing health assistance to relatives living in the
same locale
C. Sending to college relatives in remote barrios
D. Keeping immediate family members out of trouble
53. Which of the following should you expect to be true
about the rate of cellular respiration for a group of
students who are the same age, height, and weight?

A. Athletes would tend to have higher rates of cellular


respiration than non-athletes.
B. Africans would have a higher rate of cellular
respiration than Asians.
C. Boys would have a higher rate of cellular respiration
than girls.
D. Non-athletes would have higher rates of cellular
respiration than athletes.
54. Below is a biographical sketch.
Success often comes to those with humble beginnings,
Elvis Aron Presley was born on January 8, 1935, in Tupelo,
Mississippi. He first sang in a church choir and taught
himself to play the guitar, but he never learned to read
music. By 1953, he had moved to Memphis, Tennessee,
graduated from high school, and enrolled in night school
to become an electrician. That year, at Sun Records,
Presley recorded a personal record for his mother, a song
that was heard by the company's president. As a result of
the president's recognition, Presley's first record,That's
all Right, Mama,was out in 1954.
He toured the South, and in 1955 five of his records were
released simultaneously. His first national television
appearance was that year on Jackie Gleason'sThe Stage
Show,but Presley became known for his appearance
onThe Ed Sullivan Show,where the young singer gyrated
as he sangrock n' rollmusic. During the live television
performance, Presley was photographed only from the
waist up because his motions were considered obscene.

Elvis the Pelvisbegan his film career in 1956 with LOVE


ME TENDER and signed a long term film contract. The
movie critics were not always kind, but teenagers flocked
to Presley's films. Within a few short years, Presley had
established a career that would span twenty-five years of
ups and downs and make him one of the most popular
entertainers in history. Long after his untimely death at
age 42, Presley would be remembered asThe King of Rock
n' Roll
The statement thatsuccess often comes to those with
humble beginningswould apply best to which of the
following figures?
A. Ramon Magsaysay
B. Gloria M. Arroyo
C. Corazon C. Aquino
D. Joseph E. Estrada
55. Which of the following procedures used by a farmer is
NOT related directly to preventing erosion?
A. Contour plowing around a hill
B. Planting more seeds than are necessary to yield a
bountiful crop.
C. Planting grass in gullies to act as a filter
D. Planting crops in alternate rows (strip farming)
56. Which word is read on a high note to describe the
kind of day?
This is a cold day.
A. is
B. cold
C. day

D. this
57. In the progression 18, -12, 8 . . . which term is
512/729?
A. the 8th
B. the 6th
C. the 9th
D. the 7th
E. none of these
58. Which is the equivalent common fraction of the
repeating decimal 3.242424...?
A. 107/33
B. 110/33
C. 109/33
D. 108/33
E. none of these
59. 10 - 3 2/17 = __________
A. 7 2/1 7
B. 6 2/1 7
C. 6 1/17
D. 6 15/17
E. none of these
60. Which of the following lines is a simile?
A. Holding wonder like a cup
B. Life has loneliness to sell
C. Eyes that love you, arms that hold
D. Buy it and never count the cost

61. Ang sumusunod ay isang talumpati na may pamagat


na SA KABATAAN na sinulat ni Onofre Pagsanghan.
Isa sa mga salitang napag-aralan natin sa wikang Pilipino
ay ang salitang NABANSOT.
Kapang ang isang bagay daw ay dapat pang lumaki
ngunit ito'y tumigil na sa paglaki, ang bagay na ito raw ay
NABANSOT. Marami raw uri ng pagkabansot ngunit ay
pinakamalungkot na uri raw ay ang pagkabansot ng
isipan, ng puso at ng diwa.
Ang panahon ng kabataan ay panahon ng paglaki, ngunit
ang ating paglaki ay kailangang paglaki, at pag-unlad ng
ating buong katauhan, hindi lamang ng ating sukat at
timbang. Kung ga-poste man ang ating taas at ga-pison
man ang ating bigat ngunit kung ang pag-iisip naman
nati'y ga-kulisap lamang kay pangit na kabansutan. Kung
tumangkad man tayong tangkad-kawayan at bumilog man
tayong bilog-tapayan, ngunit kung tayo nama'y tulad
nibondyingay di mapagkatiwalaan-anong laking
kakulangan. Kung magkakatawan tayong
katawangTarzanat mapatalas ang ating isipang sintalas
ng kay Rizal, ngunit kung ang ating kalooban nama'y itim
na duwende ng kasamaan-anong kapinsalaan para sa
kinabukasan.
Kinabukasan, kabataan, tayo raw ang pag-asa ng Inang
Bayan. Tayo raw ang maghahatid sa kanya sa langit ng
kasaganaan at karangalan o hihils sa kanya sa putik ng
kahirapan at kahihiyan. Ang panahon ng pagkilos ay
ngayon, hindi bukas, hindi sa isang taon. Araw-araw ay
tumutuwid tayong palangit or bumabaluktod tayong
paputik. Tamang-tama ang sabi ng ating mga ninunong

kung ano raw ang kinamihasnan ay siyang


pagkakatandaan. Huwag nating akalaing
makapagpapabaya tayo ng ating pag-aaral ngayon at sa
araw ng bukas ay bigla tayong magiging mga
dalubhasang magpapaunlad sa bayan. Huwag nating
akalaing makapaglulublob tayo ngayon sa kalaswaaan at
kahalayan at sa mahiwagang araw ng bukas sigla tayong
magiging ulirang mga magulang.
Kabataan, tunay na pag-ibig sa bayan, ang tunay na
nasyonalismo, ay wala sa tamis ng pangarap wala rin sa
pagpag ng dila. Ang tunay na pag-ibig ay nasa pawis ng
gawa.
Alin salita ang paulit-ulit na binabanggit ni Onofre
Pagsanghan?
A. Nabansot
B. Bayan
C. Kabataan
D. Kung
62. Which is the BEST WAY to write the underlined
portion of this sentence?
Recently psychologists have been researching birth order,
their research suggests that personality and intelligence
are based partly on where a child ranks in the family.
A. order. Their
B. order and their
C. order, or their
D. order their

63. Aling antas ng tona ang lumilitaw sa bahaging may


salungguhit ng pangungusap na nagdududa?
Nagpuputol ng puno ang lalaki.
A. 1
B. 2
C. 4
D. 3
64. What is meant by TWO PINS in this sentence?
For two pins I could have hit him on the nose.
A. A second course of action
B. Without much persuading
C. The second chance
D. Have a second alternative choice
65. Where would you commit a drug dependent for him to
achieve a natural, tensionless, and anxiety-free state?
A. NFPI
B. DARN
C. DARE
D. Bukang Liwayway Center
66. Which is the main goal of drug abuse education?
A. Arrest
B. Prevention
C. Control
D. Rehabilitation
67. During a recent shopping spree, Tomas and Nena
bought some new accessories for their apartment. Nena
chose a crocheted throw pillow at Php24.95, and Tomas

purchased a rural landscape painting for Php135.00. How


much did they actually spend if they paid 7% sales tax on
their purchases?
A. Php171.15
B. Php139.25
C. none of these
D. Php159.95
E. Php148.75
68. The stanza below is taken from "Barter" by Sara
Teasdale.
Life has loneliness to sell,
Music like a curve of gold,
Scent of pine trees in the rain,
Eyes that love you, arms that hold,
And for your spirit's still delight,
Holy thoughts that star the night.
To what does Teasdale compare music?
A. The scent of pine trees
B. A curve of gold
C. Eyes that love
D. The rain
69. An elderly woman suffered a stroke, a restriction of
blood flow to the brain. If the stroke caused to the right
side of her body to become temporarily paralyzed, she
most likely experienced a decreased blood flow to
A. the left side of her body.
B. the front of her brain.
C. the left side of her brain.

D. the right side of her brain.


70. Which is the BEST WAY to write the underlined
portion of this sentence?
Many viewers taped shows to watch later.
A. tapped
B. had taped
C. tape
D. had tapped
71. Alin ang kahulugan ng KAHIRAMANG SUKLAY?
A. Kakilala
B. Kaibigan
C. Karibal
D. Kalahi
72. Ano ang pinakaangkop na kahulugan nito?
Nagsasaya tayo ngayon sapagkat ang iyong namatay na
kapatid ay muling nabuhay; ang nawawala ay muling
nakita.
A. Ang pagbabalik ay dapat ipaghanda nang malaki.
B. Ang pagbabago ng kapatid ay dapat pahalagahan.
C. Dapat silang magsaya sa muli nilang pagsasama-sama
D. Ang pagsasama nila ay dahil sa muling pagbabalik ng
kapatid.
73. Two days after Japan attacked Pearl Harbor, Roosevelt
made the following statements:
In the past few years and most violently in the past few
days, we have learned a terrible lesson. We must begin
the great task that is before us by abandoning once and

for all the illusion that we can never again isolate


ourselves from the rest of humanity.
In the statement, Roosevelt is expressing the ideas of
__________.
A. an internationalist
B. an anti-imperialist
C. an imperialist
D. an isolationist
74. Which pitch is used for the word STRANGE?
What a strange story!
A. 3
B. 2
C. 4
D. 1
75. What is the function of DIFFUSION in the human
body?
A. Regulates blood flow
B. Plays an insignificant role in the body's functioning
C. Allows an even distribution of substances throughout
all cells of the body
D. Comes into play in times of extreme illness
Utang sa kanyang sipag at sikap sa paggawa ang
kanilang maalwang pamumuhay.
A. Pangngalan
B. Pangngalang-diwa
C. Pawatas
D. Pang-ukol

77. Which of the following represent, ethnocentric


behavior?
A. A tourist who lectures his foreign hosts on the
"uncivilized" nature of their marriage customs
B. A student who tutors an immigrant in English
C. A Hispanic community group demands that public aid
forms be published in English and Spanish
D. A peace Corps volunteer who helps dig wells in
Central Africa
78. The following are legitimate children, EXCEPT
A. those born by artificial insemination.
B. those legitimated.
C. those born during a valid marriage of parents.
D. those born out of a valid marriage of the parents.
79. Which of the following internal forces interrupt the
external forces of erosion?
I. Forces that cause volcanoes
II. Forces that cause ocean trenchers
III. Forces that create mountains
A. I, II and III
B. I and III
C. II and III
D. I and II
80. How many whole numbers can divide 30 exactly?
A. Eight
B. Six
C. Five
D. Four

E. none of these
81. The undeclared war in Korea most closely resembled
the situation of
A. The Spanish-American War
B. The Vietnam War
C. World War I
D. World War II
82. Which one is the human right to life?
A. Peace
B. Live in national and international order
C. Own property
D. Fair trial
83. You buy a new refrigerator for Php12,800.00 and
make a down payment of Php2,500.00. If you finance the
remainder at 8% annually for three years, how much will
you actually pay for the refrigerator?
A. Php12,190.00
B. Php10,300.00
C. none of these
D. Php12,772.00
E. Php15,272.00
84. The poem below is entitledSuburban Prophecywhich
is written by Howard Nemerov.
On Saturday, the power-mowers' whine
Begins the morning. Over this neighbourhood
Rises the keening, petulant voice, begin
Green oily teeth to chatter and munch the cud.

Monsters, crawling the carpets of the world,


Still send from underground against your blades
The roots of things battalions green and curled
And tender, that will match your blades with blades
Till the revolted throats shall strangle on.
The tickle of their dead, till straws shall break
Crankshafts like camels, and the sun go down
On dinosaurs in swamps. A night attack
Follows and by the time the Sabbath dawns
All armored beasts are eaten by their lawns.
The imagery in the first stanza appeals to the reader's
sense of
A. sight
B. touch
C. smell
D. hearing
85. In an experiment, a vacuum is created when all air is
removed from a tube. A coin and bits of confetti are
released in the vacuum at the same time. They fall at the
same rate and reach the bottom at the same time. The
experiment proves that
I. in a vacuum, the rate of acceleration is the same for all
objects regardless of weight.
II. outside a vacuum, air resistance is what makes
different objects fall at different rates.
III. gravity has no effect at all on objects that fall in a
vacuum.

A. I and II
B. I and III
C. I, II and III
D. II and III
86. Which is the BEST WAY to write the underlined
portion of this sentence?
The hosts also benefit from running such a business
because they can stay at home, make money, and
meeting a variety of people.
A. get to meet
B. to meet
C. and meet
D. and be meeting
87. Scientists also find that other stalky vegetables such
as carrots also help lower blood pressure. This
statements is BEST classified as
A. experiment
B. nonessential fact
C. finding
D. prediction
88. Which is the BEST WAY to write the underlined
portion of this sentence?
There is smoke detectors in many homes to warn
residents of a fire, but fire extinguishers can actually help
people fight fires.
A. They're is
B. Their is
C. Their are

D. There are
89. Which is the BEST evidence that helium gas is lighter
than air?
A. Helium has the lowest boiling point of all elements.
B. Helium atoms do not combine with other air atoms.
C. Helium-filled balloons rise in air.
D. By volume, helium makes up only 0.0005% of air.
90. What correction should be made to this sentence?
Buying a fire extinguisher knowing how to use it, and
placing it in a location familiar to all family members can
help protect families against fire.
A. Insert a comma after extinguisher
B. Change the spelling of families to familys
C. Change placing to place
D. Insert a comma after help
91. Which is NOT personal integrity?
A. Time
B. Place
C. Order
D. Harmony
92. Nasa anong kaganapan ng pandiwa ang
pangungusap?
Naglaro ng basketball sa Rizal Stadium ang koponan ng
aming pamantasan.
A. Sanhi
B. Tagaganap
C. Kagamitan

D. Ganapan
93. In how many ways can you arrange three
mathematics books (Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry) in
order on a shelf?
A. 6
B. 8
C. 12
D. 24
E. none of these
94. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang mensahe ng epiko ng
IIokano na BIAG NI LAM-ANG?
A. Pinatutunayan ng epiko ang yaman ng Ilokano sa
lahat ng bagay.
B. Kailangan paniniwalaan ang ukol sa bisa ng mga
anting-anting dahil sa mga pangyayaring nagpapatunay
dito.
C. Dito nagpapatunay na walang kamatayan.
D. Masasalat ang mga katutubong ugali at mga
tradisyong dapat pagyamanin at panatilihin upang
pakinabangan ng kabataan.
95. The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 25 feet. If one
leg is 24 feet, what is the length of the other leg?
A. 5 ft
B. 5 ft
C. 20 ft
D. 7 ft
E. none of these

96. Carter's part in relinquishing U.S. control of the Canal


Zone to Panama is described as a victory for __________.
A. conservatism
B. anti-imperialism
C. isolationism
D. imperialism
97. If a baseball player hits 10 home runs in the first 45
games, at the same rate how many home runs can he
expect to hit during the 162-game season?
A. 38
B. 42
C. 36
D. 40
E. none of these
98. In an experiment, a drop of blue ink is placed on the
surface of a glass of water. In a few minutes, the drop of
ink is dispersed throughout the water, turning it light
blue. The result of the experiment proves that
A. molecules of ink and molecules of water are in
constant motion.
B. heat causes the ink to disperse.
C. a new compound is formed by the combination of ink
and water.
D. ink molecules have less density than water molecule.
99. Which area of the brain controls feeling on the left
side of a person's face?
A. The left occipital lobe
B. The left parietal lobe

C. The right parietal lobe


D. The right occipital lobe
100. The Soviet Union's attempt to establish a missile
base in Cuba is interpreted as a direct violation of
A. the Truman Doctrine
B. the Monroe Doctrine
C. the Strategic Arms Limitations Talks (SALT)
D. the Declaration of Independence
101. As a representative of the Urban Poor Commission of
the Association of Religious Superiors (ARS), which action
will you most likely take to resolve the long-term roots of
structural inequalities-proliferation of child labor and
child prostitution?
A. Raise views of human rights abuse.
B. Organize regular programs for information and
discussion of human rights.
C. Conduct skills training.
D. Raise questions over the government's commitment
to rebuild human rights
102. Carl Sundburg wrote "Jazz Fantasia" which has for its
first stanza:
Drum on your drums, batter on your banjos, sob on the
long cool winding saxophones. Go to it, O jazzmen.
Which words illustrate alliteration?
A. Batter and banjos
B. Long and cool
C. Sob and winding
D. To and it

103. Below is an excerpt from John F. Kennedy's


"Inaugural Address."
In your hands, my fellow citizens, more than mine, will
rest the final success or failure of our course. Since this
country as founded, each generation of Americans has
been summoned to give testimony to its national loyalty.
The graves of young Americans into answered the call to
service surround the globe.
Now the trumpet summons us again-not as a call to bear
arms, though, arms we need, not as a call to battle,
though embattled we are; but a call to bear the burden of
a long twilight struggle, year in and year out, rejoicing in
hope, patient in tribulation, a, struggle against the
common enemies of man: tyranny, poverty, disease, and
war itself.
Can we forge against these enemies a grand and global
alliance, North and South, East and West, that can assure
a more fruitful life for all mankind? Will you join me in
this historic effort?
In the long history of the world, only a few generations
have been granted the role of defending freedom in its
hour of maximum danger. I do not shrink from this
responsibility; I welcome it I do not believe that any of us
would exchange places with any other people or any
other generation. The energy, the faith, the devotion
which we bring to this endeavor will light our country and
all who serve it, and the glow from that fire can truly light
the world.
And so, my fellow Americans, ask not what your country
can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.

My Fellow citizens of the world ask not what America will


do for you, but what together we can do for the freedom
of man.
In the speech, Kennedy paints a picture of the United
States as a nation that is
A. longing to return to the past
B. on the brink of world war
C. struggling to survive
D. the leading defender of freedom
104. Which are the next three terms in the progression 1,
4, 16 . . . 8 terms?
A. 64, 256, 1024
B. 67, 259, 1027
C. 66, 258, 1026
D. 65, 257, 1025
E. none of these
105. Aling antas ng tono ang lumilitaw sa bahaging may
salungguhit ng pangungusap na nagsasalaysay?
Magbabasa ng mga gawain ang guro.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 2
D. 4
106. One of the most outstanding accomplishments of the
cooperative movement is the encouragement of thrift.
Which maxim of God puts this into practice?
A. God helps those who help themselves

B. Look at the birds: they do not plant seeds,/gather a


harvest and put it in barns; yet your Father in heaven
takes care of them!
C. He is near to those who call to Him, who call to Him
with sincerity
D. Happy are those who are merciful to others; God will
be merciful to them!
107. How many gallons of water will fill a fish tank that is
18 inches by 12 inches by 48 inches? (There are 231 cubic
inches per gallon). Round your answer to the nearest
gallon.
A. 45 gallons
B. 40 gallons
C. none of these
D. 47 gallons
E. 38 gallons
108. Which location should have most nearly twelve
hours of daylight and twelve hours of darkness during
December? A town that is located
A. halfway between the Equator and the South Pole.
B. close to the Equator.
C. close to the North Pole.
D. close to the South Pole.
109. The principle under which a thermostat operates is
the same when
A. a gas expands to fill the container in which it is held.
B. a pendulum swings when it is set into motion.

C. a chemical reaction occurs when two substances


combine.
D. the level of mercury rises or falls in a glass tube.
110. Why does a bullet when discharged into the air
eventually fall to the ground? This is due to the Law of
A. Universal Gravitation
B. Applied Force
C. Inertia
D. Action and Reaction
111. How many ways can a committee of 4 people be
selected from a group of 7 people?
A. 35
B. 70
C. 140
D. 210
E. none of these
112. A tightly coiled spring demonstrates?
A. Steam energy
B. Kinetic energy
C. Potential energy
D. Chemical energy
113. What is the difference between the largest 4-digit
number and the smallest 4-digit number?
A. 8999
B. 8000
C. 9998
D. 8888

E. none of these
114. Below is an excerpt from John F. Kennedy's
"Inaugural Address."
In your hands, my fellow citizens, more than mine, will
rest the final success or failure of our course. Since this
country as founded, each generation of Americans has
been summoned to give testimony to its national loyalty.
The graves of young Americans into answered the call to
service surround the globe.
Now the trumpet summons us again-not as a call to bear
arms, though, arms we need, not as a call to battle,
though embattled we are; but a call to bear the burden of
a long twilight struggle, year in and year out, rejoicing in
hope, patient in tribulation, a, struggle against the
common enemies of man: tyranny, poverty, disease, and
war itself.
Can we forge against these enemies a grand and global
alliance, North and South, East and West, that can assure
a more fruitful life for all mankind? Will you join me in
this historic effort?
In the long history of the world, only a few generations
have been granted the role of defending freedom in its
hour of maximum danger. I do not shrink from this
responsibility; I welcome it I do not believe that any of us
would exchange places with any other people or any
other generation. The energy, the faith, the devotion
which we bring to this endeavor will light our country and
all who serve it, and the glow from that fire can truly light
the world.

And so, my fellow Americans, ask not what your country


can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.
My Fellow citizens of the world ask not what America will
do for you, but what together we can do for the freedom
of man.
One of the purposes of the speech is to motivate listeners
to
A. serve their country
B. enlist in the armed forces
C. prepare themselves for battle
D. preserve the right to bear arms
115. Below is the poem written by Edgar Lee Masters in
1915:
What Happened to Tom Merritt?
At first I suspected something
She acted so calm and absent-minded.
And one day I heard the back door shut,
As I entered the front, and I saw him slink
Back of the smoke house into the lot,
And across the field.
And I meant to kill him on sight.
But that day, walking near Fourth Bridge,
Without a stick or a stone at hand,
All of a sudden I saw him standing,
Scared to death, holding his rabbits,
And all l could say was,Don't, Don't, Don't,
As he aimed and fired at my heart.

Who is the speaker of this poem?


A. Tom Merritt
B. Merritt's wife
C. God
D. The sheriff
116. What do the following lines CONVEY?
Midnight, not a sound from the pavement.
Has the moon lost her memory?
She is smiling alone.
In the lamp light the withered leaves
Collect at my feet
And the wind begins to moan
A. Confusion
B. Optimism
C. Loneliness
D. Eagerness
117. Why did the register of deeds charge Lucio Cruz
registration fee the instrument relative to his loan?
A. His loan was Php30,000.00
B. His loan was Php60,000.00
C. His loan was Php50,000.00
D. His loan was Php40,000.00
118. The poem below is entitledSuburban Prophecywhich
is written by Howard Nemerov.
On Saturday, the power-mowers' whine
Begins the morning. Over this neighbourhood
Rises the keening, petulant voice, begin

Green oily teeth to chatter and munch the cud.


Monsters, crawling the carpets of the world,
Still send from underground against your blades
The roots of things battalions green and curled
And tender, that will match your blades with blades
Till the revolted throats shall strangle on.
The tickle of their dead, till straws shall break
Crankshafts like camels, and the sun go down
On dinosaurs in swamps. A night attack
Follows and by the time the Sabbath dawns
All armored beasts are eaten by their lawns.
The poet's use of words such as whine, voice, teeth,
chatter and munch is to suggest that the power-mowers
are
A. very powerful
B. alive
C. like cows
D. green

Answer Key
1. a
2.b
3.c
4.c
5.b
6.b
7.c
8.b

9.a
10.d
11.c
12.b
13.d
14.a
15.d
16.d
17.b
18.a
19.d
20.b
21.d
22.d
23.a
24.d
25.a
26.b
27.d
28.c
29.d
30.d
31.a
32.a
33.b
34.d
35.d
36.a
37.a
38.d
39.c

40.d
41.a
42.b
43.c
44.c
45.d
46.c
47.a
48.a
49.d
50.a
51.a
52.d
53.c
54.a
55.b
56.b
57.a
58.a
59.d
60.a
61.a
62.b
63.a
64.c
65.d
66.b
67.c
68.b
69.c
70.b

71.c
72.b
73.a
74.a
75.c
76.a
77.a
78.d
79.b
80.a
81.b
82.d
83.e
84.d
85.c
86.c
87.c
88.d
89.c
90.a
91.b
92.a
93.a
94.d
95.d
96.b
97.c
98.a
99.c
100.c
101.c

102.a
103.d
104.a
105.a
106.a
107.a
108.b
109.a
110.a
111.a
112.c
113.a
114.a
115.b
116.c
117.c
118.a

1. Sa ilalim ng command economy, ang mga


pagpapasya kung anong produkto at serbisyo ang
dapat na likhain ay nakasalalay sa kamay ng:
A. konsyumer

B. prodyuser

C. pamilihan

D. pamahalaan

2. Ang kakapusan o scarcity ay maaring umiral sa


mga pinagkukunang-yaman tulad ng yamang likas,

yamang tao, at yamang capital. Bakit nagkakaroon


ng kakapusan sa mga ito?
A. dahil limitado ang mga pinagkukunang-yaman at
walang katapusan ang pangangailangan at
kagustuhan ng tao
B. dahil sa mga bagyo at iba pang uri ng kalamidad
na pumipinsala sa mga pinagkukunang-yaman
C. dahil sa mga negosyanteng nagsasamantala at
nagtatago ng mga produktong ibinebenta sa
pamilihan
D. dahil likas na malawakan ang paggamit ng mga
tao sa pinagkukunang-yaman ng bansa

3. Kung ikaw ay isang taong rasyonal, ano ang


dapat mong isaalang-alang sa paggawa ng
desisyon?
A. isaalang-alang ang mga paniniwala, mithiin, at
tradisyon

B. isaalang-alang ang mga hilig at

kagustuhan
C. isaalang-alang ang opportunity cost sa
pagdedesisyon

D. isaalang-alang ang mga

dinadaluhang okasyon

4. Ang paikot na daloy ng ekonomiya ay


naglalarawan ng ugnayan at pangunahing Gawain
ng bawat sektor ng ekonomiya. Alin sa sumusunod
ang naglalarawan sa bahaging ginagampanan ng
sambahayan?
A. nagmamay-ari ng salik ng produksyon

B.

gumagamit ng mga salik ng produksyon


C. nagbabayad ng upa o renta sa lupa

D.

nagpapataw ng buwis sa bahay-kalakal

5. Ang produksyon ay isang gawaing pangekonomiya na dapat bigyang-pansin ng


pamahalaan. Ito ay may kinalaman sa
A. paggamit ng mga produkto at serbisyo.

B.

paglikha ng mga produkto at serbisyo.


C. paglinang ng likas na yaman.

D.

pamamahagi ng pinagkukunang-yaman.

6. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang pinakaangkop na


kahulugan ng Ekonomiks?
A. Ito ay matalinong pagpapasya ng tao sa
pagsagot ng mga suliraning pangkabuhayan na
kinakaharap.

B. Ito ay tumutukoy sa siyensiya ng kaasalan ng


tao na nakakaimpluwensiya sa kaniyang
pagdedesisyon.
C. Ito ay pag-aaral ng tao at ng lipunan kung paano
haharapin ang mga suliraning pangkabuhayan.
D. Ito ay pag-aaral kung paano matutugunan ng
tao ang kaniyang walang katapusang
pangangailangan at kagustuhan sa harap ng
kakapusan.

7. Ang kakapusan ay maaring magdulot ng ibat


ibang suliraning panlipunan. Alin sa sumusunod
ang hindi nagpapakita ng suliraning ito?
A. Maari itong magdulot ng kaguluhan sa mga
taong nakakaranas nito.
B. Tumataas ang presyo ng mga bilihin kung kaya
nababawasan ang kakayahan ng mga mamimili na
bumili ng ibat ibang produkto at serbisyo.
C. Pag-init ng klima na nagdudulot ng mas
malalakas na bagyo at mahabang panahon ng El
Nio at La Nia.
D. Nagpapataas ng pagkakataong kumita ang mga
negosyante.

8. Sa bawat pagpapasya ay kalimitang may tradeoff at opportunity cost. Ang trade off ay ang
pagpili o pagsasakripisyo ng isang bagay kapalit ng
ibang bagay at ang opportunity cost ay ang halaga
ng bagay o best alternative na handing ipagpalit sa
bawat paggawa ng desisyon. Bakit may nagaganap
na trade-off at opportunity cost?
A. dahil walang katapusan ang kagustuhan ng tao.
B. dahil sa limitado ang kaalaman ng
mga konsyumer
C. dahil may umiiral na kakapusan sa mga produkto
at serbisyo

D. upang makagawa ng

produktong kailangan ng pamilihan

9. Kung uunahin ang pangangailangan kaysa


kagustuhan, ang mga sumusunod ay maaring
maganap maliban sa _________.
A. hindi maisasakatuparan ang lahat ng layunin
B. magiging pantay ang distribusyon ng
mga pinagkukunang-yaman
C. maaaring malutas o mabawasan ang suliranin sa
kakapusan
pagbabadyet

D. magiging maayos ang

10. Si Abraham Maslow ay kilala sa modelo ng


herarkiya ng pangangailangan. Batay rito, isaayos
ang sumusunod mula sa pinakamababa hanggang
pinakamataas ayon sa antas nito.
1. responsibilidad sa lipunan
2. pangangailangan sa seguridad
3. pisyolohikal at biyolohikal
4. pangangailangan sa sariling kaganapan
5. pangangailangan sa karangalan

A. 2, 3, 4,5,1

B. 1,2,3,4,5

C. 3,2,1,5,4

D. 4,5,1,2,3

11. Ang bawat salik ng produksyon ay mahalaga sa


paglikha ng mga produkto at serbisyo. Ang bawat
salik kapag ginamit ay may kabayaran tulad ng
A. upa sa kapitalista, sahod sa lakas-paggawa,
tubo sa may-ari ng lupa, at interes para sa
entreprenyur
B. upa sa may-ari ng lupa, sahod sa lakas-paggawa,
interes sa kapitalista, at tubo sa entreprenyur
C. sahod sa entreprenyur, upa sa lakas-paggawa,
interes sa kapitalista, at tubo sa entreprenyur

D. tubo sa may-ari ng lupa, sahod sa lakaspaggawa, upa sa kapitalista, at interes sa


entreprenyur

Gamitin ang talahanayan sa ibaba sa tanong sa


aytem 12.

HOUSEHOLD FINAL CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE


Annual 2012 and 2013
AT CURRENT PRICES, IN MILLION PESOS

ITEMS

At

Curr

201

ent
2013 GROW

Prices

TH
RATE

HOUSEHOLD

7,

8,

FINAL

837, 455,

CONSUMPTION

881

783

EXPENDITURE
1. Food and

3,

3,

Non-alcoholic

343, 596,

beverages
2. Alcoholic

427 783
100, 110,

beverages,

930

059

(%)
7.9

7.6

9.0

Tobacco
3. Clothing and

108, 116,

7.5

Footwear
4. Housing,

492 635
965, 1,

10.0

water,

753

electricity, gas,

062,
100

and other fuels


5. Furnishings,

310, 326,

household

249

5.1

101

equipment, and
routine
household
maintenance
6. Health

199, 218,

9.5

7. Transport

821 729
837, 894,

6.8

8.

569 369
247, 264,

6.6

Communication
9. Recreation

946 281
142, 154,

8.1

and culture
10. Education

851 391
302, 334,

10.5

772 586
11. Restaurants 291, 318,

9.3

and hotels
12.

460 553
986, 1,

7.4

Miscellaneous

611

goods and
services

059,
301

12. Alin sa sumusunod na pahayag ang may


katotohanan batay sa talahanayan?
A. Malaking bahagi ng gastos sa pagkonsumo ng
sambahayan ay nagmumula sa edukasyon.
B. Nagpakita ng pagbaba sa kabuuang gastos sa
pagkonsumo sa pagitan ng taong 2012-2013.
C. Pinakamababa ang gastos sa pagkonsumo ng
sambahayan sa komunikasyon.
D. Nagpakita ng pagtaas sa kabuuang gastos sa
pagkonsumo sa pagitan ng taong 2012-2013.

13. Sa mga punto ng Production Possibilities


Frontier o PPF ay maituturing na mayroong
production efficiency. Ano ang kaugnayan ng PPF
sa kakapusan. Piliin ang pinakatamang sagot?
A. Ang hangganan ng PPF ay nagpapakita ng
kakulangan sa mga pinagkukunang-yaman.
B. Ito ang mga plano ng produksiyon upang kumita
nang malaki at mabawi ang gastos sa paggawa ng
produkto.
C. Ang PPF ay nagpapakita ng plano ng
produksiyon batay sa kakayahan ng isang
ekonomiya na lumikha ng produkto.

D. Sa pamamagitan ng PPF ay maipapakita ang


ibat ibang alternatibo sa paglikha ng produkto
upang magamit nang episyente ang mga
limitadong pinagkukunang-yaman.

14. Ang kagustuhan at pangangailangan ay


dalawang magkaibang konsepto. Maituturing na
kagustuhan ang isang bagay kapag higit ito sa
batayang pangangailangan. Kailan maituturing na
batayang pangangailangan ang isang produkto o
serbisyo.
A. Magagamit mo ito upang maging madali ang
mahirap na gawain.
B. Nagbibigay ito ng kasiyahan at kaginhawaan.
C. Hindi mabubuhay ang tao kapag wala ang mga
ito.
D. Makabibili ka ng maraming bagay sa
pamamahitan nito,

15. Papaano mo ipaliliwanag ang kasabihang,


There isnt enough to go around na nagmula kay
John Watson Howe?
A. Limitado ang mga pinagkukunang-yaman kayat
hindi ito sasapat sa pangangailangan ng tao.

B. Walang hanggan ang pangangailangan nga tao


gayunding ang mga pinagkukunang-yaman.
C. Ang walang pakundangang paggamit ng
pinagkukunang-yaman ay hahantong sa
kakapusan.
D. May hangganan ang halos lahat ng
pinagkukunang-yaman sa buong daigdig.

16. Kung ikaw ay kabilang sa sistemang Command


Economy, alin sa sumusunod ang hindi
nagpapakita ng gampanin ng sistemang ito?
A. Ang iyong katungkulan sa ekonomiya ay
nagmumula sa utos ng pamahalaan batay sa plano.
B. Malaya kang kumikilos ayon sa sariling interes
nang walang pakikialam ng pamahalaan.
C. Sama-samang isinasagawa ang mga Gawain at
pakinabang sa pinagkukunang-yaman.
D. May kalayaan ang mga mamamayan ngunit may
control pa rin ang pamahalaan sa ilang gawain.

17. Kailan masasabing matalino kang mamimili?


A. Gumagamit ng credit card sa iyong pamimili at
lagging inaabangan ang pagkakaroon ng sale.

B. Segunda mano ang binibili upang makamura at


makatipid sa pamimili na pasok sa badyet.
C. Sumusunod sa badyet at sinusuri ang presyo,
sangkap at timbang ng produktong binibili.
D. Bumibili nang labis sa pangangailangan upang
matiyak na hindi mauubusan sa pamilihan.

18. Sa papaanong paraan mo maitataguyod ang


karapatan sa tamang impormasyon?
A. Pag-aralan ang nakatatak sa etiketa ukol sa
sangkap, dami, at komposisyon ng produkto.
B. Palaging pumunta sa timbangang-bayan upang
matiyak na husto ang binibiling produkto.
C. Pahalagahan ang kalidad at hindi ang tatak ng
produkto o serbisyong bibilhin.
D. Palagiang gumamit ng recycled na produkto
upang mapangalagaan ang kapaligiran.

Input

Lupa
Paggawa
Kapital o puhunan
entrepreneurship

Proseso

Pagsasama-sama ng
materyales, paggawa,
kapital, at entrepreneurship

Output

Kalakal o serbisyo
pangkunsumo; kalakal o
serbisyo na gamit sa
paglikha ng ibang produkto

19. Ano ang ipinahihiwatig ng ilustrasyon sa itaas


ukol sa produksiyon?
A. Ang produksiyon ay isang proseso ng
pagsasama-sama ng output tulad ng produkto at
serbisyo upang mabuo ang input tulad ng lupa,
panggawa, kapital, at kakayahan ng entreprenyur.
B. Ang produksiyon ay ang proseso ng
pagsasasama-sama ng mga input tulad ng lupa,
lakas-paggawa, kapital at intreprenyur upang
makabuo ng produkto at serbisyo.
C. Magaganap lamang ang produksiyon kung
kompleto ang mga salik na gagamitin ditto.
D. Magiging mas produktibo ang produksiyon kung
mas marami ang lakas-paggawa kaysa sa mga
makinarya.

20. Alin sa sumusunod ang hindi nagpapahayag ng


kahalagahan ng produksiyon sa pang-araw-araw na
pamumuhay?

A. Ang produksiyon ang pinagmumulan ng mga


produktong kailangang ikonsumo sa pang-arawaraw.
B. Ang produksiyon ay lumilikha ng trabaho.
C. Ang pagkonsumo ang nagbibigay-daan sa
produksiyon